INTERSIL CORP
S-4, 1999-11-10
Previous: PNC MORTGAGE SECURITIES CORP MORT PASS THR CERT SER 1999-10, 8-K, 1999-11-10
Next: INTERSIL HOLDING CO, S-1, 1999-11-10





   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 10, 1999.

                                                           REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                            ------------------------

                                    FORM S-4
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                            ------------------------

                              INTERSIL CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>
             DELAWARE                              3674                             59-3586843
 -------------------------------       ----------------------------            -------------------
 (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF       (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL               (IRS EMPLOYER
  INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)        CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)            IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>

                            ------------------------

                             2401 PALM BAY ROAD NE
                            PALM BAY, FLORIDA 32905
                                 (321) 724-7000
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

                            ------------------------

                   SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS BELOW

                            ------------------------

                              GREGORY L. WILLIAMS
                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                             2401 PALM BAY ROAD NE
                            PALM BAY, FLORIDA 32905
                                 (321) 724-7000
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                            ------------------------

                                With a Copy to:

                          CHRISTOPHER G. KARRAS, ESQ.
                             DECHERT PRICE & RHOADS
                            4000 BELL ATLANTIC TOWER
                                1717 ARCH STREET
                        PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA 19103
                                 (215) 994-4000

                            ------------------------

    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box: / /

    If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /

    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=======================================================================================================================
   TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF     | AMOUNT TO BE|      PROPOSED MAXIMUM     |      PROPOSED MAXIMUM      |    AMOUNT OF
 SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED  |  REGISTERED | OFFERING PRICE PER UNIT(1)| AGGREGATE OFFERING PRICE(1)| REGISTRATION FEE
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>           <C>                         <C>                          <C>
13 1/4% Senior Subordinated   |             |                           |                            |
  Notes Due 2009............. | $200,000,000|            100%           |        $200,000,000        |     $55,600
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guarantees(2)................ | $200,000,000|             --            |             --             |       (3)
=======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933, as
    amended, solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.

(2) Intersil's parent, Intersil Holding Corporation, and the other companies
    listed in the Table of Additional Registrants below have guaranteed, jointly
    and severally, the 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009 being
    registered hereby. The Guarantors are registering the Guarantees. Pursuant
    to rule 457(n) under the Securities Act of 1933, no registration fee is
    required with respect to the Guarantees.

(3) Not applicable.

                            ------------------------

    THE REGISTRANTS HEREBY AMEND THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANTS
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                              INTERSIL CORPORATION
                        TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PRIMARY STANDARD
                                                        STATE OF          INDUSTRIAL
                                                      INCORPORATION     CLASSIFICATION     I.R.S. EMPLOYER
                       NAME                          OR ORGANIZATION     CODE NUMBER      IDENTIFICATION NO.
                       ----                          ---------------   ----------------   ------------------
<S>                                                  <C>               <C>                <C>
Intersil Holding Corporation.......................     Delaware              3674            59-3590018
Intersil (Florida), LLC............................     Delaware              3674            59-3586843
Intersil (Ohio), LLC...............................     Delaware              3674            59-3586843
Intersil (Pennsylvania), LLC.......................     Delaware              3674            59-3586843
Choice-Intersil Microsystems, Inc..................     Kansas                3674            36-4202824
</TABLE>

    The address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of the principal offices of the additional registrants listed above (the
"Additional Registrants") is: 2401 Palm Bay Road NE, Palm Bay, Florida 32905;
the telephone number at that address is (321) 724-7000.


<PAGE>


                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 10, 1999

PROSPECTUS

                                     [LOGO]

                               OFFER TO EXCHANGE

         13 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2009 FOR ALL OUTSTANDING

                   13 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2009

                                       OF

                              INTERSIL CORPORATION

                  THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,
          NEW YORK CITY TIME ON             ,      , UNLESS EXTENDED.

                            ------------------------

Terms of the exchange offer:

     -- We will exchange all old notes that are validly tendered and not
        withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

     -- You may withdraw tenders of old notes at any time prior to the
        expiration of the exchange offer.

     -- We believe that the exchange of old notes will not be a taxable event
        for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but you should see "United States
        Federal Income Tax Considerations" on page 111 for more information.

     -- We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

     -- The terms of the new notes are substantially identical to the old notes,
        except that the new notes are registered under the Securities Act of
        1933 and the transfer restrictions and registration rights applicable to
        the old notes do not apply to the new notes.

                            ------------------------

     See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 12 for a discussion of risks that
should be considered by holders prior to tendering their old notes.

                            ------------------------

     Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any State Securities
      Commission has approved or disapproved of these Securities or passed
      upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation
                     to the contrary is a criminal offense.

              The date of this prospectus is             ,      .

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may
not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer
to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these
securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.

<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Page                                              Page
                                        ----                                              ----
<S>                                     <C>
INDUSTRY DATA.........................    i       THE TRANSACTIONS......................   57
SUMMARY...............................    1       MANAGEMENT............................   60
RISK FACTORS..........................   12       CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS............   23         TRANSACTIONS........................   64
SOURCES AND USES OF PROCEEDS..........   23       OWNERSHIP OF CAPITAL STOCK............   67
CAPITALIZATION........................   24       DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK..........   68
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED            DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS...   72
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS................   25       DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES..............   75
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA AND            UNITED STATES FEDERAL
  OTHER DATA..........................   29         INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS...........  111
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION..................  115
  OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS              LEGAL MATTERS.........................  116
  OF OPERATIONS.......................   30       EXPERTS...............................  116
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW.....................   38       WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE
BUSINESS..............................   40         INFORMATION.........................  116
THE EXCHANGE OFFER....................   49       INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.........  F-1
</TABLE>

                               ------------------

     You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to
which we have referred you in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to
provide you with information that is different. This prospectus may only be used
where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this prospectus
may only be accurate on the date of this document.


                                 INDUSTRY DATA

     In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information regarding the
semiconductor market and its segments and competitors from Dataquest,
International Data Corporation, Semiconductor Industry Association, Worldwide
Semiconductor Test Services, Venture Development Corporation, Intex Management
Services, market research reports, analyst reports and other publicly available
sources. Although we believe that this information is reliable, we cannot
guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the information and have not
independently verified it.

                                       i

<PAGE>

                                    SUMMARY

     This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important
to you. You should read this entire prospectus, including the financial data and
related notes, before making an investment decision. As used in this prospectus,
the terms "we" and "Intersil" refer to Intersil Corporation and its subsidiaries
including the selected portions of the semiconductor business of Harris
Corporation, referred to as "Harris," we acquired in the transactions on August
13, 1999 unless the context requires otherwise. Intersil's parent, Intersil
Holding Corporation, is referred to as "Intersil Holding."

                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     On August 13, 1999, we issued and sold $200.0 million aggregate principal
amount of 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009, referred to as the old
notes. In connection with that sale, we entered into a registration rights
agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes in which we agreed to
deliver this prospectus to you and to complete an exchange offer for the old
notes. As requested by the registration rights agreement, we are offering to
exchange $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of our new 13 1/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes Due 2009, referred to as the new notes, the issuance of which
will be registered under the Securities Act, for a like aggregate principal
amount of our old notes. We refer to this offer to exchange new notes for old
notes in accordance with the terms set forth in this prospectus and the
accompanying letter of transmittal as the exchange offer. You are entitled to
exchange your old notes for new notes. The new notes have substantially
identical terms to the old notes. We urge you to read the discussions under the
headings "The Exchange Offer" and "The New Notes" in this Summary for further
information regarding the exchange offer and the new notes.

                                   WHO WE ARE

     We are a leading systems oriented designer and manufacturer of analog
integrated circuits, which we refer to as integrated circuits or semiconductors,
and discrete semiconductors for the communications and power management end-user
markets. Additionally, we are the industry leader in providing wireless local
area networking semiconductor sets, which we refer to as our PRISM(Registered)
chip set. Our analog products include communications analog and mixed-signal
semiconductors that are used in wireless and wired data and voice communications
products, power integrated circuits that perform multiple power management
tasks, industry standard signal processing products that convert analog signals
into digital format and digital signals into analog format and space and defense
products which are used in military applications and commercial satellites. Our
discrete semiconductors perform single power management functions such as
switching electricity on or off and are used in computing, industrial and
automotive markets. The fastest growing product that we sell is our wireless
local area network PRISM(Registered) chip sets, which have applications in
wireless computer networking for the business or home and in transmitting data
from home data gateways to multiple end-user applications.

     Our business strategy is to utilize our core strengths to focus on high
growth, higher margin end-markets through partnerships with industry leaders
among our blue chip customer base to quickly take our engineering and design
capabilities to commercial levels. To achieve these goals, we develop systems
level solutions that enhance the value of our products as they are designed and
incorporated into our customers' products and we leverage our high quality of
customer service as a means of differentiation from our competitors.

     We currently sell to many industry leaders in our targeted markets
including Asustek, Bosch, Cisco, Compaq, Emerson, Dell, Intel, Nokia, Siemens,
Sony and 3Com. We have been doing business with many of these industry leaders
for over ten years. We are also one of the leading analog and discrete power
semiconductor suppliers to some of the world's largest semiconductor
distributors, such as Avnet and Arrow Electronics, which allows us to expand our
global reach to include the middle market and emerging technology companies. Our
products are sold worldwide with about 53.5%, 24.6% and 21.9% of our revenues
for fiscal year 1999 being derived from North America, Europe and Asia/Pacific,
respectively. We service our customers through a dedicated sales force, about
half of whom are domiciled outside North America. We own fabrication facilities,
which we refer to as fabs, in Florida, Ohio and Pennsylvania, including our
state-of-the-art 8-inch wafer fab in Mountaintop, Pennsylvania. We also have
assembly and test facilities in Malaysia and Florida. For fiscal year 1999 and
the quarter ended combined October 1, 1999, our revenue was $532.7 million and
$133.9 million, respectively. In addition, our sales backlog was $180.8 million
at October 1, 1999.

<PAGE>

     World Semiconductor Trade Statistics, or WSTS, has forecasted strong growth
of approximately 15.5% for the semiconductor industry over the next three years.
We sell our semiconductors into high-growth segments of the market including the
communications analog & mixed-signal market, which is forecasted by the
Semiconductor Industry Association, or SIA, to grow 18.4% in calendar year 2000
from calendar year 1999, the power management market which is forecasted by WSTS
to grow at 20.2% in calendar year 2000 from calendar year 1999 and the wireless
LAN market which is forecasted by Intex Management Services to grow 39.0% in
calendar year 2000 from calendar year 1999. We believe that future demand for
our semiconductors will be driven by the increasing demand for Internet use and
for greater portability of electronics, including consumer electronics,
computers and cellular telephones and the growth of the emerging wireless data
communications markets.

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

     We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Intersil Holding. Our parent's assets
are our stock and certain intangible assets.

                                       2

<PAGE>

                                THE TRANSACTIONS

     Pursuant to the Master Transaction Agreement dated June 2, 1999, among
Intersil Holding, us and Harris, the following transactions occurred August 13,
1999:

     o Harris transferred to us and Intersil Holding selected portions of its
       semiconductor business in exchange for (a) $520.0 million in cash and (b)
       a subordinated promissory note of Intersil Holding in the principal
       amount of $90.0 million, referred to as the 11.13% Seller Holding PIK
       Note due 2010, which permits Intersil Holding to pay interest in the form
       of additional notes, which we call pay-in-kind, or PIK, notes;

     o Harris paid about $9.0 million in cash to Intersil Holding to purchase
       shares of 12% Series A Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock and common
       stock of Intersil Holding;

     o Intersil Holding sold to Sterling Holding Company, LLC and to senior
       management, other key employees and certain other investors shares of its
       12% Series A Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock and common stock for
       a total of about $81.0 million in cash;

     o Intersil Holding contributed cash in the amount of $90.0 million to our
       capital as well as certain assets with a fair market value of about $90.0
       million;

     o Citicorp Mezzanine Partners, L.P. contributed $30.0 million in cash to
       Intersil Holding in exchange for a subordinated promissory note of
       Holdings, referred to as the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note due
       2010, and warrants to purchase 5,555,560 shares of Class A Common Stock
       of Intersil Holding;

     o Intersil Holding contributed cash in the amount of $30.0 million received
       from Citicorp Mezzanine Partners, L.P. to our capital; and

     o We borrowed $220.0 million under our new senior credit facilities and
       received the gross proceeds of $200.0 million from the sale of 200,000
       units, each unit consisting of $1,000 principal amount of old notes of
       Intersil and one warrant to purchase 27.7778 shares of Class A Common
       Stock of Intersil Holding.

See "The Transactions." For information regarding the subordinated promissory
notes, see "Description of Certain Indebtedness -13.5% Subordinated PIK Note due
2010" and "-11.13% Selling Holding PIK Note due 2010." For information regarding
our senior credit facilities, see "Description of Certain Indebtedness--Senior
Credit Facilities."

                                       3

<PAGE>
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER

<TABLE>

<S>                                  <C>
Securities Offered................   Up to $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 13 1/4%
                                     Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009. The terms of the new
                                     notes and old notes are identical in all material
                                     respects, except for transfer restrictions and
                                     registration rights relating to the old notes.
The Exchange Offer................   We are offering the new notes to you in exchange for a
                                     like principal amount of old notes. Old notes may be
                                     exchanged only in integral multiples of $1,000. We
                                     intend by the issuance of the new notes to satisfy our
                                     obligations contained in the Registration Rights
                                     Agreement.
Expiration Date; Withdrawal of
  Tender..........................   The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York
                                     City time, on                   ,       , or such later
                                     date and time to which it may be extended by us. The
                                     tender of old notes pursuant to the exchange offer may
                                     be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration date of
                                     the exchange offer. Any old notes not accepted for
                                     exchange for any reason will be returned without expense
                                     to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as
                                     practicable after the expiration or termination of the
                                     exchange offer.
Conditions to the Exchange
  Offer...........................   Our obligation to accept for exchange, or to issue new
                                     notes in exchange for, any old notes is subject to
                                     certain customary conditions relating to compliance with
                                     any applicable law or any applicable interpretation by
                                     the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the
                                     receipt of any applicable governmental approvals and the
                                     absence of any actions or proceedings of any
                                     governmental agency or court which could materially
                                     impair our ability to consummate the exchange offer. We
                                     currently expect that each of the conditions will be
                                     satisfied and that no waivers will be necessary. See
                                     "The Exchange Offer -- Conditions to the Exchange
                                     Offer."
Procedures for Tendering Old
  Notes...........................   If you wish to accept the exchange offer and tender your
                                     old notes, you must complete, sign and date the Letter
                                     of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, in accordance
                                     with its instructions and the instructions in this
                                     prospectus, and mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of
                                     Transmittal, or such facsimile, together with such old
                                     notes and any other required documentation, to the
                                     exchange agent at the address set forth herein. See "The
                                     Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering Old Notes."
Use of Proceeds...................   We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange
                                     offer.
Exchange Agent....................   United States Trust Company of New York is serving as
                                     the exchange agent in connection with the exchange
                                     offer.
Federal Income Tax Consequences...   The exchange of notes pursuant to the exchange offer
                                     should not be a taxable event for federal income tax
                                     purposes. See "United States Federal Income Tax
                                     Considerations."
</TABLE>

                                       4

<PAGE>

      CONSEQUENCES OF EXCHANGING OLD NOTES PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     Based on certain interpretive letters issued by the staff of the Securities
and Exchange Commission to third parties in unrelated transactions, we are of
the view that holders of old notes (other than any holder who is an "affiliate"
of our company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) who
exchange their old notes for new notes pursuant to the exchange offer generally
may offer such new notes for resale, resell such new notes and otherwise
transfer such new notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus
delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided:

     o the new notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holders'
       business;

     o the holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in a
       distribution of such new notes; and

     o neither the holder nor any other person is engaging in or intends to
       engage in a distribution of the new notes.

     Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange
for old notes must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such new notes. See "Plan of Distribution." In addition, to
comply with the securities laws of applicable jurisdictions, the new notes may
not be offered or sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in
such jurisdiction or in compliance with an available exemption from registration
or qualification. We have agreed, under the Registration Rights Agreement and
subject to limitations specified in the Registration Rights Agreement, to
register or qualify the new notes for offer or sale under the securities or blue
sky laws of such jurisdictions as any holder of the notes reasonably requests in
writing. If a holder of old notes does not exchange such old notes for new notes
according to the terms of the exchange offer, such old notes will continue to be
subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in the legend printed on the
old notes. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold, unless
registered under the Securities Act, except under an exemption from, or in a
transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities
laws. Holders of old notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under
the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer. See
"The Exchange Offer -- Consequences of Failure to Exchange; Resales of New
Notes."

     The old notes are currently eligible for trading in the Private Offerings,
Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages (PORTAL) market. Following
commencement of the exchange offer but prior to its completion, the old notes
may continue to be traded in the PORTAL market. Following completion of the
exchange offer, the new notes will not be eligible for PORTAL trading.

                                       5

<PAGE>

                                 THE NEW NOTES

     The terms of the new notes and the old notes are identical in all material
respects, except for transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to
the old notes.

<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>
Issuer............................   Intersil Corporation.

Maturity Date.....................   August 15, 2009.

Interest Payment Dates............   February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing
                                     February 15, 2000.

Optional Redemption...............   We cannot redeem the new notes before August 15, 2004,
                                     except that, until August 15, 2002, we can choose to
                                     redeem up to an aggregate of 35% of the sum of the
                                     original principal amount of the notes and the original
                                     principal amount of any other notes issued under the
                                     same indenture, with money we raise in certain equity
                                     offerings, as long as:

                                     o we pay the holders of the new notes a redemption price
                                       of 113 1/4% of the principal amount of the new notes we
                                       redeem, plus accrued interest to the date of
                                       redemption; and

                                     o at least 65% of the original aggregate principal
                                       amount of the notes and such other notes issued remains
                                       outstanding after each such redemption.

                                     On or after August 15, 2004, we can redeem some or all
                                     of the notes at the redemption prices listed in the
                                     "Description of the Notes--Optional Redemption" section
                                     of this prospectus, plus accrued interest to the date of
                                     redemption.

Change of Control.................   If a change of control of Intersil occurs, subject to
                                     certain conditions, we must give holders of the new
                                     notes an opportunity to sell to us the new notes at a
                                     purchase price of 101% of the principal amount of the
                                     new notes, plus accrued interest. The term "Change of
                                     Control" is defined in the "Description of the
                                     Notes--Change of Control" section of this prospectus.

Ranking...........................   The new notes will be unsecured and subordinated to our
                                     existing and future senior indebtedness. On a pro forma
                                     basis after giving effect to the transactions
                                     contemplated by the Master Transaction Agreement, as of
                                     July 2, 1999, we have had about $224.6 million of senior
                                     indebtedness outstanding. The new notes will rank pari
                                     passu in right of payment with all of our other senior
                                     subordinated indebtedness and rank senior to any of our
                                     other subordinated indebtedness issued after the
                                     offering of the old notes and after this offering. The
                                     terms "Senior Indebtedness" and "Senior Subordinated
                                     Indebtedness" are defined in the "Description of the
                                     Notes--Certain Definitions" section of this prospectus.

Guaranties........................   The payment of the principal, premium and interest on
                                     the new notes will be fully and unconditionally
                                     guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by Intersil
                                     Holding and all our domestic subsidiaries. The guaranty
                                     by Intersil Holding and our domestic subsidiaries will
                                     be subordinated to all existing and future senior
                                     indebtedness of Intersil Holding and our domestic
                                     subsidiaries, respectively, including their guaranty of
                                     our obligations under our senior credit facilities.
                                     Intersil Holding currently conducts no business and has
                                     no significant assets other than our capital stock, all
                                     of which is pledged to secure Intersil Holding's
                                     guaranty of our obligations under our senior credit
                                     facilities. See "Description of the Notes--Guaranties."
</TABLE>

                                       6

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>
Restrictive Covenants.............   The indenture governing the new notes contains covenants
                                     that limit our ability and certain of our subsidiaries'
                                     ability to:

                                     o incur additional indebtedness;

                                     o pay dividends on our capital stock or redeem,
                                       repurchase or retire our capital stock or subordinated
                                       indebtedness;

                                     o make investments;

                                     o engage in transactions with affiliates;

                                     o sell assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries;
                                       and

                                     o consolidate, merge or transfer assets.

                                     These covenants are subject to important exceptions and
                                     qualifications, which are described in the "Description
                                     of the Notes--Certain Covenants" section of this
                                     prospectus.
</TABLE>

     For a more detailed discussion of the new notes, see "Description of the
Notes."

                                  RISK FACTORS

     Investing in the new notes involves substantial risks. See the "Risk
Factors" section of this prospectus for a description of certain of the risks
you should carefully consider before investing in the new notes.

                                       7

<PAGE>

                  SUMMARY HISTORICAL, PRO FORMA AND OTHER DATA

     The following summary historical financial data for the fiscal years ended
June 27, 1997, July 3, 1998 and July 2, 1999 for Intersil Holding were derived
from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus, except for revenue categorized by product line (Analog & Mixed-
Signal, Discrete Power and Wireless), which were derived from Intersil Holding's
books and records. The balance sheet data as of October 1, 1999 have been
derived from Intersil Holding's unaudited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus, and include, in the opinion of
management, all adjustments necessary to present fairly the balance sheet data
at such time. The summary pro forma financial information for the fiscal year
1999, quarter ended October 2, 1998 and combined quarter ended October 1, 1999
were derived from Intersil Holding's pro forma unaudited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

     During the period covered by Intersil Holding's consolidated financial
statements, Intersil Holding's activities were conducted as part of Harris'
overall operations. As such, Intersil Holding's consolidated financial
statements contain various allocations for costs and expenses attributable to
services provided by Harris. Therefore, the Consolidated Statement of Operations
may not be indicative of the results of operations that would have resulted if
Intersil Holding had operated on a stand-alone basis.

     Since the information in the tables below is a summary, you should read the
following tables in conjunction with other information contained under the
captions "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Statements,"
"Capitalization," "Selected Historical Financial Data," "Forward Looking
Statements," "Risk Factors--Risks Related to Use of Estimates in Pro Forma
Information and Adjusted EBITDA," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and with Intersil Holding's
financial statements and related notes and other financial information contained
elsewhere in this prospectus.

                                       8

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                PRO FORMA (1)
                                                                       --------------------------------
                                                  HISTORICAL                         QUARTER ENDED
                                           -------------------------            -----------------------
                                                                                              COMBINED
                                           FISCAL    FISCAL   FISCAL   FISCAL   OCTOBER 2,   OCTOBER 1,
                                            1997      1998     1999     1999       1998         1999
                                           -------   ------   ------   ------   ----------   ----------
                                                 (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                        <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue:
  Analog & Mixed-Signal.................   $ 384.4   $390.4   $352.8   $352.8     $ 79.8       $ 82.8
  Discrete Power........................     154.5    176.4    161.6    161.6       38.5         44.9
  Wireless..............................       6.4     10.0     18.3     18.3        4.2          6.2
                                           -------   ------   ------   ------     ------       ------
Total revenue...........................   $ 545.3   $576.8   $532.7   $532.7     $122.5       $133.9
                                           =======   ======   ======   ======     ======       ======
Gross profit(2).........................   $ 199.3   $207.5   $182.9   $192.9     $ 44.5       $ 48.9
Research and development................      75.2     75.1     67.0     67.0       14.8         16.9
Selling, general and administrative.....      99.3     98.2     84.0     87.5       22.0         21.8
Harris corporate expense allocation.....      10.0     10.0      9.3       --         --           --
Intangible amortization.................       2.3      2.3      2.4     12.9        3.2          2.9
In-process research and development.....        --       --       --       --         --         20.8
                                           -------   ------   ------   ------     ------       ------
Operating income (loss).................      12.5     21.9     20.2     25.5        4.5        (13.5)
Interest, net...........................      (0.6)    (0.9)    (1.2)    61.4       15.4         15.8
                                           -------   ------   ------   ------     ------       ------
Income (loss) before income taxes.......      13.1     22.8     21.4    (35.9)     (10.9)       (29.3)
Income taxes (benefit)..................       1.9      9.9     (6.0)   (28.3)      (6.7)        (2.3)
                                           -------   ------   ------   ------     ------       ------
Net income (loss).......................      11.2     12.9     27.4     (7.6)      (4.2)       (27.0)
Preferred dividends.....................        --       --       --    (10.2)      (2.6)        (2.6)
                                           -------   ------   ------   ------     ------       ------
Net income (loss) to common
  shareholders..........................   $  11.2   $ 12.9   $ 27.4   $(17.8)    $ (6.8)      $(29.6)
                                           =======   ======   ======   ======     ======       ======
LOSS PER COMMON SHARE:
  Basic and diluted.................................................   $(0.18)    $(0.07)      $(0.30)
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES
OUTSTANDING (IN MILLIONS):
  Basic and diluted.................................................    100.0      100.0        100.0
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
Depreciation............................   $  50.2   $ 65.0   $ 78.2   $ 68.2     $ 16.5       $ 16.3
Capital expenditures....................   $ 173.3   $ 90.2   $ 38.6   $ 38.6     $ 13.1       $  4.3
Total cash interest expense(4)......................................   $ 47.0     $ 11.7       $ 12.0
Adjusted EBITDA(3)..................................................   $129.3     $ 29.6       $ 26.5
Cash flows provided from (used in)
  Operating activities..................   $  54.6   $ 48.3   $111.2
  Investing activities..................   $(173.3)  $(90.2)  $(39.9)
  Financing activities..................   $   1.4   $  2.7   $  0.5
Ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to total cash interest expense.............      2.8x       2.5x         2.2x
Ratio of total debt to Adjusted EBITDA(5)...........................      4.3x       4.6x         5.3x
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(6)...       7.0x    11.9x    10.7x      --         --           --
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and
  preferred stock dividends(7)..........       7.0x    11.9x    10.7x      --         --           --
</TABLE>

                                       9
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    AS OF
                                                               OCTOBER 1, 1999
                                                               ---------------
                                                                (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash........................................................       $ 33.8
Total assets................................................        736.7
Long-term debt, including current portion...................        545.8
Preferred stock.............................................         86.4
Total shareholders' equity (deficit)........................        (15.4)
</TABLE>

- - ------------------

(1) The pro forma information presented is a summary only and should be read in
    conjunction with "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial
    Statements and Unaudited Supplemental Data" included elsewhere in the
    prospectus.

(2) Gross profit includes foreign exchange losses with respect to the Malaysian
    Ringgit as detailed in footnote (3) below.

(3) Adjusted EBITDA, for the pro forma periods presented, represents income
    (loss) before income taxes, depreciation, amortization, interest expense and
    the following adjustments in the chart below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PRO FORMA
                                                   --------------------------------
                                                                 QUARTER ENDED
                                                            -----------------------
                                                                          COMBINED
                                                   FISCAL   OCTOBER 2    OCTOBER 1,
                                                    1999       1998         1999
                                                   ------   ----------   ----------
                                                            (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                <C>      <C>          <C>
In-process research and development..............  $  --      $  --        $20.8
Foreign exchange losses..........................   11.4        2.6           --
Cost savings.....................................   11.3        2.8           --
                                                   -----      -----        -----
                                                   $22.7      $ 5.4        $20.8
                                                   =====      =====        =====
</TABLE>

    Foreign exchange losses--foreign exchange losses with respect to the
    Malaysian Ringgit represent losses under contracts entered into by Harris
    and subsequently terminated. See "Market Risk Management" on page 37 of
    "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations".

    Cost savings--reflects management's estimate of the effect for a full year
    of the cost savings related to the closure in January 1999 of one of our
    facilities ($3.3 million) and additional cost savings which management
    believes can be achieved as a result of initiatives that were begun during
    the first quarter of fiscal year 2000 ($8.0 million). These estimated
    additional cost savings are expected to result from (i) the decrease in
    royalty payments as we accelerate the use of a new fabrication process that
    does not rely on third party patents, (ii) the outsourcing of information
    technology support services currently provided by Harris, (iii) the
    outsourcing of specialized semiconductor packaging in Malaysia and the
    related reduction in our workforce and (iv) the downsizing of our European
    administrative headquarters. While we consider the numerical specificity of
    the foregoing preliminary estimates and the anticipated cost savings to be
    reasonable, these estimates and savings are based upon a number of
    assumptions and estimates that are subject to inherent uncertainty. The
    actual cost savings could vary from these estimates.

(4) Total cash interest expense represents the pro forma interest expense less
    interest on the 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note, the 13.5% Subordinated
    Holding PIK Note and amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and
    accretion of original issue discount as a result of a required allocation of
    value to the Warrants under generally accepted accounting principles.

(5) The ratio of total debt to adjusted EBITDA for the pro forma quarters ended
    October 2, 1998 and October 1, 1999 is calculated by annualizing adjusted
    EBITDA for the respective period.

                                              (Footnotes continued on next page)

                                       10

<PAGE>

(Footnotes continued from previous page)

(6) Earnings consist of income before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed
    charges consist of interest expense on debt and amortization of defined debt
    issuance costs and the portion (about one-third) of rental expense that we
    believe is representative of the interest component of rental expense. Pro
    forma fixed charges exceeded pro forma earnings by $35.9 million, $10.9
    million and $29.3 million for the pro forma periods fiscal 1999, quarter
    ended October 2, 1998 and quarter ended combined October 1, 1999,
    respectively.

(7) Earnings as defined above, fixed charges as defined above plus preferred
    stock dividends, whether paid or accreted. Pro forma fixed charges and
    preferred stock dividends exceeded pro forma earnings by $46.1 million,
    $13.5 million and $31.9 million for the pro forma periods fiscal 1999,
    quarter ended October 2, 1998 and quarter ended combined October 1, 1999,
    respectively.

                                       11
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

     You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an
investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones facing our
company. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem
immaterial may also impair our business operations.

FAILURE TO TENDER YOUR OLD NOTES FOR NEW NOTES COULD LIMIT YOUR ABILITY TO
RESELL THE OLD NOTES.

     The old notes were not registered under the Securities Act or under the
securities laws of any state and may not be resold, offered for resale or
otherwise transferred unless they are subsequently registered or resold under an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. If you do not exchange your old notes for new
notes under the exchange offer, you will not be able to resell, offer to resell
or otherwise transfer the old notes unless they are registered under the
Securities Act or unless you resell them, offer to resell or otherwise transfer
them under an exemption from the registration requirements of, or in a
transaction not subject to, the Securities Act. In addition, we will no longer
be under an obligation to register the old notes under the Securities Act except
in the limited circumstances provided under the registration rights agreement.
In addition, if you want to exchange your old notes in the exchange offer for
the purpose of participating in a distribution of the new notes, you may be
deemed to have received restricted securities, and, if so, will be required to
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

THE ISSUANCE OF THE NEW NOTES MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE MARKET FOR THE OLD NOTES.

     To the extent that old notes are tendered for exchange and accepted in the
exchange offer, the trading market for the untendered and tendered but
unaccepted old notes could be adversely affected.

SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE--OUR SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR
FINANCIAL HEALTH WHICH COULD PREVENT US FROM FULFILLING OUR OBLIGATIONS UNDER
THE NOTES.

     We have a significant amount of indebtedness. The following chart sets
forth certain important credit information as of the date, or at the beginning
of the periods, specified below regarding Intersil Holding:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   INTERSIL
                                                                    HOLDING
                                                                 AT OCTOBER 1,
                                                                     1999
                                                               -----------------
                                                                 (IN MILLIONS
                                                                 EXCEPT RATIO)
<S>                                                            <C>
Total indebtedness..........................................        $545.8
Shareholders' deficit.......................................         (15.4)
Debt to equity (deficit) ratio..............................         (35.4)x
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                              -----------------------------
                                                                               COMBINED
                                                              FISCAL YEAR   13 WEEKS ENDED
                                                                 1999       OCTOBER 1, 1999
                                                              -----------   ---------------
                                                                      (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
Deficiency of earnings available to cover fixed charges....      $35.9           $29.3
</TABLE>

Pro forma interest expense for Intersil Holding for the year ended July 2, 1999
and the combined 13 weeks ended October 1, 1999, would have been $62.7 million
and $15.9 million, respectively.

     Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For
example, it could:

     o require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from
       operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the
       availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital
       expenditures, research and development efforts and other general
       corporate purposes;

     o increase the amount of interest expense which we have to pay, because
       certain of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest, which, if
       interest rates increase, could result in higher interest expense;

                                       12
<PAGE>

     o increase our vulnerability to adverse general economic or industry
       conditions;

     o limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our
       business or the industry in which we operate;

     o restrict us from making strategic acquisitions, introducing new
       technologies or exploiting business opportunities;

     o prevent us from raising the funds necessary to repurchase all notes
       tendered to us upon the occurrence of certain changes of control in our
       ownership, which would constitute a default under the indenture governing
       our Notes;

     o place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that
       have less debt; and

     o limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our
       indebtedness, among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds,
       dispose of assets or pay cash dividends. Failing to comply with those
       covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or
       waived, could have a material adverse effect on us.

     See "Description of Certain Indebtedness--Notes," "Capitalization,"
"Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements and Unaudited
Other Data" and "Description of Certain Indebtedness."

ADDITIONAL BORROWINGS AVAILABLE--DESPITE CURRENTLY EXPECTED LEVELS OF
INDEBTEDNESS, WE AND OUR SUBSIDIARIES WILL BE ABLE TO INCUR SUBSTANTIALLY MORE
DEBT. THIS COULD FURTHER EXACERBATE THE RISKS DESCRIBED ABOVE.

     We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional
indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture governing the notes contains
restrictions on the incurrence of additional Indebtedness (as defined), such
restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions; and under
certain circumstances Indebtedness incurred in compliance with such restrictions
could be substantial. Also, such restrictions do not prevent us from incurring
obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness. As of October 1, 1999, our
senior credit facilities provide for additional borrowing of up to about $55.0
million after completion of this offering, and all of those borrowings would be
senior to the notes. To the extent new debt is added to our and our
subsidiaries' currently anticipated debt levels, the substantial leverage risks
described above would increase.

     See "Pro Forma Capitalization," "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial
Data," "Description of the Notes" and "Description of Certain Indebtedness."

ABILITY TO SERVICE DEBT--TO SERVE OUR INDEBTEDNESS, WE WILL REQUIRE A
SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF CASH. OUR ABILITY TO GENERATE CASH DEPENDS ON MANY FACTORS
BEYOND OUR CONTROL.

     Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness, including the notes, and
to fund planned capital expenditures and research and development efforts will
depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent,
is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory
and other factors that are beyond our control.

     Our historical financial results have been, and our future financial
results are anticipated to be, subject to substantial fluctuations. We cannot
assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations,
that currently anticipated cost savings and operating improvements will be
realized on schedule or that future borrowings will be available to us in an
amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the notes, or
to fund our other liquidity needs. If we are unable to pay our debts, we will be
required to pursue one or more alternative strategies, such as selling assets,
refinancing or restructuring our indebtedness or selling equity capital.
However, we cannot assure you that any alternative strategies will be feasible
at the time or prove adequate. Also, certain alternative strategies will require
the consent of our senior secured lenders before we engage in any such strategy.

                                       13
<PAGE>

     See "--Cyclical Industry" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

SUBORDINATION--YOUR RIGHT TO RECEIVE PAYMENTS ON THE NEW NOTES, LIKE THE OLD
NOTES IS JUNIOR TO OUR AND OUR GUARANTORS' EXISTING SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS AND
POSSIBLY ALL OF OUR AND THEIR FUTURE BORROWINGS. FURTHER, CLAIMS OF CREDITORS OF
OUR NON-GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES WILL GENERALLY HAVE PRIORITY WITH RESPECT TO THE
ASSETS AND EARNINGS OF SUCH SUBSIDIARIES OVER YOUR CLAIMS.

     The new notes, like the old notes, the Intersil Holding guaranty and the
subsidiary guaranties will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of our,
Intersil Holding's and the subsidiary guarantors', as the case may be, current
and future senior indebtedness to the extent set forth in the indenture. As of
July 2, 1999, after giving pro forma effect to the transactions under the Master
Transaction Agreement, we would have had about $224.6 million of senior
indebtedness, Intersil Holding would have had about $220.0 million of senior
indebtedness, consisting of its senior guaranty of our obligations under our
senior credit facilities, and the subsidiary guarantors would have had about
$220.0 million of senior indebtedness, consisting of their senior guaranty of
our obligations under our senior credit facilities. Because of the subordination
provisions of the notes, in the event of the bankruptcy, liquidation or
dissolution of our company or any guarantor, our assets or the assets of the
guarantors would be available to pay obligations under the notes only after all
payments had been made on our or the guarantors' senior indebtedness. We cannot
assure you that sufficient assets will remain after all such payments have been
made to make any payments on the notes, including payments on interest when due.
The term "Senior Indebtedness" is defined in the "Description of the Notes"
section of this offering circular.

     In addition, all payments on the notes and the guaranties will be
prohibited in the event of a payment default on certain of our senior
indebtedness (including borrowings under the senior credit facilities) and, for
limited periods, upon the occurrence of other defaults under such indebtedness.

     We conduct a portion of our business through our subsidiaries. Our foreign
subsidiaries are not guaranteeing the notes. Claims of creditors of such
non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors, secured creditors and
creditors holding indebtedness, and claims of preferred stockholders (if any) of
such subsidiaries will generally have priority with respect to the assets and
earnings of such subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of our company,
including holders of the notes, even if the obligations of such subsidiaries do
not constitute senior indebtedness. Immediately following the consummation of
the transactions under the Master Transaction Agreement, we anticipate that the
non-guarantor subsidiaries will own approximately a quarter of our consolidated
assets.

     See "Description of the Notes--Ranking" and "Description of the
Notes--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Indebtedness."

ENCUMBRANCES ON ASSETS TO SECURE SENIOR CREDIT FACILITIES--THE NEW NOTES, LIKE
THE OLD NOTES, ARE NOT SECURED BY OUR ASSETS AND THOSE OF OUR SUBSIDIARIES, AND
THE LENDERS UNDER THE SENIOR CREDIT FACILITIES WILL BE ENTITLED TO REMEDIES
AVAILABLE TO A SECURED LENDER.

     In addition to being subordinated to all of our existing and future senior
debt, the new notes, like the old notes, the Intersil Holding guaranty and the
subsidiary guaranties will not be secured by any of our assets. Our obligations
under the senior credit facilities will be secured by, among other things, a
first priority pledge of all of our capital stock, mortgages upon all of the
real property owned by us in the United States and by substantially all of the
assets of Intersil Holding, our company and each of our existing and
subsequently acquired or organized domestic (and, to the extent no adverse tax
consequences will result, foreign) subsidiaries. If we become insolvent or are
liquidated, or if payment under the senior credit facilities or in respect of
any other secured senior indebtedness is accelerated, the lenders under the
senior credit facilities or holders of such other secured senior indebtedness
will be entitled to exercise the remedies available to a secured lender under
applicable law (in addition to any remedies that may be available under
documents pertaining to the senior credit facilities or such other senior debt).
Upon the occurrence of any default under the senior credit facilities (and even
without accelerating the indebtedness thereunder), the lenders may be able to
prohibit the payment of the notes and guaranties under the subordination
provisions

                                       14
<PAGE>

contained in the indenture governing the notes, or otherwise limit our ability
to use our cash flow to make such payments. See "Description of Certain
Indebtedness--Senior Credit Facilities" and "Description of the Notes."

RESTRICTIONS AND COVENANTS IN OUR DEBT INSTRUMENTS--RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY OUR
SENIOR CREDIT FACILITIES AND THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THE NOTES LIMIT OUR ABILITY
TO TAKE CERTAIN ACTIONS.

     We cannot assure you that the operating and financial restrictions and
covenants in our debt instruments, including the senior credit facilities and
the notes, will not adversely affect our ability to finance our future
operations or capital needs or engage in other business activities that may be
in our interest.

     Our senior credit facilities require us to maintain certain financial
ratios which become more restrictive over time. Our ability to comply with such
ratios may be affected by events beyond our control. A breach of any of these
covenants or our inability to comply with the required financial ratios could
result in a default under our senior credit facilities. In the event of any such
default, the lenders under our senior credit facilities could elect to declare
all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be
due and payable, to require us to apply all of our available cash to repay such
borrowings or to prevent us from making debt service payments on the notes, any
of which would be an event of default under the notes. If we were unable to
repay any such borrowings when due, the lenders could proceed against their
collateral which consists of substantially all assets of Intersil, Intersil
Holding and the subsidiary guarantors. If the indebtedness under our senior
credit facilities or the notes were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance
that our assets would be sufficient to repay such indebtedness in full.

     See "Description of the Notes" and "Description of Certain Indebtedness."

FINANCING CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER--WE MAY NOT HAVE THE ABILITY TO RAISE THE
FUNDS NECESSARY TO FINANCE THE CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE
GOVERNING THE NOTES.

     Upon the occurrence of certain specific kinds of change of control events,
we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding new notes and old
notes. We cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds available for us
to make any required repurchases of the notes upon a change of control. In
addition, our senior credit facilities will prohibit us from purchasing any
notes and provide that the occurrence of certain specific kinds of change of
control events constitute defaults. If we do not obtain a consent of our lenders
under our senior credit facilities to repurchase the notes or repay all
borrowings under our senior credit facilities, we will remain prohibited from
purchasing notes. In such case, our failure to purchase tendered notes would
constitute a default under the indenture governing the notes, which, in turn,
would constitute a default under our senior credit facilities.

     See "Description of the Notes--Change of Control."

GUARANTY OF OUR PARENT COMPANY, INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION--INTERSIL HOLDING
CORPORATION DOES NOT HAVE ANY RESOURCES TO SUPPORT ITS GUARANTY OF THE NOTES.

     Although Intersil Holding has guaranteed the notes on a senior subordinated
basis, it currently conducts no business and has no significant assets other
than our capital stock and certain intangible assets. Since all of our capital
stock owned by Intersil Holding will be pledged to secure Intersil Holding's
guaranty of our obligations under our senior credit facilities, there are
currently no resources supporting Intersil Holding's guaranty of the notes
besides those to which holders of the notes already have access as our direct
creditors. Intersil Holding's guaranty of the notes is subordinated in right of
payment to the guaranty by Intersil Holding of our obligations under our senior
credit facilities.

     See "Description of the Notes--Guaranties."

YOU CANNOT BE SURE THAT AN ACTIVE TRADING MARKET WILL DEVELOP FOR THE NEW NOTES.

     The old notes are currently eligible for trading in the PORTAL market. The
new notes are new securities for which there is no established market. We do not
intend to list the new notes on any national securities exchange or to seek the
admission thereof to trading in the National Association of Securities

                                       15
<PAGE>

Dealers Automated Quotation System. Credit Suisse First Boston, J.P. Morgan &
Co. and Salomon Smith Barney acted as initial purchasers in connection with the
offer and sale of the old notes. Some of the initial purchasers have informed us
that they intend to make a market in the notes. However, such initial purchasers
may cease their market-making at any time. In addition, the liquidity of the
trading market in the new notes, and the market price quoted for the new notes,
may be adversely affected by changes in the overall market for high yield
securities and by changes in our financial performance or prospects or in the
prospects for companies in our industry generally. As a result, we cannot assure
you that an active trading market will develop for the new notes.

CYCLICAL INDUSTRY--DOWNTURNS IN THE BUSINESS CYCLE COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT US.

     The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical. In 1998, the semiconductor
industry experienced a downturn. In 1999, the market for semiconductors began to
improve from 1998 levels based upon, among other things, the recovering Japanese
and Asian economy and increased demand in communications end markets. WSTS
forecasts semiconductor market size for fiscal year 1999 to be $145.2 billion
dollars or an increase of 15.6% from calendar year 1998. Our markets may
experience other, possibly more severe and prolonged, downturns in the future.
We may also experience significant changes in our operating profit margins as a
result of variations in sales, changes in product mix, price competition for
orders and costs associated with the introduction of new products.

     The markets for our products depend on continued demand for personal
computer, industrial, telecommunications, consumer electronics and automotive
goods. There can be no assurance that these end-user markets will not experience
changes in demand that will adversely affect our prospects.

NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE--OUR INABILITY TO INTRODUCE NEW
PRODUCTS COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT US; NEW TECHNOLOGIES COULD ALSO REDUCE THE
DEMAND FOR OUR PRODUCTS.

     Rapidly changing technology and industry standards, along with frequent new
product introductions, characterize the semiconductor industry. Our success in
these markets depends on our ability to design, develop, manufacture, assemble,
test, market and support new products and enhancements on a timely and
cost-effective basis. There can be no assurance that we will successfully
identify new product opportunities and develop and bring new products to market
in a timely and cost-effective manner or that products or technologies developed
by others will not render our products or technologies obsolete or
noncompetitive. A fundamental shift in technology in our product markets could
have a material adverse effect on us.

COMPETITION--OUR BUSINESS IS VERY COMPETITIVE AND INCREASED COMPETITION COULD
ADVERSELY AFFECT US.

     The semiconductor industry, and the semiconductor product markets
specifically, are highly competitive. Competition is based on price, product
performance, quality, reliability and customer service. The gross profit margins
realizable in our markets can differ across regions, depending on the economic
strength of end-product markets in those regions. Even in strong markets, price
pressures may emerge as competitors attempt to gain more share by lowering
prices. Competition in the various markets in which we participate comes from
companies of various sizes, many of which are larger and have greater financial
and other resources than we have and thus can better withstand adverse economic
or market conditions. In addition, companies not currently in direct competition
with us may introduce competing products in the future.

RISKS RELATED TO USE OF ESTIMATES IN ADJUSTED EBITDA--IF ACTUAL RESULTS DIFFER
FROM THE ESTIMATES UNDERLYING SOME OF THE PRO FORMA INFORMATION AND ADJUSTED
EBITDA, OUR RESULTS MAY BE LESS FAVORABLE THAN ANTICIPATED.

     Prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Master
Transaction Agreement, the semiconductor business was conducted as a part of
Harris. For each fiscal year since 1997, the semiconductor business had incurred
about $10.0 million in costs for general and administrative activities as
allocated by Harris. We will begin to provide many of these services on a
stand-alone basis. However, to provide certain of these services for a
transition period following the closing of the transactions contemplated by the
Master Transaction Agreement, we entered into a Transition Services Agreement
with Harris pursuant to which we

                                       16
<PAGE>

obtain many of these services substantially comparable to those previously
provided. See "The Transactions--Transition Services Agreement." The pro forma
financial information contained herein assumes that we would have incurred
annual expenses of $3.0 million to obtain these services, either from Harris,
under the Transition Services Agreement, or otherwise. Charges under the
Transition Services Agreement may exceed historical charges or upon termination
of the agreement we might not be able to obtain similar facilities and services
on comparable terms. If our actual expenses exceed the estimates, our operating
results will be less favorable than those set forth in the pro forma financial
statements.

     The Adjusted EBITDA information contained in this prospectus is based on
anticipated cost savings that our management believes are reasonable, including
cost savings resulting from a plant closure in January 1999 and certain other
cost savings anticipated in connection with other initiatives. We cannot assure
you that the anticipated cost savings will be achieved. If our actual savings
are less than our estimates or adversely affect our revenues or operations, our
results and Adjusted EBITDA will be less than we anticipate and less than the
amounts set forth in this prospectus.

FLUCTUATION OF OPERATING RESULTS--OUR OPERATING RESULTS MAY BE ADVERSELY
AFFECTED BY FORCES BEYOND OUR CONTROL.

     Intense competition and a general slowdown in the semiconductor industry
worldwide have resulted in decreases in the average selling prices of many of
our products. We expect that average selling prices for our products will
continue to decline in the future. A decline in average selling prices for our
products, if not offset by reductions in the costs of providing these products,
would decrease our gross profits and could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operation.

CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATE FLUCTUATIONS--FLUCTUATIONS IN THE EXCHANGE RATE OF THE
U.S. DOLLAR AND OTHER FOREIGN CURRENCIES COULD HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON
OUR FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

     While we and our subsidiaries transact business primarily in U.S. dollars
and most of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars, a portion of our costs
and revenues are denominated in other currencies, such as the Euro, the
Malaysian Ringgit and the Japanese Yen. As a result, changes in the exchange
rates of these currencies or any other applicable currencies to the U.S. dollar
will affect our costs of goods sold and operating margins and could result in
exchange losses. The impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our results
of operations cannot be accurately predicted. From time to time, we have engaged
in, and may continue to engage in, exchange rate hedging activities in an effort
to mitigate the impact of exchange rate fluctuations. However, any hedging
technique that we may implement may not be effective or may result in foreign
exchange hedging losses. In the past, we have incurred such losses, including
$13.3 million during fiscal year 1998 and $11.4 million during fiscal year 1999.

RISK ASSOCIATED WITH THE CONVERSION BY CERTAIN EU MEMBER STATES TO THE
"EURO"--THE CONVERSION TO THE EURO MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT US.

     We may be exposed to some risks as a result of the conversion by some
European Union member states of their respective currencies to the "Euro" as
their legal currency on January 1, 1999. The conversion rates between such
member states' currencies and the Euro have been fixed by the Council of the
European Union. Risks related to the conversion to the Euro could include, among
other things:

     o effects on pricing due to increased cross-border price transparency;

     o costs of modifying information systems, including both software and
       hardware;

     o costs of relying on third parties whose systems also require
       modification;

     o changes in the conduct of business and in the principal markets for our
       products and services; and

     o changes in the currency exchange rate risk.

     See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."

                                       17
<PAGE>

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS--OUR INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
SUBJECT US TO RISKS INHERENT IN DOING BUSINESS ON AN INTERNATIONAL LEVEL.

     We cannot be certain to what extent our future operations and earnings may
be adversely affected by the risks related to or any other problems arising from
operating in international markets. We will have significant operations in Kuala
Lumpur, Malaysia. The following are certain risks inherent in doing business on
an international level:

     o changes in import duties;

     o trade restrictions;

     o transportation delays;

     o work stoppages;

     o economic and political instability;

     o foreign currency fluctuations; and

     o unexpected changes in the laws and policies of the United States and of
       the countries in which we manufacture and sell our products.

DEPENDENCE ON SOURCES OF SUPPLY--THE LOSS OF SOURCES OF SUPPLY COULD ADVERSELY
AFFECT US.

     Our results of operations could be adversely affected if we were unable to
obtain adequate supplies of raw materials in a timely manner or if the costs of
raw materials increased significantly. Our manufacturing operations depend upon
obtaining adequate supplies of raw materials on a timely basis. We purchase raw
materials, such as silicon wafers, lead frames, mold compound, ceramic packages
and chemicals and gases, from a number of suppliers on a just-in-time basis.
From time to time, suppliers may extend lead times, limit supplies or increase
prices due to capacity constraints or other factors.

MANUFACTURING RISKS--WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN MANUFACTURING EFFICIENCY OR
AVOID MANUFACTURING DIFFICULTIES.

     Our manufacturing processes are highly complex, require advanced and costly
equipment and are continuously being modified in an effort to improve yields and
product performance. Impurities or other difficulties in the manufacturing
process can lower yields. Our manufacturing efficiency will be an important
factor in our future profitability, and we cannot assure you that we will be
able to maintain our manufacturing efficiency or increase manufacturing
efficiency to the same extent as our competitors.

     In addition, as is common in the semiconductor industry, we have from time
to time experienced difficulty in beginning production at new facilities or in
effecting transitions to new manufacturing processes. As a consequence, we have
suffered delays in product deliveries or reduced yields. We may experience
manufacturing problems in achieving acceptable yields or experience product
delivery delays in the future as a result of, among other things, capacity
constraints, construction delays, upgrading or expanding existing facilities or
changing our process technologies, any of which could result in a loss of future
revenues. Our operating results could also be adversely affected by the increase
in fixed costs and operating expenses related to increases in production
capacity if revenues do not increase proportionately.

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL--OUR SUCCESS WILL CONTINUE TO DEPEND TO A
SIGNIFICANT EXTENT ON OUR EXECUTIVES AND OTHER KEY PERSONNEL.

     Our success depends to a significant degree upon the continued
contributions of key management, engineering, sales and marketing, finance and
manufacturing personnel, many of whom would be difficult to replace. The loss of
the services of certain of these executives could have an adverse effect on us.
There can be no assurance that we will continue to be able to attract and retain
the highly skilled personnel that we require to grow and operate profitably.

     See "Management."

                                       18
<PAGE>

CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS OF INTERSIL HOLDING--A LIMITED NUMBER OF PERSONS
INDIRECTLY CONTROL INTERSIL HOLDING.

     Sterling and certain key employees of our company own about 90% of the
outstanding voting stock of our parent company, Intersil Holding, which owns all
of our outstanding capital stock. By virtue of such stock ownership, they have
the power to direct our affairs and are able to determine the outcome of all
matters required to be submitted to shareholders for approval, including the
election of a majority of our directors and amendment of our Certificate of
Incorporation. Sterling also has a significant equity investment in Fairchild
Semiconductor, one of our competitors. See "Business--Competition." We cannot
assure you that these persons will not exercise their control over us in a
manner adverse to your interests.

     See "Ownership of Capital Stock."

DEPENDENCE ON INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY--WE USE A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY IN OUR BUSINESS. IF WE ARE UNABLE TO PROTECT THIS INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY, OUR BUSINESS MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED.

     Our future success and competitive position depend in part upon our ability
to obtain and maintain proprietary technology used in our principal products. We
rely on intellectual property rights, including, but not limited to, rights
existing under patent, trade secret, trademark, maskwork and copyright law, to
protect such technology. Some of our technology is not covered by any patent or
patent application, and there is risk that:

     o some of the approximately 1,400 patents that we own and other numerous
       patents that we license from Harris may be invalidated, circumvented,
       challenged or licensed to others;

     o the license rights granted by Harris, or the patents that we own, will
       not provide competitive advantages to us; or

     o some of our pending or future patent applications will not be issued
       within the scope of the claims sought by us, if at all.

Further, others may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our
technology, duplicate our technology or design around our patents. In addition,
effective patent, trademark, copyright, maskwork and trade secret protection may
be unavailable, limited or not applied for in certain foreign countries.

     Under our intellectual property agreement with Harris, Harris has limited,
royalty-free, worldwide, nonexclusive license rights (without right to
sublicense) to some of our technology. Under our patent assignment and services
agreements with Harris, Harris retained the ownership and rights to certain
patents for a period of three years after which time the patents will be
assigned to us, provided the patents are not the subject of litigation at that
time, and with the proviso that any binding obligations on third parties to make
royalty or other payments respecting the patents will be retained by Harris.
Furthermore, the license agreements under which third parties are licensed to
our intellectual property (or intellectual property that is assigned to us) and
under which Harris was cross-licensed to the third party's intellectual
property, may not be assignable to us. For this situation, Harris agreed to
partially indemnify us for limited periods in limited situations against claims
that may be made that our activities infringe the intellectual property rights
of others. The extent and duration of this indemnification may be insufficient
to shield us from the need to make monetary payments to third parties or to
facilitate the continued manufacture, use or sale of some affected products.

     Vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights or
positions characterize the semiconductor industry. Such vigor and pursuit have
resulted in significant and often protracted and expensive litigation.
Currently, no material intellectual property litigation is pending against us.
However, we may from time to time be notified of claims that we may be
infringing third party patents or other intellectual property rights. For
example, a countersuit has been brought against Harris by one of its competitors
alleging infringement of certain of the competitor's patents and we have been
joined as a party. Our liability from this litigation, if any, that arises out
of the conduct of the semiconductor business prior to closing is covered by
Harris' agreement to provide limited indemnities. We do not believe that the
litigation will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations. It is possible, however, that the litigation
will be resolved in a manner that is materially adverse to us. If necessary or
desirable, we may, from time to

                                       19
<PAGE>

time, seek licenses to patents or other intellectual property rights. However,
we cannot be certain that we will obtain such licenses or that the terms of any
offered licenses will be acceptable to us, and any such acquisition or license
could require expenditure of substantial time and other resources. Furthermore,
some licenses or other rights to intellectual property of third parties that we
use, such as software, may not be freely assignable by Harris to us. Our failure
to obtain a license from a third party for technology we use could cause us to
incur substantial liabilities and to suspend the manufacture or shipment of
products or our use of processes requiring the technology. Litigation could
result in significant expense to us, adversely affecting sales of the challenged
product or technology and diverting the efforts of our technical and management
personnel, whether or not such litigation is determined in our favor. In the
event of an adverse outcome in any such litigation, we may be required to:

     o pay substantial damages and incur significant attorneys' fees;

     o cease the manufacture, use, sale or importation of infringing products;

     o expend significant resources to develop or acquire non-infringing
       technology;

     o discontinue the use of some processes; or

     o obtain licenses to intellectual property covering the infringing
       technology.

     We also seek to protect our proprietary technology, including technology
that may not be patented or patentable, in part by confidentiality agreements
and, if applicable, inventors' rights agreements with our collaborators,
advisors, employees and consultants. There can be no assurance that these
agreements will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any
breach or that such persons or institutions will not assert rights to
intellectual property arising out of such research.

     Some of our current licenses to use others' technology will expire during
the next several years, unless extended. In particular, we currently have access
to a portfolio of patents under a cross-license agreement that expires in the
year 2000. We will then need to negotiate renewals of these agreements or obtain
the technology from alternative sources. There is no guarantee that we will be
able to obtain such renewals on substantially similar terms as those that
currently exist.

RISKS RELATING TO FUTURE ACQUISITIONS--WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO CONSUMMATE FUTURE
ACQUISITIONS, AND CERTAIN CONSEQUENCES OF THOSE ACQUISITIONS WHICH WE DO
COMPLETE MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT US.

     We plan to pursue acquisitions of related businesses. We might not be able
to identify acquisitions, or, if we complete any acquisition, we may not realize
any of the benefits anticipated from such acquisitions. Financing for
acquisitions may not be available; and, depending on the terms of such
acquisitions, such financing could be restricted by the terms of our senior
credit facilities and the indenture governing the Notes. The process of
integrating acquired operations into our existing operations may result in
unforeseen operating difficulties and may require significant financial
resources that would otherwise be available for the ongoing development or
expansion of our existing operations. Possible future acquisitions could result
in the incurrence of additional debt, contingent liabilities and amortization
expenses related to goodwill and other intangible assets, all of which could
materially adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES AND OTHER GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS--REGULATORY MATTERS
COULD FORCE US TO INCUR SIGNIFICANT CAPITAL AND OPERATIONAL COSTS.

     We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations relating to
the management, disposal and, under some circumstances, remediation of hazardous
materials and wastes and the discharge of pollutants into the air and water. We
are also subject to laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker
health which, among other things, regulate employee exposure to hazardous
substances. Under the Master Transaction Agreement, Harris agreed to indemnify
us for substantially all environmental liabilities related to events or
activities occurring prior to the closing of the transactions contemplated by
the Master Transaction Agreement. The nature of our ongoing operations exposes
us to the risk of liabilities or claims with respect to environmental matters,
including those relating to the on- and off-site disposal and release of
hazardous

                                       20
<PAGE>

materials, and there can be no assurance that material costs will not be
incurred in connection with such liabilities or claims.

     Based on our experience, we believe that the future cost of compliance with
existing environmental and health and safety laws and regulations (and liability
for known environmental conditions even without the Harris indemnity) will not
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations. However, we cannot predict:

     o what environmental or health and safety legislation or regulations will
       be enacted in the future;

     o how existing or future laws or regulations will be enforced, administered
       or interpreted; or

     o the amount of future expenditures which may be required to comply with
       these environmental or health and safety laws or regulations or to
       respond to future cleanup matters or other environmental claims.

     See "Business--Environmental Matters."

FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE MATTERS--FEDERAL AND STATE LAWS ALLOW COURTS, UNDER
SPECIFIC CIRCUMSTANCES, TO VOID DEBTS, INCLUDING GUARANTIES, AND REQUIRE
NOTEHOLDERS TO RETURN PAYMENTS RECEIVED FROM US OR THE GUARANTORS.

     If a bankruptcy proceeding or lawsuit were to be initiated by unpaid
creditors, the notes and the guaranties of the notes could come under review for
federal or state fraudulent transfer violations. Under federal bankruptcy law
and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, obligations under a
note or a guaranty could be voided, or claims in respect of a note or a guaranty
could be subordinated to all other debts of the debtor or guarantor if, among
other things, the debtor or guarantor at the time it incurred the indebtedness
evidenced by its note or guaranty:

     o received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for
       the incurrence of such debt or guaranty; and

     o one of the following applies:

          o it was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence;

          o it was engaged in a business or transaction for which its remaining
            assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

          o it intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond
            its ability to pay such debts as they mature.

In addition, any payment by that debtor or guarantor under its note or guaranty
could be voided and required to be returned to the debtor or guarantor, as the
case may be, or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the debtor or
guarantor.

     The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws
will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether
a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a debtor or guarantor
would be considered insolvent if:

     o the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, were greater than
       the fair salable value of all of its assets;

     o if the present fair salable value of its assets were less than the amount
       that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing
       debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and
       mature; or

     o it could not pay its debts as they become due.

                                       21
<PAGE>

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE--WE COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED IF YEAR 2000 PROBLEMS ARE
SIGNIFICANT.

     Our inability to remedy our own Year 2000 problems or the failure of third
parties to do so may cause business interruptions or shutdown, financial loss,
regulatory actions, reputational harm and legal liability. We cannot assure you
that our Year 2000 program or the programs of third parties who do business with
us will be effective, that our estimate about the timing and cost of completing
our program will be accurate or that all remediation will be complete by the
year 2000.

     We are dependent on business systems (which include our information
technology systems and non-information technology devices with embedded
microprocessors) in operating our business. We also depend on the proper
functioning of business systems of third parties, such as our vendors and
customers. We are currently identifying, testing and correcting Year 2000
problems in systems throughout our operations, including those systems embedded
in our machinery and equipment. We are also reviewing the Year 2000 readiness
and compliance of our principal customers and suppliers of products and
services, in order to identify and assess any negative impacts that
non-compliance could have on us. The failure of our business systems or the
business systems of third parties to interpret properly the upcoming calendar
year 2000 could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition,
results of operations, cash flow and business.

     See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."

                                       22
<PAGE>
                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. These statements
relate to analyses and other information which are based on forecasts of future
results and estimates of amounts not yet determinable. These statements also
relate to our future prospects, developments and business strategies.

     These forward-looking statements are identified by their use of terms and
phrases such as "anticipate," "believe," "could," "estimate," "expect,"
"intend," "may," "plan," "predict," "project," "will" and similar terms and
phrases, including references to assumptions. These statements are contained in
sections entitled "Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and other
sections of this prospectus.

     These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to be materially
different. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following: changes
in general economic and business conditions; changes in current pricing levels;
changes in political, social and economic conditions and local regulations;
changes in technology and the development of new technology; foreign currency
fluctuations; reductions in sales to any significant customers; changes in sales
mix; industry capacity; competition; disruptions of established supply channels;
manufacturing capacity constraints; the availability, terms and deployment of
capital; and our ability to accurately estimate the cost of systems preparation
and successfully implement for Year 2000 compliance. Our risks are more
specifically described in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus. If one
or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or if underlying
assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from those
expected, estimated or projected.

     We do not undertake to update our forward-looking statements or risk
factors to reflect future events or circumstances.

                          SOURCES AND USES OF PROCEEDS

     We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. In consideration
for issuing the new notes, we will receive in exchange old notes of like
principal amount, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to
the new notes. The old notes surrendered in exchange for new notes will be
retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, issuance of the new
notes will not result in any increase in our indebtedness. We have agreed to
bear the expenses of the exchange offer. No underwriters are being used in
connection with the exchange offer.

     We used the gross proceeds from the sale of the 200,000 units, each
consisting of $1,000 principal amount of old notes and one warrant to purchase
27.7778 shares of Class A Common Stock of Intersil Holding, together with the
$220.0 million from borrowings under the senior term facilities, and a $120.0
million cash equity contribution to us from Intersil Holding as follows: (i)
approximately $520.0 million to pay for the purchase price of the semiconductor
business and (ii) $20.0 million to pay fees and expenses relating to the
acquisition, the financings in connection with the acquisition and the
application of the proceeds of the financings.

                                       23
<PAGE>
                                   CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth the capitalization of Intersil and Intersil
Holding (on a consolidated basis) as of October 1, 1999. This table should be
read in conjunction with "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial
Statements," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and Intersil Holding's Consolidated Financial Statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       OCTOBER 1, 1999    OCTOBER 1, 1999
                                                       ----------------   ----------------
                                                          INTERSIL       INTERSIL HOLDING
                                                         CORPORATION        CONSOLIDATED
                                                         -----------      ----------------
                                                             (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>
Long-term Debt, including Current Portion:
  Senior Credit Facilities:
    Revolving Credit Facility(1).....................      $ 15.0             $ 15.0
    Tranche B Senior Term Facility(2)................       205.0              205.0
  13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes(3)...............       199.7              199.7
  13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note(4).............          --               30.2
  11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note(5)..................          --               91.4
    Other............................................         4.5                4.5
                                                           ------             ------
         Total long-term debt........................       424.2              545.8
                                                           ------             ------
Preferred Stock(6)...................................          --               86.4

Shareholders' Equity(6):
  Common stock.......................................          --                1.0
  Additional paid-in capital(3)(7)...................       212.2                3.2
  Retained deficit...................................       (20.1)             (20.1)
  Accumulated other comprehensive income.............          .4                 .4
                                                           ------             ------
         Total shareholders' equity..................       192.5              (15.5)
                                                           ------             ------
              Total capitalization...................      $616.7             $616.7
                                                           ======             ======
</TABLE>

- - ------------------
(1) Represents the drawn portion of $70.0 million available under the Revolving
    Credit Facility.

(2) The Tranche B Senior Term Facility will mature in 2005 and will require 1%
    of the original principal amount to be repaid in each of the first five
    years.

(3) The notes were issued as part of the units, which consist of $200.0 million
    principal amount of 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 and warrants
    to purchase 5,555,560 shares of Class A Common Stock of Intersil Holding.
    Reflects the gross proceeds from the units offering of $200.0 million net of
    $0.3 million ascribed to the warrants. The $0.3 million associated with the
    sale of the warrants is reflected as an increase to additional paid-in
    capital of Intersil. The value ascribed to the warrants does not reflect
    their market value.

(4) Citicorp Mezzanine Partners, L.P. contributed $30.0 million in cash to
    Intersil Holding in exchange for the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note due
    2010 and warrants to purchase 5,555,560 shares of Class A Common Stock of
    Intersil Holding. Reflects the gross proceeds of $30.0 million net of $0.3
    million ascribed to the warrants. The $0.3 million associated with the sale
    of the warrants is reflected as an increase to additional paid-in capital of
    Intersil Holding. The 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note due 2010 is an
    obligation of Intersil Holding only and is not reflected on the historical
    or the pro forma financial statements of Intersil.

(5) The 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note issued to Harris will mature in 2010 and
    does not require payment of cash interest until then. The 11.13% Seller
    Holding PIK Note is an obligation of Intersil Holding only and is not
    reflected in the historical or pro forma financial statements of Intersil,
    and the proceeds have been contributed to Intersil's capital.

(6) Sterling Holding Company, LLC and senior management, other key employees and
    certain other investors purchased shares of 12% Series A Cumulative
    Compounding Preferred Stock and common stock of Intersil Holding, for a
    total of about $76.5 million in cash and Harris purchased shares of 12%
    Series A Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock and common stock of Intersil
    Holding for about $8.5 million in cash. The total cash Preferred Stock
    investment was $85.0 million, and the total cash common stock investment was
    $5.0 million. See "Ownership of Capital Stock." Intersil has 1,000 shares
    authorized and 1,000 shares issued and outstanding of its $.01 par value
    common stock.

(7) Intersil Holding Consolidated Shareholder's Equity is adjusted to eliminate
    the investment in Intersil of $210.0 million.

                                       24
<PAGE>

          UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The following unaudited pro forma financial statements for Intersil Holding
are based on or derived from Intersil Holding's historical predecessor's
Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
acquisition of the semiconductor business was consummated on August 13, 1999.

     The Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations of Intersil
Corporation and Intersil Holding give effect to the transactions as if they had
occurred as of July 4, 1998. The transactions and the related adjustments are
described in the accompanying notes. The pro forma financial statements do not
purport to represent what Intersil's or Intersil Holding's results of operations
or financial position would actually have been had the transactions in fact
occurred on the dates specified nor do they purport to project the results of
operations or financial position for any future period or at any future date.

     The acquisition of the semiconductor business has been accounted for using
the purchase method of accounting. After the acquisition of the semiconductor
business, the total purchase cost of the acquisition was allocated to the
tangible and intangible assets and liabilities of the semiconductor business
based upon their respective fair values. The pro forma adjustments are based
upon preliminary estimates and certain assumptions that our management believes
are reasonable in the circumstances. In the opinion of Intersil Holding's
management, all adjustments that are necessary to present fairly the pro forma
data have been made. After definitive valuations have been made, the final
allocation of the purchase price could differ from the preliminary estimates
used herein which would result in changes to the pro forma financial statements;
however, any changes are not expected to be material. The purchase price of the
acquisition of the semiconductor business is subject to a post-closing
adjustment, which has not been finalized.

     The Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Statements should be read in
conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto as of
October 1, 1999 and July 2, 1999 and for the fiscal year ended July 2, 1999 the
6 weeks ended August 13, 1999, and the unaudited 13 weeks ended October 2, 1998
and the unaudited 7 weeks ended October 1, 1999, included elsewhere in this
Registration Statement, "Forward Looking Statements," "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Risk
Factors--Risks Related to Use of Estimates in Pro Forma Information and Adjusted
EBITDA."

         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 2, 1999
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
                                                 INTERSIL CORPORATION                  INTERSIL HOLDING
                                        ---------------------------------------   --------------------------
                                         HISTORICAL                                             CONSOLIDATED
                                        (PREDECESSOR)   ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA   ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                        -------------   -----------   ---------   -----------   ------------
                                                                   (IN MILLIONS)
Sales:
    Product sales.....................     $532.7         $   --       $532.7       $   --         $532.7
Costs and Expenses:
    Cost of product sales.............      349.8          (10.0)(a)    339.8                       339.8
    Research and development..........       67.0                        67.0                        67.0
    Marketing.........................       66.9                        66.9                        66.9
    Administrative and general........       17.1            3.0 (b)     20.6                        20.6
                                                             0.5 (c)
    Harris corporate expense
       allocation.....................        9.3           (9.3)(b)
    Intangible amortization...........        2.4           10.5 (e)     12.9                        12.9
                                           ------         ------       ------       ------         ------
Operating income......................       20.2            5.3         25.5           --           25.5
    Interest, net.....................       (1.2)          48.5 (d)     47.3         14.1 (g)       61.4
                                           ------         ------       ------       ------         ------
Income (loss) before income taxes.....       21.4          (43.2)       (21.8)       (14.1)         (35.9)
Income taxes (benefit)................       (6.0)         (16.8)(f)    (22.8)        (5.5)(f)      (28.3)
                                           ------         ------       ------       ------         ------
Net income (loss).....................       27.4          (26.4)         1.0         (8.6)          (7.6)
Preferred dividends...................         --             --           --        (10.2)(h)      (10.2)
                                           ------         ------       ------       ------         ------
Net income (loss) to common
  shareholders........................     $ 27.4         $(26.4)      $  1.0       $(18.8)        $(17.8)
                                           ======         ======       ======       ======         ======
</TABLE>

 See Accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of
                                  Operations.

                                       25
<PAGE>

         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 INTERSIL CORPORATION                  INTERSIL HOLDING
                                        ---------------------------------------   --------------------------
                                         HISTORICAL                                             CONSOLIDATED
                                        (PREDECESSOR)   ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA   ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                        -------------   -----------   ---------   -----------   ------------
                                                                   (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                     <C>             <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
Sales:
    Product sales.....................     $122.5                      $122.5                      $122.5
Costs and Expenses:
    Cost of product sales.............       80.5           (2.5)(a)     78.0                        78.0
    Research and development..........       14.8                        14.8                        14.8
    Marketing.........................       16.0                        16.0                        16.0
    Administrative and general........        5.2            0.8 (b)      6.0                         6.0
    Harris corporate expense
       allocation.....................        2.1           (2.1)(b)
    Intangible amortization...........        0.6            2.6 (e)      3.2                         3.2
                                           ------         ------       ------                      ------
Operating income......................        3.3            1.2          4.5                         4.5
    Interest, net.....................       (0.2)          12.1 (d)     11.9          3.5 (g)       15.4
                                           ------         ------       ------       ------         ------
Income (loss) before income taxes.....        3.5          (10.9)        (7.4)        (3.5)         (10.9)
Income taxes (benefit)................       (1.0)          (4.3)(f)     (5.3)        (1.4)(f)       (6.7)
                                           ------         ------       ------       ------         ------
Net income (loss).....................        4.5           (6.6)        (2.1)        (2.1)          (4.2)
Preferred dividends...................         --             --           --         (2.6)(h)       (2.6)
                                           ------         ------       ------       ------         ------
Net income (loss) to common
  shareholders........................     $  4.5         $ (6.6)      $ (2.1)      $ (4.7)        $ (6.8)
                                           ======         ======       ======       ======         ======
</TABLE>

 See Accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of
                                  Operations.

         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999
                             -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         6 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999
                             -----------------------------------------------------        7 WEEKS ENDED
                                                                                         OCTOBER 1, 1999
                                                   PRO FORMA                         ------------------------
                               INTERSIL           ADJUSTMENTS                                                     INTERSIL
                              CORPORATION    ----------------------                   INTERSIL      INTERSIL      HOLDING
                              HISTORICAL      INTERSIL     INTERSIL   CONSOLIDATED   CORPORATION    HOLDING     CONSOLIDATED
                             (PREDECESSOR)   CORPORATION   HOLDING     PRO FORMA     HISTORICAL    HISTORICAL    PRO FORMA
                             -------------   -----------   --------   ------------   -----------   ----------   ------------
                                                                      (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                          <C>             <C>           <C>        <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>
Sales:
    Product sales..........      $57.3          $  --       $  --        $57.3         $ 76.6        $  --         $133.9
Costs and Expenses:
    Cost of product
       sales...............       39.6           (1.2)(a)                 38.4           46.6           --           85.0
    Research and
       development.........        8.5                                     8.5            8.4           --           16.9
    Marketing..............        8.2                                     8.2            8.4           --           16.6
    Administrative and
       general.............        2.7            0.3 (b)                  3.0            2.2           --            5.2
    Harris corporate
       expense
       allocation..........        1.2           (1.2)(b)                   --             --           --             --
    Intangible
       amortization........        0.3            1.2 (e)                  1.5            1.4           --            2.9
    In-process R&D charge..         --                                      --           20.8           --           20.8
                                 -----          -----       -----        -----         ------        -----         ------
Operating income (loss)....       (3.2)           0.9          --         (2.3)         (11.2)          --          (13.5)
    Interest, net..........       (0.1)           5.6 (d)     1.6 (g)      7.1            6.8          1.9           15.8
                                 -----          -----       -----        -----         ------        -----         ------
Income (loss) before income
  taxes....................       (3.1)          (4.7)       (1.6)        (9.4)         (18.0)        (1.9)         (29.3)
Income taxes (benefit).....       (0.1)          (1.8)(f)    (0.6)(f)     (2.5)           0.2           --           (2.3)
                                 -----          -----       -----        -----         ------        -----         ------
Net income (loss)..........       (3.0)          (2.9)       (1.0)        (6.9)         (18.2)        (1.9)         (27.0)
Preferred dividends........         --             --        (1.2)(h)     (1.2)            --         (1.4)          (2.6)
                                 -----          -----       -----        -----         ------        -----         ------
Net income (loss) to common
  shareholders.............      $(3.0)         $(2.9)      $(2.2)       $(8.1)        $(18.2)       $(3.3)        $(29.6)
                                 =====          =====       =====        =====         ======        =====         ======
</TABLE>

 See Accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of
                                  Operations.

                                       26
<PAGE>

    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

     The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations give effect
to the following adjustments:

(a)  The total purchase price of $630.0 million was allocated to the assets and
     liabilities of the semiconductor business based upon their approximate fair
     value. The preliminary fair value of the net assets acquired exceeded the
     purchase price resulting in negative goodwill. This negative goodwill was
     allocated to property and equipment and identified intangible assets based
     on their relative fair value as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               ALLOCATION
                                                              FAIR VALUE OF    OF EXCESS     ADJUSTED
                                                             ASSETS ACQUIRED   FAIR VALUE   FAIR VALUE
                                                             ---------------   ----------   ----------
    <S>                                                      <C>               <C>          <C>
           Net current assets.............................       $160.9              --       $160.9
           Other amounts..................................          9.0              --          9.0
           Property & equipment...........................        486.0         $(137.5)       348.5
           Developed technology...........................         80.0           (22.6)        57.4
           Customer base..................................         33.0            (9.3)        23.7
           In-process research and development............         29.0            (8.2)        20.8
           Assembled workforce............................         13.5            (3.8)         9.7
                                                                 ------         -------       ------
                                                                  811.4         $ 181.4       $630.0
                                                                                =======       ======
           Purchase price.................................        630.0
                                                                 ------
           Excess fair value..............................       $181.4
                                                                 ======
</TABLE>

    As a result of the allocation of negative goodwill to property, plant and
    equipment, the net book carrying value at August 13, of $403.7 million was
    reduced by $55.2 million to the fair value of $348.5 million. Therefore, for
    pro forma purposes, depreciation expense was reduced by $10.0 million, $2.5
    million and $1.2 million for the fiscal year ended July 2, 1999, the 13
    weeks ended October 2, 1998 and the 6 weeks ended August 13, 1999,
    respectively.

(b)  Historically, Harris allocated corporate headquarters expenses to the
     semiconductor business based on the semiconductor business' net sales as a
     percentage of Harris' net sales. This pro forma adjustment represents the
     elimination of this allocation and our estimate of the cost of replacing
     these services as a stand-alone company, calculated as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           13 WEEKS
                                                    FISCAL YEAR ENDED        ENDED         6 WEEKS ENDED
                                                      JULY 2, 1999      OCTOBER 2, 1998   AUGUST 13, 1999
                                                    -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                                        (IN MILLIONS)
    <S>                                             <C>                 <C>               <C>
           Harris corporate expenses
              allocation.........................         $ 9.3              $ 2.1             $ 1.2
                                                          -----              -----             -----
           Company's anticipated expenses:
              Finance, legal and professional....           2.0                0.5              0.20
              Human resources/benefits...........           0.5                0.2              0.05
              Other..............................           0.5                0.1              0.05
                                                          -----              -----             -----
                   Total anticipated expenses....           3.0                0.8               0.3
                                                          -----              -----             -----
           Net reduction.........................         $ 6.3              $ 1.3             $ 0.9
                                                          =====              =====             =====
</TABLE>

(c)  Represents compensation expense associated with a sign-on bonus granted to
     certain senior managers.

(d)  Represents interest expense associated with the indebtedness incurred in
     connection with the acquisition of the semiconductor business, calculated
     as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           13 WEEKS
                                                    FISCAL YEAR ENDED        ENDED         6 WEEKS ENDED
                                                      JULY 2, 1999      OCTOBER 2, 1998   AUGUST 13, 1999
                                                    -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                                        (IN MILLIONS)
    <S>                                             <C>                 <C>               <C>
           Interest on Notes (13.25% on $200.0            $26.5              $ 6.6             $ 3.1
              million)...........................
           Estimated interest on Senior Term
              Facility (9.30% on $205.0
              million)...........................          19.1                4.8               2.2
           Estimated interest on Revolving Credit
              Facility (8.55% on $15.0
              million)...........................           1.3                0.3               0.1
                                                          -----              -----             -----
                   Total cash interest expense...          46.9               11.7               5.4
           Deferred financing fees...............           1.6                0.4               0.2
                                                          -----              -----             -----
                   Total interest expense........         $48.5              $12.1             $ 5.6
                                                          =====              =====             =====
</TABLE>

                                       27
<PAGE>

    Financing fees are composed of $6.0 million on the notes (amortized over 10
    years) and $6.2 million on the Senior Term Facility and Revolving Credit
    Facility (amortized over 6 years).

(e)  Represents the adjustment to reflect additional amortization expense for
     the identified intangible assets. The preliminary appraisal of the acquired
     business, after adjustment for negative goodwill, included $111.6 million
     of identified intangible assets including, $57.4 million of developed
     technology, $23.7 million to customer base, $9.7 million to assembled
     workforce and $20.8 million of purchased in-process research and
     development. The purchased in-process research and development related to
     various products under development that had not yet reached technological
     feasibility and had no future alternative uses. Pursuant to Regulation S-X,
     the in-process research and development has been written off against
     retained earnings and has not been reflected in the pro forma consolidated
     statement of operations for the unaudited pro forma combined statement of
     operations for the fiscal year ended July 2, 1999. The remaining identified
     intangibles are being amortized over the following lives:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  13 WEEKS
                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED        ENDED         6 WEEKS ENDED
IDENTIFIED INTANGIBLE  AMOUNT     LIFE       JULY 2, 1999      OCTOBER 2, 1998   AUGUST 13, 1999
- - ---------------------  ------   --------   -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                               (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                    <C>      <C>        <C>                 <C>               <C>
Developed              $57.4    11 years         $ 5.2              $ 1.3             $0.6
  technology.........
Customer base........   23.7     7 years           3.4                0.8              0.4
Assembled
  workforce..........    9.7     5 years           1.9                0.5              0.2
                                                 -----              -----             ----
                                                 $10.5              $ 2.6             $1.2
                                                 =====              =====             ====
</TABLE>

    The purchase price is subject to a post closing adjustment based on the
    level of working capital on the closing date.

(f)  Represents the adjustment of the pro forma income tax provision related to
     the pro forma pretax adjustments for Intersil and Intersil Holding computed
     on a stand-alone basis at an effective tax rate of 39% for domestic
     adjustments.

(g)  Represents interest expense associated with Intersil Holding's indebtedness
     incurred in connection with the acquisition of the semiconductor business,
     calculated as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           13 WEEKS
                                                    FISCAL YEAR ENDED        ENDED         6 WEEKS ENDED
                                                      JULY 2, 1999      OCTOBER 2, 1998   AUGUST 13, 1999
                                                    -----------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                                        (IN MILLIONS)
    <S>                                             <C>                 <C>               <C>
           Interest on Subordinated Holding PIK
              Note (13.50% on $30.0 million).....         $ 4.1              $ 1.0             $0.5
           Interest on Seller Holding PIK Note
              (11.13% on $90.0 million)..........          10.0                2.5              1.1
                                                          -----              -----             ----
                                                          $14.1              $ 3.5             $1.6
                                                          =====              =====             ====
</TABLE>

(h)  Represents the adjustment for the accretion of the 12% cumulative dividends
     on the 85,000 shares of 12% Series A Cumulative Compounding Preferred
     Stock, with a stated value of $1,000 per share.

                                       28
<PAGE>

               SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA AND OTHER DATA

     The following table sets forth selected historical financial data and
supplemental data for Intersil Holding and its predecessor. The historical
financial data as of and for fiscal years 1997, 1998, 1999 and the 6 weeks ended
August 13, 1999 are derived directly from Intersil Holding's predecessor's
audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus,
except for revenue categorized by business unit, which is derived from Intersil
Holding's predecessor's books and records. The historical financial data as of
and for fiscal years ended 1995 and 1996, which are not included in this
prospectus, and the 13 weeks ended October 2, 1998 included elsewhere in this
prospectus, are derived directly from Intersil Holding's predecessor's unaudited
Consolidated Financial Statements. The historical financial data as of and for
the 7 weeks ended October 1, 1999 are derived directly from Intersil Holding's
unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. Such unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements include all
adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the financial condition and
the results of operations for such periods and as of such dates. This
information should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial
Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>              <C>
                                                              PREDECESSOR                             PREDECESSOR
                                               ------------------------------------------   --------------------------------
                                                              FISCAL YEARS                  13 WEEKS ENDED    6 WEEKS ENDED
                                               ------------------------------------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                1995     1996     1997     1998     1999    OCTOBER 2, 1998   AUGUST 13, 1999
                                               ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue:
    Analog & Mixed-Signal...................   $379.2   $393.6   $384.4   $390.4   $352.8       $ 79.8           $ 36.3
    Discrete Power..........................    128.2    176.6    154.5    176.4    161.6         38.5             18.0
    Wireless................................      0.0      0.0      6.4     10.0     18.3          4.2              3.0
                                               ------   ------   ------   ------   ------       ------           ------
Total revenue...............................   $507.4   $570.2   $545.3   $576.8   $532.7       $122.5           $ 57.3
                                               ======   ======   ======   ======   ======       ======           ======
Gross profit................................   $178.5   $227.1   $199.3   $207.5   $182.9       $ 42.0           $ 17.7
Research and development....................     50.6     69.4     75.2     75.1     67.0         14.8              8.5
Selling, general and administrative.........     94.6    103.6     99.3     98.2     84.0         21.2             10.9
Harris corporate expense allocation.........      9.1     10.3     10.0     10.0      9.3          2.1              1.2
Intangible amortization.....................      2.3      2.3      2.3      2.3      2.4          0.6              0.3
In-process R&D charge.......................       --       --       --       --       --           --               --
                                               ------   ------   ------   ------   ------       ------           ------
Operating income (loss).....................     21.9     41.5     12.5     21.9     20.2          3.3             (3.2)
Interest, net...............................      0.6     (1.0)    (0.6)    (0.9)    (1.2)        (0.2)            (0.1)
                                               ------   ------   ------   ------   ------       ------           ------
Income (loss) before income taxes...........     21.3     42.5     13.1     22.8     21.4          3.5             (3.1)
Income taxes (benefit)......................     (4.3)     2.6      1.9      9.9     (6.0)        (1.0)            (0.1)
                                               ------   ------   ------   ------   ------       ------           ------
Net income (loss)...........................     25.6     39.9     11.2     12.9     27.4          4.5             (3.0)
Preferred dividends.........................       --       --       --       --       --           --               --
                                               ------   ------   ------   ------   ------       ------           ------
Net income (loss) to common shareholders....   $ 25.6   $ 39.9   $ 11.2   $ 12.9   $ 27.4       $  4.5           $ (3.0)
                                               ======   ======   ======   ======   ======       ======           ======
LOSS PER SHARE:
Basic and diluted...........................
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING
  (IN MILLIONS):
Basic and diluted...........................
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
Depreciation................................   $ 44.5   $ 47.6   $ 50.2   $ 65.0   $ 78.2       $ 19.0           $  8.7
Capital expenditures........................   $ 80.4   $141.8   $173.3   $ 90.2   $ 38.6       $ 13.1           $  1.9
Total interest expense......................   $   --   $   --   $   --   $   --   $  0.1       $   --           $   --
Ratio of earnings to fixed
  charges(1)................................      9.5x    21.2x     7.0x    11.9x    10.7x         8.0x              (3)
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and
  preferred stock dividends(2)..............      9.5x    21.2x     7.0x    11.9x    10.7x         8.0x              (4)
BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
Cash........................................   $   --   $   --   $   --   $   --   $   --       $   --           $  1.4
Total assets................................    546.2    647.0    773.3    810.3    761.2        801.0            736.1
Long-term debt, including current portion...       --       --      1.4      4.1      4.6          4.0              4.5
Preferred Stock.............................       --       --       --       --       --           --               --
Total shareholders' equity (deficit)........    456.2    520.9    646.2    699.1    658.9        705.7            657.3















<CAPTION>
<S>                                           <C>

                                                 SUCCESSOR
                                              ---------------
                                               7 WEEKS ENDED
                                              ---------------
                                              OCTOBER 1, 1999
                                              ---------------
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue:
    Analog & Mixed-Signal...................      $ 46.5
    Discrete Power..........................        26.9
    Wireless................................         3.2
                                                  ------
Total revenue...............................      $ 76.6
                                                  ======
Gross profit................................      $ 30.0
Research and development....................         8.4
Selling, general and administrative.........        10.6
Harris corporate expense allocation.........          --
Intangible amortization.....................         1.4
In-process R&D charge.......................        20.8
                                                  ------
Operating income (loss).....................       (11.2)
Interest, net...............................         8.7
                                                  ------
Income (loss) before income taxes...........       (19.9)
Income taxes (benefit)......................         0.2
                                                  ------
Net income (loss)...........................       (20.1)
Preferred dividends.........................        (1.4)
                                                  ------
Net income (loss) to common shareholders....      $(21.5)
                                                  ======
LOSS PER SHARE:
Basic and diluted...........................      $(0.22)
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING
  (IN MILLIONS):
Basic and diluted...........................       100.0
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
Depreciation................................      $  8.7
Capital expenditures........................      $  3.4
Total interest expense......................      $  8.7
Ratio of earnings to fixed
  charges(1)................................          (3)
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and
  preferred stock dividends(2)..............          (4)
BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
Cash........................................      $ 33.8
Total assets................................       736.7
Long-term debt, including current portion...       545.8
Preferred Stock.............................        86.4
Total shareholders' equity (deficit)........       (15.4)
</TABLE>

- - ------------------
(1) Earnings consist of income before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed
    charges consist of interest expense on debt and amortization of deferred
    debt issuance costs and the portion (about one-third) of rental expense that
    Intersil Holding believes is representative of the interest component of
    rental expense.

(2) Earnings as defined above, fixed charges as defined above plus preferred
    stock dividends, whether paid or accreted.

(3) The deficiency of earnings available to cover fixed charges for the six
    weeks ended August 13, 1999 and for the seven weeks ended October 1, 1999 is
    $3.1 million and $19.9 million, respectively.

(4) The deficiency of earnings available to cover fixed charges and preferred
    stock dividends for the six weeks ended August 13, 1999 and for the seven
    weeks ended October 1, 1999 is $3.1 million and $21.3 million, respectively.

                                       29
<PAGE>

          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                           AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following discussion should be read in conjunction with, and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to Intersil Holding's Consolidated
Financial Statements, including the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus. Except for historical information, the discussions in this section
of the prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed
below. Intersil Holding is a holding company whose sole assets are its
investment in Intersil's capital stock and certain intangible assets. Intersil
Holding is dependent on the receipt of dividends or distributions from Intersil
to fund its obligations.

OVERVIEW

     We are a leading systems level designer and manufacturer of analog, mixed
signal, discrete power and wireless communications semiconductors. We use our
proprietary technologies and design capabilities to provide systems solutions
for the communications power management and wireless markets. We sell over 4,500
products to more than 28,000 customers worldwide.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     Our first quarter of fiscal year 2000 began on July 3, 1999 and ended
October 1, 1999. The acquisition of the semiconductor business from Harris
occurred on August 13, 1999. As a result of this transaction, the assets and
liabilities of the semiconductor business were revalued to their respective fair
values under the principles of APB 16, "Business Combinations." The most
significant effects were to decrease property, plant and equipment and to
increase certain intangibles and liabilities. Accordingly, certain financial
information for the periods prior to August 13, 1999 is not comparable to
periods subsequent to August 13, 1999. All income statement information for the
first quarter of fiscal year 2000 represents the combined results of the
semiconductor business from July 3, 1999 through August 13, 1999 and Intersil
Holding from August 14, 1999 through October 1, 1999.

QUARTERLY RESULTS

     The following table sets forth the unaudited historical quarterly net sales
and gross profits of our product groups:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    COMBINED
                                                                                                     FISCAL
                                                                                                      YEAR
                                    FISCAL YEAR 1998                    FISCAL YEAR 1999              2000
                            ---------------------------------   ---------------------------------   --------
                              Q1       Q2       Q3       Q4       Q1       Q2       Q3       Q4        Q1
                            ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   --------
                                                 (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT FOR PERCENTAGES)
<S>                         <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Net Sales
Analog & Mixed-Signal.....  $ 96.3   $ 93.9   $ 95.2   $105.0   $ 79.8   $ 86.2   $ 88.5   $ 98.3    $ 82.8
Discrete Power............    44.7     45.2     45.7     40.8     38.5     34.8     42.3     46.0      44.9
Wireless..................     2.9      2.2      2.6      2.3      4.2      3.1      4.6      6.4       6.2
                            ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------    ------
    Total.................  $143.9   $141.3   $143.5   $148.1   $122.5   $124.1   $135.4   $150.7    $133.9
                            ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======    ======

Gross Profit
Analog & Mixed-Signal.....  $ 34.2   $ 39.4   $ 39.9   $ 46.5   $ 33.0   $ 33.2   $ 38.3   $ 42.1    $ 34.7
Discrete Power............    10.8     12.4     10.6     10.3      8.1      5.0      7.2      9.5      10.8
Wireless..................     0.9      0.1      1.1      1.3      0.9      0.8      1.6      3.2       2.2
                            ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------    ------
    Total.................  $ 45.9   $ 51.9   $ 51.6   $ 58.1   $ 42.0   $ 39.0   $ 47.1   $ 54.8    $ 47.7
                            ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   ======    ======
Gross Profit Percentage
Analog & Mixed-Signal.....      36%      42%      42%      44%      41%      39%      43%      43%       42%
Discrete Power............      24       27       23       25       21       14       17       21        24
Wireless..................      31        5       42       57       21       26       35       50        35
    Total.................      32       37       36       39       34       31       35       36        36
</TABLE>

                                       30
<PAGE>

     Our first fiscal quarter is generally the weakest due to slow demand from
government customers, model year changeovers in the automotive industry and
summer holiday seasons, primarily in Europe. Our fourth fiscal quarter is
generally the strongest due to strong demand from government customers.

     Industry demand weakened significantly in the first half of fiscal 1999 due
to widespread inventory adjustments which led to excess manufacturing capacity
and steep declines in product prices. This trend impacted all three product
groups. Our results, and the industry as a whole, began to strengthen in the
third fiscal quarter of 1999, with an increase in sales of 9.1% from the second
quarter to the third quarter and 11.3% from the third quarter to the fourth
quarter.

     As Wireless is an emerging business, gross margins have fluctuated during
the start-up period due to timing of start-up costs.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following table sets forth income statement data for the periods
indicated as a percentage of net sales:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              FISCAL YEAR                     13 WEEKS ENDED
                                     -----------------------------      --------------------------
                                                                                         COMBINED
                                                                        OCTOBER 2,      OCTOBER 1,
                                     1997        1998        1999          1998            1999
                                     -----       -----       -----      ----------      ----------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>             <C>
Revenue:
  Analog & Mixed-Signal............   70.5%       67.7%       66.2%         65.2%           61.9%
  Discrete Power...................   28.3        30.6        30.4          31.4            33.5
  Wireless.........................    1.2         1.7         3.4           3.4             4.6
                                     -----       -----       -----        ------          ------
     Total.........................  100.0       100.0       100.0         100.0           100.0
                                     -----       -----       -----        ------          ------
Cost and Expenses
  Cost of goods sold...............   63.5        64.0        65.6          65.7            64.4
  Research and development.........   13.8        13.0        12.6          12.1            12.6
  Selling, general and
     administrative................   20.0        18.8        17.5          19.0            17.0
  Intangible amortization..........    0.4         0.4         0.5           0.5             1.3
  In-process research and
     development...................     --          --          --            --            15.5
                                     -----       -----       -----        ------          ------
     Operating income..............    2.3         3.8         3.8           2.7          (10.8)
  Interest, net....................   (0.1)       (0.2)       (0.2)         (0.2)            6.4
                                     -----       -----       -----        ------          ------
Income (loss) before income
  taxes............................    2.4         4.0         4.0           2.9           (17.2)
Income taxes (benefit).............    0.3         1.8        (1.1)         (0.8)            0.1
                                     -----       -----       -----        ------          ------
Net income (loss)..................    2.1%        2.2%        5.1%          3.7%          (17.3)%
                                     =====       =====       =====        ======          ======
</TABLE>

Q1 FISCAL 2000 COMPARED WITH Q1 FISCAL 1999

  Net Sales

     Net sales for the first quarter of fiscal year 2000 increased 9.3% to
$133.9 million from $122.5 million in the first quarter of fiscal year 1999. The
quarter over quarter growth is the result of improved demand across all business
units, primarily as a result of improved market conditions. Wireless sales
growth of 48% was driven by increased market acceptance of our PRISM(Registered)
products.

     Geographically, 48.7%, 22.8% and 28.5% of product sales were derived in
North America, Europe and Asia, respectively, during the first quarter of fiscal
year 2000, compared to 55.6%, 25.1%, and 19.3% in the first quarter of fiscal
year 1999.

  Gross Margin

     Cost of goods sold consists primarily of purchased materials, labor and
overhead (including depreciation) associated with product manufacturing, plus
royalty, warranty and sustaining engineering expenses pertaining to products
sold. Gross margin on product sales increased 13.6% to $47.7 million in the
first quarter of fiscal

                                       31
<PAGE>

year 2000 from $42.0 million in the first quarter of fiscal year 1999. As a
percent of sales, gross margin was 35.6% in the first quarter of fiscal year
2000 and 34.3% in the first quarter of fiscal year 1999. This increase was
substantially due to greater capacity utilization and increased manufacturing
efficiencies, as well as a decrease in depreciation expense resulting from a
revaluation of our property, plant and equipment due to purchase accounting.

  Operating Expenses

     R&D expenses consist primarily of salaries and selected costs of employees
engaged in product/process research, design and development activities, as well
as related subcontracting activities, prototype development, cost of design
tools and technology license agreement expenses. R&D expenses increased 14.2% to
$16.9 million in the first quarter of fiscal year 2000 from $14.8 million in the
first quarter of fiscal year 1999. As a percent of sales, R&D expenses remained
relatively flat at 12.6% in the first quarter of fiscal year 2000 from 12.1% in
the first quarter of fiscal year 1999. R&D expense included continued investment
in the PRISM(Registered) chip set and in the Discrete Power integrated circuits
area, focusing in the categories of communications and computing, which led our
growth of new product revenue during fiscal year 1999.

     In connection with the acquisition, we allocated $20.8 million of the
purchase price to in-process R&D projects. This allocation represents the
estimated fair value based on risk-adjusted cash flows related to the incomplete
products. At the date of acquisition, the development of these projects had not
yet reached technological feasibility and the in-process R&D had no alternative
future uses. Accordingly, these costs were expensed as a one-time charge to
earnings in the first quarter of fiscal year 2000.

     In making the purchase price allocation, we relied on present value
calculations of income, an analysis of project accomplishments and completion
costs and an assessment of overall contribution and project risk. The amounts
assigned to the in-process R&D were determined by identifying significant
research projects for which technological feasibility had not been established.

     The amounts assigned to the in-process R&D were determined by identifying
significant research projects for which technological feasibility had not been
established. A discussion of the most significant projects follows:

  SMPS IGBT

     SMPS IGBT refers to a project researched and in development in our discrete
power product line area. AC to DC power supplies are designed to use high
voltage power MOSFETs to convert an AC voltage into a DC voltage. The new switch
mode power supply, or SMPS, family of insulated gate bipolar transistors, or
IGBTs, will combine the fast speed, unclamped inductive switching and low gate
charge speed of the power MOSFET with the high current density and low forward
voltage drop of the IGBT. The result will be a lower cost and more efficient
product than currently available high voltage MOSFET products.

  PRISM II

     PRISM II refers to a project researched and in development in our wireless
product line area. PRISM II will be a complete silicon solution for the design
of Wireless Local Area Networks, or WLANs. Comprised of five highly integrated
chips incorporating advanced silicon germanium technology, PRISM II will deliver
all required analog and digital circuitry for the physical and medium access
controller layers, while providing a complete "antenna-to-computer" solution for
high data rate WLANs. The product will provide end-users in the computer market
with a low cost, small and lightweight medium for WLAN connection.

  HIP6601/2/3

     HIP6601/2/3 refers to another chipset family researched and in development
in our analog and mixed signal product line area. HIP6601/2/3 will also be CPU
core DC/DC converters designed to support the new processor that will be used in
Intel's next generation YR2K motherboard. The HIP6601, HIP6602 and HIP6603 will
be a family of similar controllers and drivers designed to support various high
performance CPU power supply conversion requirements.

                                       32
<PAGE>

  HC1540

     HC1540 refers to an integrated circuit and relay researched and in
development in our analog and mixed signal product line area. HC1540 will be a
high voltage, switch for use in the telecom industry.

  HC7581

     HC7581 refers to a new subscriber line interface circuit, or SLIC,
researched and in development in our analog and mixed signal product line area.
SLICs are required in all telecom exchange systems to interface with signals
entering into telecommunication systems.

  HIP6210/6220

     HIP6210/6220 refer to a chipset researched and in development in our analog
and mixed signal product line area. HIP6210/6220 are designed to support the
personal computer market by saving energy. These chips will sense different
power requirement levels and regulate the flow of the power based on essential
needs.

  DC to DC Power Converters

     DC to DC power converters refer to a project researched and in development
in our space and defense group. The DC to DC power converter will be the first
in a series of radiation-hardened, high reliability power supplies. This power
supply source will be smaller in size, of less weight and more efficient than
currently available technology. The initial market will be for usage in
satellites. However, a variety of other commercial and military space
applications are envisioned.

  Gen III Radiation Hardened MOSFETs

     Gen III radiation hardened MOSFETs refer to a project researched and in
development in our discrete power product line area. This technology will reduce
the die size used in commercial satellites by 50% while maintaining a high
degree of radiation hardness. Launch costs of commercial satellites are directly
proportional to a satellite's size and weight. The die size reduction will
enable us to place our silicon in packages that are smaller and lighter thereby
providing the end-user with a more economical printed circuit board.

     The value assigned to purchased in-process R&D was determined by estimating
the costs to develop the purchased in-process R&D into commercially viable
products and discounting the net cash flows to their present value.

     Remaining development efforts for these in-process R&D projects include
various phases of design, development and testing. The anticipated completion
dates for the in-process R&D projects will occur within the next one and one
half years, after which we expect to begin generating economic benefits from the
technologies. Expenditures to complete these projects are expected to total
approximately $12.1 million in fiscal year 2000, and $1.3 million in fiscal year
2001.

     These estimates are subject to change, given the uncertainties of the
development process, and no assurance can be given that deviations from these
estimates will not occur. We expect to continue these development efforts and
believe we have a reasonable chance of successfully completing the R&D programs.
However, there is risk associated with the completion of the projects and there
is no assurance that any will meet with either technological or commercial
success.

     SG&A costs, which include marketing, selling, administrative and general
expenses, and Harris corporate expense allocation, decreased 3.0% to $22.7
million in the first quarter of fiscal year 2000 from $23.4 million in the first
quarter of fiscal year 1999. The decrease in SG&A was primarily due to increased
efficiencies resulting from a reorganization of the internal sales force and
external sales representative firms in fiscal year 1999 and reduction of
administrative expenses including headcount reductions. Operating expenses
include allocated charges by Harris to us for legal, financial and other
administrative expenses of $1.2 million for the six weeks of the first quarter
of fiscal year 2000 and $2.1 million for all of the first quarter of fiscal year
1999. Certain intangible assets were recorded on the opening balance sheet of
Intersil as part of purchase accounting. These assets will be amortized over
their useful lives ranging from five to eleven years.

                                       33
<PAGE>

  Interest Expense

     In connection with the acquisition of the semiconductor business, we and
Intersil Holding entered into new credit facilities. See "--Liquidity and
Capital Resources." Interest expense related to this debt for Intersil Holding
during the first quarter of fiscal year 2000 was $8.6 million, excluding
interest income of $0.1 million.

  Tax Expense

     The tax benefit for the combined first quarter of fical year 2000 is not
comparable to the first quarter of fiscal year 1999, due to the different tax
structures of the semiconductor business and Intersil Holding.

  Backlog

     We had backlog at October 1, 1999 of $180.8 compared to $174.0 million at
July 2, 1999.

FISCAL 1999 COMPARED WITH 1998

  Net Sales

     Net sales for fiscal year 1999 decreased 7.6% to $532.7 million from $576.8
million in fiscal year 1998. This decrease is the result of continued soft
market conditions and resulting adverse effects on semiconductor demand. This
trend continued through the second quarter of fiscal 1999. We believe that the
principal causes for the decline were initially high inventory levels of our
products at our distributors and customers, followed by an overall drop in
global semiconductor demand. Particularly hard hit were our Discrete Power
products where prices of power MOSFETs declined by nearly 15%. Additionally,
distributors and major OEMs reduced the amount of pipeline inventory in the
channel, taking advantage of the shorter lead-times and lower prices. During the
third fiscal quarter of 1999, we began to experience an increase in new orders,
which resulted in a 9.1% increase in sales in the third quarter versus the
preceding quarter. The positive trend continued into the fourth quarter with an
increase in sales of 11.3% from the third quarter.

     Geographically, 53.5%, 24.6% and 21.9% of product sales were derived in
North America, Europe and Asia, respectively, during fiscal year 1999, compared
to 53.8%, 28.0%, and 18.2% in fiscal year 1998.

  Gross Margin

     Gross margin on product sales declined 11.9% to $182.9 million in fiscal
year 1999 from $207.5 million in fiscal year 1998. As a percent of sales, gross
margin was 34.3% in fiscal year 1999 and 36.0% in fiscal year 1998. This
decrease was substantially due to price pressure worldwide for our Discrete
Power products and a $13.2 million increase in our depreciation expense
resulting from the additional capital expenditures that went into our 8-inch
wafer fab in Mountaintop, Pennsylvania. Our gross margin decline was partially
offset by a series of cost reduction initiatives which resulted in lower
operating costs and improved pricing and terms with our suppliers of raw
materials.

  Operating Expenses

     R&D expenses decreased 10.8% to $67.0 million in fiscal year 1999 from
$75.1 million in fiscal year 1998. During fiscal year 1999, we focused our
resources on targeted applications and reduced programs that did not support our
emphasis. Major investment continued on the PRISM(Registered) chip set which
addresses the wireless local area network market. R&D for products designed for
the power management market was principally focused on computing and
communications which led our growth of new product revenue during fiscal year
1999.

     SG&A costs decreased 13.7% to $93.3 million in fiscal year 1999 from $108.1
million in fiscal year 1998. The decrease in SG&A was primarily due to increased
efficiencies resulting from a reorganization of the internal sales force and
external sales representative firms and reduction of administrative expenses
including headcount reductions. Operating expenses include allocated charges by
Harris to us for legal, financial and other administrative expenses of $9.3
million for fiscal year 1999 and $10.0 million for fiscal year 1998.

                                       34
<PAGE>

  Tax Expenses

     The tax benefit of $6.0 million in fiscal year 1999 was primarily driven by
changes in the Malaysian tax system, resulting in fiscal year 1999 income not
being subject to tax.

  Backlog

     We had backlog at July 2, 1999 of $174.0 million compared to backlog of
about $188.5 million at July 3, 1998. The decrease in backlog was primarily due
to shorter industry lead-times.

FISCAL 1998 COMPARED WITH 1997

  Net Sales

     Net sales for fiscal year 1998 increased 5.8% to $576.8 million from $545.3
million in fiscal year 1997. The increase was principally due to a 14% increase
in Discrete Power sales over the prior year primarily due to increased output
from our new 8-inch wafer fab in Mountaintop, Pennsylvania.

     Geographically, 53.8%, 28.0%, and 18.2% of product sales were derived in
North America, Europe and Asia/Pacific, respectively, in fiscal year 1998,
compared to 55.4%, 26.6%, and 18.0% in fiscal year 1997.

  Gross Margin

     Gross margin in fiscal year 1998 increased 4.1% to $207.5 million from
$199.3 million in fiscal year 1997. The increase in gross margin was primarily
due to higher revenue and improved manufacturing efficiencies offset partially
by a $14.8 million increase in depreciation expense resulting from the expansion
of the Mountaintop, Pennsylvania 8-inch wafer fab. As a percentage of revenue,
our gross margin decreased to 36.0% in fiscal year 1998 compared to 36.5% for
fiscal year 1997 due primarily to the increased depreciation.

  Operating Expenses

     R&D expenses were $75.1 million, or 13.0% of sales in fiscal year 1998,
compared to $75.2 million, or 13.8% of sales in fiscal year 1997. During fiscal
year 1998, we continued to direct about two-thirds of our R&D investment to our
wireless and analog products.

     SG&A expenses in fiscal year 1998 decreased 1.1% to $108.1 million,
compared to $109.3 million in fiscal year 1997. The decrease in SG&A as a
percent of sales from 20.0% to 18.7% was primarily due to our increased
operating efficiency and efforts to reduce selling and administrative expenses.
Operating expenses include charges by Harris for our share of legal, financial
and other administrative expenses of $10.0 million for fiscal year 1998 and
$10.0 million for fiscal year 1997.

  Tax Expenses

     The favorable tax rate in fiscal year 1997 was primarily due to
fluctuations in foreign income and a reinvestment allowance on capital
expenditures in Malaysia.

  Backlog

     We had backlog at July 3, 1998 of about $188.5 million compared to backlog
of about $223.2 million at June 27, 1997. The decline in backlog was primarily
due to shorter industry lead times.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     In connection with the acquisition of the semiconductor business, we and
Intersil Holding entered into new credit facilities, which provide for a Senior
Term Facility of $205.0 million and a Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate
amount up to $70.0 million. Both the Senior Term Facility and the Revolving
Credit Facility will mature in 2005.

     The Senior Term Facility is subject to certain specified amortization
payments which require 1.0% of the original principal amount to be repaid in
each of the first five years. The Revolving Credit Facility is available until
2005 unless sooner terminated. As of October 1, 1999, $15.0 million of the
Revolving Credit Facility was outstanding.

                                       35
<PAGE>

     Our principal capital requirements are to fund working capital needs, to
meet required debt payments and to complete planned maintenance and expansion.
We anticipate that our operating cash flow, together with available borrowings
under the Revolving Credit Facility, will be sufficient to meet our working
capital, capital expenditure and interest requirements on our debt obligations
for the foreseeable future. As of October 1, 1999, Intersil Holding's total
debt, preferred stock and shareholder's deficit was $545.8 million, $86.4
million and $15.4 million, respectively. Intersil Holding also has additional
borrowing availability of $55.0 million for working capital and capital
expenditure requirements under the Revolving Credit Facility.

  Receivables and Inventories

     Trade accounts and the current portion of notes receivable less the
allowance for collection losses totaled $84.8 million at October 1, 1999
compared to $100.7 million at July 2, 1999. This decrease was due to continued
emphasis on improving the receivable collection cycle and higher sales in the
fourth quarter of fiscal year 1999. Inventories remained relatively flat during
the first quarter of fiscal year 2000, with a slight increase due to the
increased sales demand, from $153.8 million at July 2, 1999 to $156.4 million at
October 1, 1999.

  Capital Expenditures

     Capital expenditures for the first quarter of fiscal year 2000 were $4.3
million. During fiscal year 1999, capital expenditures were $38.6 million
compared to $90.2 million in fiscal year 1998. This decrease was due primarily
to the completion of our expansion of the Mountaintop, Pennsylvania 8-inch wafer
fab during fiscal year 1998. Our previous owner invested approximately $303.9
million in capital expenditures since the beginning of fiscal 1997 for upgrading
our existing facilities with state-of-the-art manufacturing equipment and for
the building and equipping of the world's first 8-inch wafer fab for discrete
power semiconductors. As a result, we do not anticipate substantial capital
expenditures in the foreseeable future. During the fiscal year 2000, we intend
to spend about $38.0 million in capital expenditures.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FAS No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." The statement
establishes standards for recording derivative financial instruments and the
recognition of gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair values of
those instruments. We plan to adopt the new standard no later than the first
quarter of fiscal year 2001. However, we have not yet determined the anticipated
impact of FAS No. 133.

IMPACT OF YEAR 2000

     We recognize the need to ensure that operations will not be adversely
impacted by Year 2000 computer hardware and software failures and embedded chip
or processor failures (non-information technology systems). Issues relating to
the Year 2000 are the result of computer programs and certain embedded-chip
systems being written or developed using two digits rather than four to define
the applicable year. Any computer programs or embedded-chip systems that have
date-sensitive software may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather
than the year 2000. This could result in a system failure or miscalculations
causing disruptions of operations, including, among other things, a temporary
inability to process transactions, obtain materials, provide packaging and test
services, generate invoices or engage in similar normal business activities.

     As of October 1, 1999, we had completed a formal review of all computer
hardware, software systems, communications equipment and equipment used in the
manufacturing process. Our review included analysis of all potentially affected
business and process systems. Code which was non-compliant was replaced or
corrected, and when this was not possible, the systems were replaced.
Additionally, the systems have been tested for compliance. We believe that all
of our systems and equipment necessary for our key business processes are Year
2000 compliant in all material respects.

     Currently, we do not have any information concerning the Year 2000
compliance status of our customers. If any significant customers do not
successfully and in a timely manner achieve Year 2000 compliance, business or
operations could be materially adversely affected. There can be no assurance
that another company's failure to ensure Year 2000 capability would not have a
material adverse effect on us.

                                       36
<PAGE>

     Approximately $9.1 million has been spent on Year 2000 compliance issues
through October 1, 1999. While failure of any critical technology components to
operate properly in the Year 2000 could affect our operations, we believe that
resolution of the Year 2000 issue will not require additional material costs and
will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

     Year 2000 contingency plans for information technology operations include
manual procedures for routing accounting, financial and product information to
support on-time delivery and processing of our customers' products. If we
experience interruptions in operations, we are prepared to correct the problems
while sustaining our operations manually.

     While we currently expect no material adverse affect on our business,
financial condition or results of operations due to Year 2000 issues, our
beliefs and expectation are based on certain assumptions that ultimately may
prove to be inaccurate.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

     We, in the normal course of doing business, are exposed to the risks
associated with foreign currency exchange rates and changes in interest rates.
We employ established policies and procedures governing the use of financial
instruments to manage our exposure to such risks.

     We use foreign exchange contracts and options to hedge both balance sheet
and off-balance sheet foreign currency commitments. Specifically, these foreign
exchange contracts offset foreign currency denominated inventory and purchase
commitments from suppliers, and accounts receivable from, and future committed
sales to customers and intercompany loans. We believe the use of foreign
currency financial instruments should reduce the risks that arise from doing
business in international markets. Our policy, effective August 1999, is to
hedge firm foreign currency exposure and forecasted exposure up to six months of
anticipated requirements. At October 1, 1999, we had open foreign exchange
contracts with a notional amount of $14.0 million, all of which were to hedge
off-balance-sheet commitments. At August 13, 1999 we had open foreign exchange
contracts with a notional amount of $6.1 million, all of which were to hedge
off-balance-sheet commitments. At July 2, 1999, we had open foreign exchange
contracts with a notional amount of $22.0 million, all of which were to hedge
off-balance-sheet commitments. At July 3, 1998, we had open foreign exchange
contracts with a notional amount of $166.4 million, all of which were to hedge
off-balance-sheet commitments. Additionally, for the fiscal year ended July 2,
1999, we purchased and sold $120.7 million of foreign exchange forward and
option contracts, compared to $139.4 million for the prior year. See Note O
"Financial Instruments" in the Notes to Financial Statements for further
information with respect to commitments to buy or sell foreign currencies. Our
hedging activities provide only limited protection against currency exchange
risks. Factors that could impact the effectiveness of our hedging programs
include accuracy of sales estimates, volatility of currency markets, and the
cost and availability of hedging instruments. A 10% adverse change in currency
exchange rates for our foreign currency derivatives held July 2, 1999, would
have an impact of approximately $6.8 million on the fair value of such
instruments. This qualification of exposure to the market risk associated with
foreign exchange financial instruments does not take into account the offsetting
impact of changes in the fair value of our foreign denominated assets,
liabilities, and firm commitments.

     We are exposed to market risks related to fluctuations in interest rates on
our variable rate debt, which consists of borrowings at October 1, 1999, of
$205.0 million under our Tranche B Senior Term Facility and $15.0 million
borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility. Intersil Holding and Intersil
together also have fixed rate debt of approximately $325.8 million comprised
primarily of the 13.25% Senior Subordinated Notes and PIK Notes. We are not
currently utilizing any type of derivative financial instrument to control our
interest rate risk.

     For fixed rate debt, changes in interest rates generally affect the fair
market value, but not earnings or cash flows. Conversely, for variable rate
debt, changes in interest rates generally do not influence fair market value,
but do affect future earnings and cash flows. We manage our interest exposure by
using a combination of fixed and variable rate debt. Holding the variable rate
debt balance constant, each one percentage point increase in interest rates
occurring on the first day of the year would result in an increase in interest
expense for fiscal year 2000 of approximately $2.2 million.

                                       37
<PAGE>
                               INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     Semiconductors, which consist of integrated circuits and discrete
semiconductors, are the critical components used to create an increasing variety
of electronic products and systems. Integrated circuits operate at low power
levels and perform multiple functions to process and convey information in
electronic signal form. Integrated circuit capability is largely defined by
circuit density, which increases as its components are miniaturized. In contrast
to integrated circuits, discrete semiconductors perform a single function and
often have multiple uses in many different end-user applications.

SEMICONDUCTOR CLASSIFICATIONS

     The following table sets forth the worldwide semiconductor total available
market, or TAM, for each of five product functions of the semiconductor industry
according to WSTS. Our products fit within the power semiconductors and analog
classifications.

                          WORLDWIDE SEMICONDUCTOR TAM

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        1990    1991    1992    1993     1994     1995     1996     1997     1998    CAGR
                        -----   -----   -----   -----   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ----
                                                      (DOLLARS IN BILLIONS)
<S>                     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Analog...............   $ 7.8   $ 8.3   $ 8.7   $10.7   $ 13.6   $ 16.6   $ 17.0   $ 19.8   $ 19.1   11.8%
Discrete Power.......     4.3     4.4     4.5     5.2      6.3      8.2      7.8      8.1      8.7    9.4
Microcomponents......     9.2    11.4    13.9    19.1     23.8     33.4     39.8     47.8     47.3   22.8
Memory...............    11.8    12.2    14.8    21.3     32.5     53.5     36.0     29.3     23.0    8.7
Other................    17.5    18.2    17.9    21.1     25.7     32.7     31.3     32.2     27.5    5.8
                        -----   -----   -----   -----   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
Total................   $50.6   $54.5   $59.8   $77.4   $101.9   $144.4   $131.9   $137.2   $125.6   12.1
                        -----   -----   -----   -----   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
                        -----   -----   -----   -----   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
</TABLE>

     Analog integrated circuits are used to shape or condition electrical
signals, to amplify electrical signal strengths, to convert electrical signals
to and from digital "one or zero" levels, to regulate voltage levels and to
provide interfaces between other products within an electrical system. Power
semiconductors can be either discrete power devices or analog integrated
circuits. Discrete devices perform a single function, such as switching
electricity on and off. Analog integrated circuits perform multiple functions
such as controlling and regulating currents. Microcomponents include
microprocessors and microcontrollers that process data according to instructions
embedded within the semiconductors themselves. These are considered the "brains"
of the electronic system and are at the center of the system architecture.
Memory are devices that store data and instructions. The "other" category
includes all electronic devices whose functions do not include one of the four
previously mentioned product functions.

ANALOG

     Analog signals are not discrete binary numerical values, but rather
continuously variable electrical signals that represent continuous data
variables or wave signals, such as sound waves. The analog market is split into
two major segments: standard linear and mixed signal. The standard linear market
is comprised of building block products such as amplifiers, voltage regulators,
data conversion, interface circuits and comparators. These products are used in
all end systems, from computers and telecommunications, to industrial,
automotive and consumer applications. The mixed signal market consists of more
complex analog products, which also contain some digital circuitry for timing,
information control and data flow. Mixed signal products are often developed for
specific applications, such as video encoding, hard disk drive control, data
transmission, motor control and power management.

DISCRETE POWER

     Discrete power semiconductors, such as a transistor or diode (a device that
allows current to flow in only one direction), typically contain one active
element. These devices perform a single function such as efficiently switching
electricity on and off. Examples of discrete power semiconductors include power
metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistors, or MOSFETs, and insulated
gate bipolar transistors, or IGBTs. MOSFETs are semiconductors that convert,
switch or otherwise shape or condition electricity. IGBTs typically serve the
switch function in power conversion applications that require higher current and
voltage than power MOSFETs can handle efficiently. IGBTs combine the ease of
voltage-driven power MOSFET technology with the conduction efficiency of bipolar
transistor technology.

                                       38
<PAGE>

INDUSTRY TRENDS

     As the performance of semiconductor devices has increased and size and cost
have decreased, demand for semiconductors has expanded beyond their original
primary applications in computer systems to applications in telecommunications
systems, automotive products, consumer products and industrial automation and
control systems. In addition, system users and designers have driven the demand
for systems with increased functionality, higher levels of performance, greater
reliability and shorter design cycle times, all in smaller packages at lower
costs. These demands have resulted in increased semiconductor dollar content of
electronic products. The demand for electronic systems has also expanded
geographically with the emergence of new markets, particularly in the
Asia/Pacific region. We believe that future demand for semiconductors will be
driven by the growing trend towards use of the Internet and portable
electronics, including consumer electronics, computers and cellular telephones,
and the resulting need for semiconductors that can manage connectivity and power
for longer periods of use and that require less space.

     Today, nearly every form of communication is being revolutionized by the
growing use of digital communications to move all types of data, voice and video
around the world. Different technologies, protocols and media have evolved which
are uniquely suited to particular applications in this rapidly evolving
environment. Advances in broadband communications are accelerating the reach of
cost effective, fast data highways to both homes and offices. Communications
semiconductors will be used extensively in broadband communication
networks/facilities, portable communications devices, and in servers and
infrastructure supporting the Internet. Each of these technologies requires
specific transport and access hardware devices, including handsets and base
stations for wireless telephony, switches and routers for telecommunications and
data networking, set-top boxes for cable and satellite communications, and
digital cable and digital subscriber line, or xDSL, modems for Internet access.

     The advent of the Internet as a communications medium has dramatically
increased business and consumer demand for high-speed access to multimedia and
entertainment content. As business and consumers increasingly rely on the
Internet and intranets, many existing networks are under significant stress. A
bandwidth constraint has emerged, particularly at the "last mile" of network
infrastructures, challenging users and industry participants in a number of
communications segments. In response to growing network demands,
telecommunications, data communications and cable network operators are making
significant investments to alleviate congestion and support emerging high
bandwidth, integrated data, voice and video services. Specific technologies
addressing bandwidth capacity constraints include cable modems and xDSL,
including asymmetric digital subscriber line, or ADSL, for residential
applications, high speed digital subscriber line, or HDSL, symmetric digital
subscriber line, or SDSL, and T1/E1 for high speed network access in commercial
applications, and ATM, SONET and Synchronous Digital Hierarchy, or SDH, for
network backbone transmission. The importance of the Internet as a
communications medium and the increased ability to deliver access to content
available through the Internet will increase the demand for home and small
business networking solutions, provided such networking solutions are
cost-effective.

     In addition, these solutions depend on enhanced performance capabilities of
advanced electronic systems. As electronic systems continue to increase in
performance and sophistication, they demand more complex power management
solutions. The latest generation personal computers rely on advances in power
conversion to operate at ever-lower voltages in order to reduce power
consumption, increase efficiency and, in notebook personal computers, prolong
battery life. Further, advanced electronic systems outside of communications
applications also have greater power management requirements. All of these
systems, including efficient power supplies for communications and computing
networks and engine and chassis management in automobiles, require advanced
power management semiconductors for more complex digital signal processors and
microcontrollers and for efficient power inverters.

     The growth in Internet infrastructure, portable battery-powered computing
and communication devices and continually faster microprocessors are driving the
development of, and demand for, successively more efficient power management
integrated circuits and discrete power semiconductors. As a result of these
industry trends, we have strategically focused on designing and manufacturing
high performance analog and mixed-signal and discrete power semiconductors for
solving communications, data conversion, wireless data and power management
problems.

                                       39
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

GENERAL

     We design, manufacture and market analog and wireless integrated circuits
and discrete power semiconductors for rapidly growing communications products
and other applications. The majority of our revenue is derived from sales of our
analog and mixed-signal products developed primarily for the communications and
power management markets. Additionally, we use our proprietary technologies and
design capabilities to provide systems solutions for rapidly growing wireless
applications. We own about 1,400 patents and have substantial expertise in the
design and manufacturing of components that perform many of the essential
functions relating to the supply, distribution and regulation of electric power
in electronic products. Our core competencies include analog mixed signal,
digital signal processor, radio frequency, discrete power and radiation
hardening technologies. Our products range from components performing highly
complex functions, such as our PRISM(Registered) chip sets for wireless data
communications, to components serving as simple building blocks for electronic
circuits, such as our IGBTs, for power management applications.

OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY

     Our business strategy emphasizes the following key elements:

     o Focus on High Growth, Higher Margin End-User Markets.  In light of the
       rapid expansion of communication applications and the increased
       requirement for power management in electronic systems, we focus our
       investments in these areas. We believe these markets have attractive
       growth characteristics and enable us to draw on our core competencies.
       Accordingly, we are pursuing opportunities in communications, wireless
       and power management. In addition, while we will continue to offer legacy
       products such as certain automotive integrated circuits, defense products
       and microcontrollers, we do not intend to invest in the development of
       new products in these areas.

     o Focus on Partnering with Industry Leaders.  We partner with industry
       leaders in each of our target end-user markets to take our strong
       engineering and design capabilities to commercial levels. Our blue chip
       customer base illustrates the acceptance of our products to date, and we
       continue to partner with these customers and others to develop and market
       our next generation products.

     o Provide Systems Level Solutions to Our Customers.  We design and develop
       our semiconductors with a systems level approach that we believe enhances
       the value of our products as they are designed into and incorporated in
       our customers' electronic systems. This approach yields early integration
       of our products into our customers' products, provides opportunities for
       current design wins, and ultimately increases revenue as our solutions
       are incorporated within a targeted end application.

     o Maintain High Quality Customer Service.  Quality customer service is
       critical to our customer retention and sales growth. Through our customer
       relations initiatives, we believe we distinguish ourselves from our
       competitors. Additionally, our sales force and authorized representatives
       and distributors are expanding customer information programs and
       augmenting our comprehensive customer support efforts.

                                       40
<PAGE>

PRODUCTS AND TECHNOLOGY

     We design, develop and manufacture a broad range of products used in a wide
variety of microelectronic applications in the communications, wireless and
power management end-user markets. Our products are organized into three
principal product groups: Analog & Mixed-Signal, Discrete Power, and Wireless.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        ANALOG &                   DISCRETE
                                      MIXED-SIGNAL                  POWER                   WIRELESS
                                -------------------------  ------------------------  ----------------------
<S>                             <C>                        <C>                       <C>
FISCAL YEAR 1999 REVENUES....   $352.8 million             $161.6 million            $18.3 million

PERCENTAGE OF REVENUES.......   66.2%                      30.3%                     3.5%

KEY CUSTOMERS................   Siemens                    Asustek                   Nokia
                                Compaq                     Emerson                   Sony
                                Dell                       Compaq                    Siemens
                                Intel                      Bosch                     3Com
                                Cisco
</TABLE>

  ANALOG & MIXED-SIGNAL

     Our Analog & Mixed-Signal portfolio represented 66.2% of our fiscal year
1999 revenue. According to SIA, Communications Analog & Mixed Signal integrated
circuits are forecasted to grow 18.4% in calendar year 2000 from calendar year
1999. We deliver leading-edge analog, mixed signal, digital signal processors
and groups of semiconductors that are designed to work together, also known as
chip set solutions, for today's fastest-growing communications markets. Our
design focus targets such opportunities as wired networks, subscriber line
interface circuits, or SLICs, which interface analog and digital signals for
telecom systems, and high-speed converters for flat-panel LCD monitors. The
three analog product lines include the following:

     Signal Processing Products.  We have a portfolio of linear, mixed-signal
and digital signal processor integrated circuits optimized for high-speed
communications and multimedia application-specific products.

     Communications Analog & Mixed-Signal integrated circuits are primarily
targeted at wired and wireless voice and data communications infrastructure
applications. We have developed a complete portfolio of digital signal
processing products and a line of 8-, 12- and 14-bit high speed data acquisition
converter integrated circuits for cellular basestations, wireless data links,
wireless local loop and broadband wireless access, which we refer to as the
wireless infrastructure market. These products, designated CommLink(Trademark),
enable our customers to increase the amount of data that can be transmitted,
enabling the addition of high speed data transmission to cellular communications
networks. These integrated circuits enable faster wireless data links between
remote basestations and also enable more efficient cable "headends"--the ground
station for the satellite links and broadband wireless access--which is
sometimes called Wireless Cable or LMDS. Our products support cellular standards
including Generation 2 Digital such as IS-95 CDMA and GSM, Generation 2.5 such
as Edge and IS-95+, and Generation 3 Wideband CDMA. We utilize both systems
level engineering and integrated circuit expertise to offer superior products
for wireless communications systems. This combination of expertise enabled us to
introduce the first digital signal processing-based single chip digital down
converter integrated circuit, the HSP50016, which provided the technology base
used to separate telephone calls for cellular basestations. We continue that
leadership with the recently announced HSP50216 Quad programmable down converter
for use in Generation 2.5 cellular basestation designs.

     New generations of high performance digital signal processing
communications integrated circuits require ever increasing performance from the
analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog converters that convert digital signals
to analog radio frequency signals for wireless applications. We currently market
a broad family of 6- to 14-bit, CMOS analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog
converters in multiple speed ranges and functional combinations in order to
service wireless infrastructure applications.

     With more than 15 years of experience in the design and development of
SLICs, we continue to expand our family portfolio of SLICs. SLICs, which are
used in many telephone applications, serve two primary functions. First, they
interface analog voice signals with digital processors. Second, they serve the
simple, yet essential, function of ringing a telephone to signal an incoming
call. Recently, we introduced an advanced ringing SLIC, which combined both
functions into a single SLIC. Thus, the ringing SLIC acts as both an

                                       41
<PAGE>

interface into the telephone and also rings the telephone. Our newest ringing
SLIC product, a voice over internet protocol or VoIP product, enables the use of
analog phones in the emerging Internet telephony market. Our SLIC family
portfolio of advanced telecom linecard solutions are ideal for today's universal
telecom exchange systems, including Plain Old Telephone Service, or POTS,
Private Branch Exchanges, Central Office, Loop Carrier, Fiber in the Loop and
Wireless Local Loop.

     Included in our broad portfolio are operational amplifiers, which are
referred to as op amps, interface integrated circuits and multimedia and
professional video integrated circuits. These include the industry standard
BiCMOS high speed op amp and the low power instrumentation converter. This
portfolio is sold to a broad range of customers in industrial, medical,
computer, avionics and test and measurement instrumentation markets, primarily
through distribution partners. These products typically have long life cycles
and are designed into our customers' products thereby ensuring us long-term
sales. Our end-user markets include wireless communications, video and image
processing, high-speed satellite communications, test/measurement equipment and
medical instrumentation.

     Power Management Integrated Circuits.  We develop power system
architectures and provide a portfolio of computer products, file server/storage
system products, networking and VoIP products. Our power management products for
computing applications operate in a voltage range of 1 to 30 volts and are
designed into desktop personal computers, file servers and workstations. We have
also developed new power management circuits for server networks supporting the
Internet.

     Our highly successful HIP6000 family of pulse width modulator controller
integrated circuits are used in about 30% of all personal computers that use
Pentium, Pentium II and Pentium III class processors.

     We recently introduced an advanced multiphase controller architecture which
delivers multiphase power to microprocessors. This new platform of products
consists of three controllers (HIP6301, HIP6302 and HIP6303) and three gate
drivers (HIP6601, HIP6602 and HIP6603). We also offer a complete advanced
configuration power interface solution for instant on and sleep mode capability
used to save energy in personal computers.

     We provide complete power solutions for the file server and redundant array
of independent disks, or RAID, market. Internet growth, especially e-commerce,
is driving the need for high reliability/availability in these applications. Our
family of hot plug products allows repair and maintenance of a file server and
RAID without a complete shutdown of the file server.

     We are currently expanding our space-qualified portfolio by offering our
Starpower(Trademark) family of radiation hardened power management products for
commercial satellite applications. We are developing what we believe will be an
industry-leading radiation hardened DC-DC Converter power module line.

     Our power management integrated circuits are also used in industrial
control and automotive engine management systems.

     Defense.  We provide leading edge radiation hardened and high-reliability
semiconductor solutions for today's defense market. We have a history of success
in custom products for many defense programs, and continue to supply programs
such as Minuteman III, GPS, SINCGARS, SADARM, Sparrow, AMRAAM and Aegis. Our
radiation hardened integrated circuit product portfolio includes logic,
memories, signal processing components, microprocessors and custom devices,
providing system designers with a full complement of products for radiation
hardened systems. We also have a set of legacy digital product lines which serve
both defense and commercial systems, with microprocessor, microcontroller,
memory and data communications products.

DISCRETE POWER

     Our power portfolio represented 30.3% of our revenue for fiscal year 1999.

     We have designed a portfolio of high value products for power system
architectures. We combine systems-level expertise with proprietary technologies
that increase the likelihood that our products will be designed directly into
our customers' products and achieve rapid and lasting market acceptance.

                                       42
<PAGE>

     In 1980, we invented IGBTs and hold some of the fundamental patents that
cover their production. We continue to develop next-generation IGBTs and
recently introduced our new 600V SMPS Series IGBT family of high-speed, high
efficiency IGBTs specifically tailored for operation in today's switched mode
power supplies. Our portfolio also includes radiation hardened N- and P-channel
MOSFETs for high-reliability applications such as satellites.

     Our computing discrete power products portfolio includes low voltage
MOSFETs. These MOSFETs are designed to specifically enhance the performance of
the power supply when used in conjunction with our power integrated circuits.
Our industrial and automotive power discrete product portfolio includes IGBTs,
MOSFETs, and high-speed rectifiers for motor drive and motor control, power
supply, automotive, instrumentation, robotic, welding, and other
high-reliability industrial applications. Our power management integrated
circuits and discretes allow us to provide a complete power management solution
for our customers. We supply our discrete power products to Asustek, Bosch,
Compaq and Emerson and other customers who use our products for personal
computer motherboard power, diesel fuel injection, body and chassis controls and
industrial power supplies.

WIRELESS

     Our Wireless portfolio represented 3.5% of our revenue for fiscal year
1999. We are the leading developer of semiconductor solutions for the emerging
wireless local area networking market. Our PRISM(Registered) family of chip sets
address the growing demand for wireless networking for use in both the home and
business. We believe we are the only supplier of an integrated wireless
networking product solution, including reference designs and software.

     The PRISM II chip set is comprised of five highly integrated
semiconductors. They are the 2.4GHz power amplifier, RF/IF up and down
converter, quadrature modulator/demodulator, baseband processor and the medium
access controller. These integrated circuits represent design and manufacturing
competence in radio frequency, or RF, mixed signal and digital technologies. The
2.4GHz power amplifier, RF/IF up and down converter, and the quadrature
modular/demodulator are designed and manufactured using a high performance RF
silicon germanium process technology. The baseband processor and medium access
controller are designed and manufactured using mixed signal and digital process
technologies.

     Because we design all components of our wireless chip set, including
reference designs and software, we believe we provide our customers with the
best available performance and value. Providing our customers with a turnkey
wireless data radio solution enables them to have the fastest time to market for
their systems which we believe is a critical competitive advantage in this
emerging market. More than 40 companies, including Nokia, Compaq, Samsung,
Aironet and Sony, have adopted use of the PRISM(Registered) chip set in their
products. We recently announced our PRISM II chip set, our second-generation
chip set capable of delivering high-speed wireless networking at data rates of
11 megabits-per-second. The PRISM II chip set incorporates advanced integrated
circuit design with silicon germanium process technology which makes the PRISM
II chip set five times faster while reducing power consumption by 50% compared
to the original the PRISM(Registered) chip set. Since the introduction of the
PRISM II chip set, we are developing relationships with original equipment
manufacturers, including among others, Compaq, Zoom, Nokia, Nortel, Siemens and
3Com, for use of the PRISM II chip set in a variety of wireless local area
network applications for home and business.

CUSTOMERS AND APPLICATIONS

     We seek to capitalize on our core competencies by focusing on three
targeted end markets: Communications, Power Management and Wireless.

     Our Communications end market includes signal processing and data
communications, industrial and satellite products. Applications in this area are
video including cable television systems and digital video, telephony including
central office switching solutions, digital cellular telephones, ISDN
controllers, modems and PBX systems, networking applications and space
applications including commercial and military satellites and avionics. We sell
to, among others, Cisco, Lucent, Alcatel, Dell and IBM.

                                       43
<PAGE>

     Our Power Management end market includes computing, automotive and
industrial products. Applications in this area are computing applications
including file servers, monitors, PC motherboards, printers and workstations,
automotive applications including entertainment systems, electronic power
steering and engine management systems and industrial automation and control. We
sell to, among others, Asustek, Bosch, Dell, Emerson, IBM, Intel and Siemens.

     Our Wireless end market and its related applications comprises wireless
local area networks. We sell to, among others, 3Com, Compaq, Nokia, Northern
Telecom, Samsung, Siemens and Sony.

     Outside of our targeted end markets, our remaining category includes
automotive integrated circuits and defense products. Applications in this
category include automotive applications including fuel injection and ignition
circuits and defense applications including smart munitions and tactical and
strategic missiles. We sell to, among others, DaimlerChrysler, Siemens, Boeing,
Lockheed Martin and Raytheon.

  SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION

     In fiscal 1999, we derived about 66% of our sales from original equipment
manufacturer, or OEM, customers through our global sales organizations and 34%
of our sales through distributors. We operate sales organizations in the
Americas, Europe and the Asia/Pacific region with about 240 employed
salespersons. Our sales organizations are supported by logistics organizations.
Product orders flow to our manufacturing facilities, where the product is made.
Products are then shipped to the customer either directly or indirectly via our
warehouses in the United States and Europe.

     We have dedicated direct sales organizations operating in the Americas,
Europe and Asia/Pacific regions that serve our major OEM customers. We have
strategically located our sales offices near these major OEM customers. We also
have a large network of distributors and manufacturers' representatives to
distribute our products around the world. We believe that maintaining a small,
highly focused, direct sales force selling products for each of our targeted
product areas, combined with an extensive network of distributors and
manufacturer's representatives, is the most efficient way to serve our customer
base. Our sales force is segmented by end-user markets, thereby ensuring each
salesperson has an end-user market expertise and focus. We also maintain a
dedicated marketing organization, which supports each product area on a regional
basis.

     Typically, distributors handle a wide variety of products, including
products that compete with our products, and fill orders for many customers.
Some of our sales to distributors are made under agreements allowing for market
price fluctuations and/or the right of return on some unsold merchandise.
Virtually all distribution agreements contain an industry standard stock
rotation provision allowing for minimum levels of inventory returns. In our
experience, these inventory returns can usually be resold. Manufacturers'
representatives generally do not offer products that compete directly with our
products, but may carry complementary items manufactured by others.
Manufacturers' representatives do not maintain a product inventory; instead,
their customers place large quantity orders directly with us and are referred to
distributors for smaller orders.

  RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     Manufacturing technology is a key determinant in the improvement of
semiconductor products. Each new generation of process technology has resulted
in products with higher speed, greater performance and lower costs of
production. Infrastructure investments made in recent years will enable us to
continue to achieve high volume, high-reliability and low-cost production using
leading edge process technology. Our research and development efforts are
focused on new product development and improvements in process technology in our
growth areas which include communications, power management and wireless.

     Our expenditures for research and development in fiscal years 1997, 1998
and 1999 were $75.2 million, $75.1 million and $67.0 million, respectively. Each
of our product areas maintain independent research and development
organizations. We work closely with our major customers in many research and
development situations to increase the likelihood that our products will be
designed directly into the customers' products and achieve rapid and lasting
market acceptance.

                                       44
<PAGE>

MANUFACTURING

     We fabricate wafers at three locations in the United States--Mountaintop,
Pennsylvania, Palm Bay, Florida, and Findlay, Ohio. Each of the plants has two
wafer manufacturing clean rooms. We also use a number of outside wafer
fabrication foundries for the manufacture of device types where we do not have
the necessary technologies resident in house. We also utilize advanced
manufacturing processes of outside foundries for many of our PRISM(Registered)
products.

     Our principal assembly and test facility is located in Kuala Lumpur,
Malaysia. Established in 1974, this facility has 524,000 square feet on 22 acres
of land. It has the capacity to assemble and test 350 million units of plastic
integrated circuits, 25 million hermetically sealed ceramic packaged integrated
circuit units and 500 million power semiconductor units each year. We also have
limited assembly and test capability in Palm Bay, Florida. We use a number of
assembly and test subcontractors for device types and packages that cannot be
assembled and tested in Kuala Lumpur.

     Our previous owner made significant capital expenditures to increase
capacity and improve our manufacturing efficiency. As a result, our wafer fabs
and assembly and test facilities are among the most productive and efficient in
the industry. We believe we can continue to maintain competitive cost, further
increase productivity and enhance our process efficiency by investing in people
and assets, where necessary.

     We utilize an extensive set of manufacturing processes to fabricate our
products, including technologies such as: ULTRAFET(Registered), IGBT, BiCMOS,
Power BiCMOS, High Frequency Bipolar, CMOS and Rad Hard Processes. The table
below sets forth some information with respect to our manufacturing facilities,
products, wafer diameter and annual wafer capacity:

                            MANUFACTURING FACILITIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           ANNUAL CAPACITY
      LOCATION                     PRODUCTS/FUNCTIONS              WAFER DIAMETER      (6" EQUIVALENT WAFERS)
      --------                     ------------------              --------------    ---------------------------
<S>                     <C>                                       <C>                <C>
FABRICATION
 FACILITIES:
Mountaintop,            MOSFETs, IGBTs, Rectifiers, Rad Hard             6", 8"                420,000
 Pennsylvania           Discretes

Findlay, Ohio           Standard Linear/Interface                        4", 5"                120,000
                        integrated circuits,
                        Power integrated circuits

Palm Bay, Florida       Analog, Power integrated circuits,               4", 6"                175,000
                        Telecom SLICs, Rad Hard integrated
                        circuits

ASSEMBLY AND TEST
 FACILITIES:
Kuala Lumpur,           Assembly and testing of most of our
 Malaysia               products

Palm Bay, Florida       Assembly and testing of some of our
                        products used in military applications
</TABLE>

     Our 4 inch wafer fab in Findlay, Ohio will close about December 31, 1999.

     Our manufacturing processes use many raw materials, including silicon
wafers, copper lead frames, mold compound, ceramic packages and various
chemicals and gases. We obtain our raw materials and supplies from a large
number of sources on a just-in-time basis. Although supplies for the raw
materials used by us are currently adequate, shortages could occur in various
essential materials due to interruption of supply or increased demand in the
industry.

                                       45
<PAGE>

BACKLOG

     Our sales are made pursuant to purchase orders that are generally booked
from one to six months in advance of delivery. Backlog is influenced by several
factors including market demand, pricing and customer order patterns in reaction
to product lead times. Although quantities actually purchased by customers may
vary between booking and delivery to the extent customer needs or industry
conditions change, our backlog has historically been a reliable indicator of our
future revenues. Our backlog was about $223.2 million at June 27, 1997, about
$188.5 million at July 3, 1998, $174.0 million at July 2, 1999 and $180.8
million at October 1, 1999. We expect to ship the backlog at October 1, 1999
within twelve months of such date.

     We sell some products to key customers under annual, fixed-price contracts.
These contracts allow us to schedule production capacity in advance and allow
our customers to manage their inventory levels consistent with just-in-time
principles while shortening the cycle times required to produce ordered
products. However, quantity and price agreements under these contracts are, as a
matter of industry practice, difficult to maintain and implement.

SEASONALITY

     Since a lower percentage of our products are sold into the computer
end-user or market, our seasonality is not reflective of the semiconductor
industry as a whole. As a result, we typically experience lower revenue in the
first fiscal quarter, primarily due in large part to slow demand from government
customers, changeovers in automotive models and customer demand adjustments as a
result of summer and holiday seasons around the world, particularly Europe.
Revenue usually has a seasonal peak in our fourth fiscal quarter due to our
customers' need to meet government delivery requirements.

COMPETITION

     Markets for our products are highly competitive. Although only a few
companies compete with us in all of our product lines, we face significant
competition within each of our product lines from major international
semiconductor companies. Some of our competitors may have substantially greater
financial and other resources with which to pursue engineering, manufacturing,
marketing and distribution of their products. Competitors include manufacturers
of standard semiconductors, application specific integrated circuits and fully
customized integrated circuits, as well as customers who develop their own
integrated circuit products.

     We compete in different product lines to various degrees on the basis of
price, technical performance, product features, product system compatibility,
customized design, availability, quality and sales and technical support. Our
ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of
our control, including successful and timely development of new products and
manufacturing processes, product performance and quality, manufacturing yields
and product availability, intellectual property protection obtained by us and
our competitors, customer service, pricing, industry trends and general economic
trends.

     The following chart sets forth our principal competitors by business unit:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              BUSINESS UNIT                           PRINCIPAL COMPETITORS
              -------------                           ---------------------
<S>                                         <C>
Analog & Mixed-Signal                       Analog Devices, Burr Brown, Linear
                                            Technology, Maxim, Semtech,

Discrete Power                              International Rectifier, ON
                                            Semiconductor, Siliconix,
                                            STMicroelectronics

Wireless                                    Lucent, Philips, Proxim
</TABLE>

TRADEMARKS AND PATENTS

     We own rights to a number of trademarks and patents that are important to
our business. Among others, we consider Intersil, PRISM(Registered),
ULTRAFET(Registered) and CommLink to be trademarks that are material to our
operations.

                                       46
<PAGE>

     Our corporate policy is to protect proprietary products by obtaining
patents for such products when practicable. We currently possess about 1,400
patents.

EMPLOYEES

     Our worldwide workforce consisted of 5,778 employees (full- and part-time)
as of October 1, 1999 of whom 793 were represented by collective bargaining
arrangements. Of our employees, 4,743 were engaged in manufacturing, 511 were
engaged in engineering, 323 were engaged in marketing and sales, 100 were
engaged in administration and 101 were engaged in management information
systems. Of our employees, 3,519 were employed in the Analog & Mixed-Signal
area; 1,897 were employed in the Discrete Power area; and 362 were employed in
the Wireless area. We believe that our relations with our employees are
satisfactory.

PROPERTIES

     In the United States, our corporate headquarters as well as some
manufacturing and warehouse operations are located in about 846,000 square feet
of space in properties owned by us in Palm Bay, Florida. Additional
manufacturing, warehouse and office facilities are housed in about 445,000
square feet and 270,000 square feet of space in properties owned by us in
Mountaintop, Pennsylvania and Findlay, Ohio, respectively.

     In Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, we own about 524,000 square feet of
manufacturing and warehouse space located upon land leased by us under three
long-term ground leases. The initial term of these leases will expire in 2086.
The improvements located upon the leased land are owned by us.

     Our primary engineering activity takes place in Palm Bay, Florida and at
our other manufacturing facilities. In addition to this, we have engineering
activities taking place in leased facilities in Durham, North Carolina (Research
Triangle Park), Branchburg, New Jersey and San Antonio, Texas.

     We maintain regional sales offices in Palm Bay, Florida; Burlington,
Massachusetts; Dallas, Texas; San Jose, California; Munich, Germany; Milan,
Italy; Camberly, United Kingdom; and Taipei, Taiwan and other sales offices
around the world. All our offices are leased generally under short term leases,
except our offices in Palm Bay, Florida.

     We believe that our facilities around the world, whether owned or leased,
are well-maintained. Our manufacturing facilities contain sufficient production
capacity to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

     Our operations are subject to environmental laws and regulations in the
countries in which we operate that regulate, among other things, air and water
emissions and discharges at our manufacturing facilities; the management and
disposal of hazardous substances and wastes; the investigation and remediation
of environmental contamination; and the release of contaminants into the
environment at or from properties operated by us and at other sites. As with
other companies engaged in like businesses, the nature of our operations exposes
us to the risk of liabilities or claims with respect to such matters. We
believe, however, that our operations are in substantial compliance with
applicable environmental laws and regulations. Our costs to comply with
environmental regulations were about $4.5 million, $6.3 million and $7.4 million
in each of fiscal years 1997, 1998 and 1999, respectively.

     Our facilities in Findlay, Ohio have ongoing remediation projects to
respond to some releases of hazardous substances that occurred prior to the
consummation of the acquisition of Harris' semiconductor business. Our
facilities in Mountaintop, Pennsylvania have groundwater and subsurface soil
contamination from past operations, some of which occurred prior to Harris'
acquisition of those facilities, for which remediation has been conducted, and
additional remediation may be required. In addition, Harris' facilities in Palm
Bay, Florida, a portion of which includes our business, are listed on the
National Priorities List under the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act. Remediation activities are ongoing in Palm Bay
in accordance with Consent Decrees entered into by Harris with the United States
Environmental Protection Agency. Under the Master Transaction Agreement, Harris
has agreed to indemnify

                                       47
<PAGE>

us for the cost of such projects at all of our facilities, including at Findlay,
Ohio, Mountaintop, Pennsylvania, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia and Palm Bay, Florida to
the extent such costs are not currently allocated in the current balance sheet
for the Semiconductor Business. Based on the historical costs of these projects
and because the remediation projects are in advance stages, we do not believe
that the future cleanup costs will be material, even without the indemnity.

     Future laws or regulations and changes in existing environmental laws or
regulations may subject our operations to different, additional or more
stringent standards. While historically the cost of compliance with
environmental laws has not had a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, business or financial condition, we cannot predict with certainty
our future costs of compliance because of changing standards and requirements.
We cannot assure you that material costs will not be incurred in connection with
the future compliance with environmental laws or with future cleanup costs
related to currently unknown contamination.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     From time to time we are involved in legal proceedings arising in the
ordinary course of business. A countersuit brought by a competitor of Harris in
which patent infringement claims have been asserted is currently pending in
federal court. However, to the extent our liability from this litigation, if
any, arises out of the conduct of the semiconductor business by Harris prior to
closing, such liability will be covered by Harris' agreement in connection with
the acquisition of the semiconductor business to provide us with certain
indemnities. We believe that there is no litigation pending that could have,
individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

                                       48
<PAGE>
                                 THE EXCHANGE OFFER

PURPOSE AND EFFECT OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     We issued and sold the old notes to the initial purchasers on August 13,
1999. The initial purchasers subsequently sold the old notes to qualified
institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act. Because
the old notes are subject to transfer restrictions, our company, Intersil
Holding, and the initial purchasers entered into a Registration Rights Agreement
dated August 13, 1999 under which we agreed:

     o on or before November 11, 1999, to prepare and file with the Securities
       and Exchange Commission the Registration Statement of which this
       prospectus is a part;

     o on or before January 20, 2000, to use our best efforts to cause the
       Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act;

     o upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, to offer the new
       notes in exchange for surrender of the old notes; and

     o to keep the exchange offer open for not less than 30 days (or longer if
       required by applicable law) after the date notice of the exchange offer
       is mailed to the holders of the old notes.

The Registration Statement is intended to satisfy in part our obligations with
respect to the old notes under the Registration Rights Agreement.

     Under existing interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
the new notes will be freely transferable by holders other than our affiliates
after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act
if the holder of the new notes represents that:

     o it is acquiring the new notes in the ordinary course of its business;

     o it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in
       the distribution of the new notes; and

     o it is not an affiliate of Intersil, as such terms are interpreted by the
       Securities and Exchange Commission.

However, broker-dealers receiving new notes in the exchange offer will have a
prospectus delivery requirement with respect to resales of such new notes. The
Securities and Exchange Commission has taken the position that broker-dealers
receiving new notes in the exchange offer may fulfill their prospectus delivery
requirements with respect to new notes (other than a resale of an unsold
allotment from the original sale of the old notes) with this prospectus. Under
the Registration Rights Agreement, we are required to allow broker-dealers
receiving new notes in the exchange offer and other persons, if any, with
similar prospectus delivery requirements to use this prospectus in connection
with the resale of such new notes. Each broker-dealer that receives new notes
for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such notes were acquired by
such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such new notes. See "Plan of Distribution."

TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER; PERIOD FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES

     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus
and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the
exchange offer), we will accept for exchange old notes which are properly
tendered on or prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer and not
withdrawn as permitted below. The expiration date of the exchange offer shall be
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                   ,      , unless extended by
us, in our sole discretion.

     As of the date of this prospectus, $200.0 million aggregate principal
amount of the old notes are outstanding. This prospectus, together with the
Letter of Transmittal, is first being sent on or about                   ,
to all holders of old notes known to us. Our obligation to accept old notes for
exchange pursuant to the exchange offer is subject to conditions as set forth
under "-- Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below.

                                       49
<PAGE>

     We expressly reserve the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend
the period of time during which the exchange offer is open, and thereby delay
acceptance for any exchange of any old notes, by giving notice of such extension
to the holders of old notes as described below. During any such extension, all
old notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer and may
be accepted for exchange by us. Any old notes not accepted for exchange for any
reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder as promptly as
practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

     We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer,
and not to accept for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for
exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer
specified below under "-- Conditions to the Exchange Offer." We will give notice
of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the
old notes as promptly as practicable, such notice in the case of any extension
to be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business
day after the previously scheduled expiration date of the exchange offer.

     Holders of old notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under
the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer.

PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING OLD NOTES

     The tender to us of old notes by a holder of old notes as set forth below
and the acceptance of such tender by us will constitute a binding agreement
between the tendering holder and us upon the terms and subject to the conditions
set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal.
Except as set forth below, a holder who wishes to tender old notes for exchange
pursuant to the exchange offer must transmit a properly completed and duly
executed Letter of Transmittal, including all other documents required by such
Letter of Transmittal, to United States Trust Company of New York at one of the
addresses set forth below under "-- Exchange Agent" on or prior to the
expiration date of the exchange offer. In addition, the exchange agent must
receive:

     o certificates for such old notes along with the Letter of Transmittal, or

     o prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer, a timely confirmation
       of a book-entry transfer of such old notes into the exchange agent's
       account at The Depository Trust Company pursuant to the procedure for
       book-entry transfer described below, or

     o the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedure described
       below.

     The method of delivery of old notes, Letters of Transmittal and all other
required documents is at your election and risk. If such delivery is by mail, we
recommend that you use registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt
requested. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely
delivery. You should not send Letters of Transmittal or old notes to us.

     Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed unless the old notes surrendered for exchange
are tendered:

     o by a registered holder of the old notes who has not completed the box
       entitled "Special Issuance Instruction" or "Special Delivery Instruction"
       on the Letter of Transmittal; or

     o for the account of a firm which is a member of a registered national
       securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities
       Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or
       correspondent in the United States.

     In the event that signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of
withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantees
must be by a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange
or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or by a
commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United
States. If old notes are registered in the name of a person other than a signer
of the Letter of Transmittal, the old notes surrendered for exchange must be
endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of
transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as determined by us in our sole
discretion, duly executed by the registered holder with the signature on such
old notes guaranteed by a firm which is a member of a registered national
securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or
correspondent in the United States.

                                       50
<PAGE>

     Any beneficial owner whose old notes are registered in the name of a
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and who wishes
to tender, should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct such
registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf. If such
beneficial owner wishes to tender on such owner's own behalf, such owner must,
prior to completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering such
owner's old notes, either (1) make appropriate arrangements to register
ownership of the old notes in such owner's name or (2) obtain a properly
completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered
ownership may take considerable time.

     All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt) and acceptance of old notes tendered for exchange will be determined by
us in our sole discretion. This determination shall be final and binding. We
reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular old
notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular old notes which
acceptance might, in our judgment or our counsel's judgment, be unlawful. We
also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities or
conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular old notes either before or
after the expiration date of the exchange offer (including the right to waive
the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender old notes in the exchange
offer). The interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer as
to any particular old notes either before or after the expiration date of the
exchange offer (including the Letter of Transmittal and the instructions to such
Letter of Transmittal) by us shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless
waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of old notes
for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as we shall
determine. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person shall be under
any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any
tender of old notes for exchange, nor shall any of them incur any liability for
failure to give such notification.

     If the Letter of Transmittal or any old notes or powers of attorney are
signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,
officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by
us, proper evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be
submitted.

     By tendering, each holder of old notes will represent to us in writing
that, among other things:

     o the new notes acquired pursuant to the exchange offer are being obtained
       in the ordinary course of business of the holder and any beneficial
       holder;

     o neither the holder nor any such beneficial holder has an arrangement or
       understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such
       new notes; and

     o neither the holder nor any such other person is an "affiliate," as
       defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of our company. If the
       holder is not a broker-dealer, the holder must represent that it is not
       engaged in nor does it intend to engage in distribution of the new notes.

     If any holder or any such other person is an "affiliate," as defined under
Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of ours, or is engaged in, or intends to engage
in, or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a
distribution of such new notes to be acquired pursuant to the exchange offer,
such holder or any such other person (1) may not rely on the applicable
interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission and (2)
must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

     If the holder is a broker-dealer, the holder must represent that it will
receive new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes that were
acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.
Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for
old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result
of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that
it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes.
See "Plan of Distribution."

ACCEPTANCE OF OLD NOTES FOR EXCHANGE; DELIVERY OF NEW NOTES

     Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange offer,
we will accept, promptly after the expiration date of the exchange offer, all
old notes properly tendered, and will issue the new notes promptly after
acceptance of the old notes. See "-- Conditions to Exchange Offer" below. For
purposes of

                                       51
<PAGE>

the exchange offer, we shall be deemed to have accepted properly tendered old
notes for exchange when, as and if we have given oral and written notice to the
exchange agent.

     The new notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid on the old notes, or if no interest has been paid on the
old notes, from August 13, 1999. Accordingly, registered holders of new notes on
the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the
consummation of the exchange offer will receive interest accruing from the most
recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid,
from August 13, 1999. Old notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue
interest from and after the date of consummation of the exchange offer. Holders
of old notes whose old notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any
payment in respect of accrued interest on such old notes otherwise payable on
any interest payment date the record date for which occurs on or after
consummation of the exchange offer and will be deemed to have waived their
rights to receive such accrued interest on the old notes.

     In all cases, issuance of new notes for old notes that are accepted for
exchange pursuant to the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt
by the exchange agent of (1) certificates for such old notes or a timely
confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such old notes into the exchange
agent's account at The Depository Trust Company, (2) a properly completed and
duly executed Letter of Transmittal and (3) all other required documents. If any
tendered old notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and
conditions of the exchange offer or if old notes are submitted for a greater
principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, such unaccepted or
non-exchanged old notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder
of such old notes (or, in the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer
into the exchange agent's account at The Depository Trust Company according to
the book-entry transfer procedures described below, such non-exchanged old notes
will be credited to an account maintained with such Depository Trust Company) as
promptly as practicable after the expiration of the exchange offer.

BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER

     Any financial institution that is a participant in The Depository Trust
Company's systems may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing The
Depository Trust Company to transfer such old notes into the exchange agent's
account at The Depository Trust Company in accordance with The Depository Trust
Company's procedures for transfer. However, although delivery of old notes may
be effected through book-entry transfer at The Depository Trust Company, the
Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof with any required signature
guarantees and any other required documents must, in any case, be transmitted to
and received by the exchange agent at one of the addresses set forth below under
"-- Exchange Agent" on or prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer,
unless such holder has strictly complied with the guaranteed delivery procedures
described below.

     We understand that the exchange agent has confirmed with The Depository
Trust Company that any financial institution that is a participant in The
Depository Trust Company's system may utilize The Depository Trust Company's
Automated Tender Offer Program to tender old notes. We further understand that
the exchange agent will request, within two business days after the date the
exchange offer commences, that The Depository Trust Company establish an account
with respect to the old notes for the purpose of facilitating the exchange
offer, and any participant may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing
The Depository Trust Company to transfer such old notes into the exchange
agent's account in accordance with The Depository Trust Company's Automated
Tender Offer Program procedures for transfer. However, the exchange of the old
notes so tendered will only be made after timely confirmation of such book-entry
transfer and timely receipt by the exchange agent of, in addition to any other
documents required, an appropriate Letter of Transmittal with any required
signature guarantee and an agent's message, which is a message, transmitted by
The Depository Trust Company and received by the exchange agent and forming part
of a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, which states that The Depository
Trust Company has received an express acknowledgment from a participant
tendering old notes which are the subject of such confirmation of a book-entry
transfer and that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the
terms of the Letter of Transmittal and that we may enforce such agreement
against such participant.

                                       52
<PAGE>

GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES

     If a registered holder of the old notes desires to tender such old notes
and the old notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit such
holder's old notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent
before the expiration date of the exchange offer, or the procedure for
book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may
nonetheless be effected if:

     o the tender is made through a firm which is a member of a registered
       national securities exchange or a member of the National Association of
       Securities Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an
       office or correspondent in the United States;

     o prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer, the exchange agent
       received from such firm which is a member of a registered national
       securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities
       Dealers, Inc. or commercial bank or trust company having an office or
       correspondent in the United States a properly completed and duly executed
       Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed
       Delivery, substantially in the form provided by us (by telegram, telex,
       facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name
       and address of the holder of old notes and the amount of old notes
       tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing
       that within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of
       execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates for all
       physically tendered old notes, in proper form for transfer, or a
       confirmation of a book-entry transfer, as the case may be, and any other
       documents required by the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the
       firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a
       member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or
       commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the
       United States with the exchange agent; and

     o the certificates for all physically tendered old notes, in proper form
       for transfer, or a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, as the case may
       be, and all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal are
       received by the exchange agent within five NYSE trading days after the
       date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS

     Tenders of old notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration
date of the exchange offer. For a withdrawal to be effective, a written notice
of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at one of the addresses set
forth below under "-- Exchange Agent." Any such notice of withdrawal must:

     o specify the name of the person having tendered the old notes to be
       withdrawn;

     o identify the old notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amount of
       such old notes); and

     o where certificates for old notes have been transmitted specify the name
       in which such old notes are registered, if different from that of the
       withdrawing holder.

If certificates for old notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the
exchange agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, the withdrawing
holder must also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be
withdrawn and a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by a firm
which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a member of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a commercial bank or
trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States unless such
holder is a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange
or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or a
commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United
States.

     If old notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry
transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and
number of the account at The Depository Trust Company to be credited with the
withdrawn old notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of such facility.
All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of
receipt) of such notices will be determined by us, whose determination shall be
final and binding on all parties. Any old notes so withdrawn will be deemed not
to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer.
Any old notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged
for any reason will be returned to the

                                       53
<PAGE>

holder thereof without cost to such holder (or in the case of old notes tendered
by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at The Depository Trust
Company according to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such
old notes will be credited to an account maintained with The Depository Trust
Company for the old notes) as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of
tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn old notes may be
retendered by following one of the procedures described under "-- Procedures for
Tendering Old Notes" above at any time on or prior to the expiration date of the
exchange offer.

CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, we shall not be
required to accept for exchange, or to issue new notes in exchange for, any old
notes and may terminate or amend the exchange offer if at any time before the
acceptance of such old notes for exchange or the exchange of new notes for such
old notes, we determine that:

     o the exchange offer does not comply with any applicable law or any
       applicable interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange
       Commission;

     o we have not received all applicable governmental approvals; or

     o any actions or proceedings of any governmental agency or court exist
       which could materially impair our ability to consummate the exchange
       offer.

     The foregoing conditions are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by us
regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any such condition or may be
waived by us in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in our
reasonable discretion. Our failure at any time to exercise any of the foregoing
rights shall not be deemed a waiver of such right and each such right shall be
deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to time.

     In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered, and no
new notes will be issued in exchange for any such old notes, if at such time any
stop order shall be threatened or in effect with respect to the Registration
Statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of
the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. In any such
event we are required to use every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of
any stop order at the earliest possible time.

EXCHANGE AGENT

     United States Trust Company of New York has been appointed as the exchange
agent for the exchange offer. All executed Letters of Transmittal should be
directed to the exchange agent at one of the addresses set forth below.
Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this
prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal and requests for Notices of
Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as
follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>                            <C>
  By Hand, up to 4:30 p.m.:     By Registered or Certified      By Overnight Courier & By
 United States Trust Company               Mail:                          Hand
         of New York            United States Trust Company      after 4:30 p.m. on the
        111 Broadway                    of New York                    expiration
         Lower Level                   P.O. Box 844                    date only:
    Attn: Corporate Trust          Attn: Corporate Trust       United States Trust Company
          Services                       Services                      of New York
  New York, New York 10006            Cooper Station            770 Broadway, 13th Floor
                                    New York, New York          New York, New York 10003
                                        10276-0844                Attn: Corporate Trust
                                       By Facsimile:                    Services
                                      (212) 420-6211
                                   Confirm by Telephone:
                                      (800) 548-6565
</TABLE>

     Delivery other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid
delivery.

                                       54
<PAGE>

FEES AND EXPENSES

     We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting
acceptances of the exchange offer. The principal solicitation is being made by
mail; however, additional solicitations may be made in person or by telephone by
our officers and employees.

     The expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer will be
paid by us. Such expenses include fees and expenses of the exchange agent and
trustee under the indenture governing the notes, accounting and legal fees and
printing costs, among others.

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

     The new notes will be recorded at the same carrying amount as the old
notes, which is the principal amount as reflected in our accounting records on
the date of the exchange and, accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized.
The debt issuance costs will be capitalized and amortized to interest expense
over the term of the new notes.

TRANSFER TAXES

     Holders who tender their old notes for exchange will not be obligated to
pay any transfer taxes in connection therewith, except that holders who instruct
us to register new notes in the name of, or request that old notes not tendered
or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the
registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment of any
applicable transfer tax thereon.

CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE; RESALES OF NEW NOTES

     Holders of old notes who do not exchange their old notes for new notes in
the exchange offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer
of such old notes as set forth in the legend thereon as a consequence of the
issuance of the old notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions
not subject to, the registration requirements of, the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. Old notes not exchanged pursuant to the
exchange offer will continue to accrue interest at 13 1/4% per annum and will
otherwise remain outstanding in accordance with their terms. Holders of old
notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under the Delaware General
Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer. In general, the old notes
may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except
pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not currently
anticipate that we will register the old notes under the Securities Act.
However, (i) if any initial purchaser so requests with respect to old notes not
eligible to be exchanged for new notes in the exchange offer and held by it
following consummation of the exchange offer or (ii) if any holder of old notes
(other than a broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in
exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by the broker-dealer
as a result of market-making or other trading activities) is not eligible to
participate in the exchange offer or, in the case of any holder of old notes
(other than a broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in
exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by the broker-dealer
as a result of market-making or other trading activities) that participates in
the exchange offer, does not receive new notes in exchange for old notes that
may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other
than due solely to the status of such holder as an affiliate of us within the
meaning of the Securities Act), we are obligated to file a shelf registration
statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the old
notes held by such persons.

     Based on interpretive letters issued by the staff of the Securities and
Exchange Commission to third parties in unrelated transactions, we are of the
view that new notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer may be offered for
resale, resold or otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than (i) any
such holder which is an "affiliate" of us within the meaning of Rule 405 under
the Securities Act or (ii) any broker-dealer that purchases notes from us to
resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption) without
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act, provided that such new notes are acquired in the ordinary course
of such holders' business and such holders have no arrangement or understanding
with any person to participate in the distribution of such new notes. If any
holder has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of
the new notes to be acquired pursuant to the exchange offer, such holder (i)
could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of

                                       55
<PAGE>

the Securities and Exchange Commission and (ii) must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with a secondary resale transaction. A broker-dealer who holds old
notes that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making or
other trading activities may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning
of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of new notes.
Each such broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange
for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge
in the Letter of Transmittal that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such new notes. See "Plan of Distribution." We have not
requested the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission to consider the
exchange offer in the context of a no-action letter, and there can be no
assurance that the staff would take positions similar to those taken in the
interpretive letters referred to above if we were to make such a no-action
request.

     In addition, to comply with the securities laws of applicable
jurisdictions, the new notes may not be offered or sold unless they have been
registered or qualified for sale in such jurisdictions or an exemption from
registration or qualification is available and is complied with. We have agreed,
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and subject to specified
limitations therein, to register or qualify the new notes for offer or sale
under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions in the United States
as any selling holder of the notes reasonably requests in writing.

                                       56
<PAGE>
                                THE TRANSACTIONS

     The following contains summaries of the material agreements which we
entered into in connection with the acquisition of the semiconductor business.
The descriptions in the summaries of the terms and provisions of the agreements
are complete in all material respects, but for detailed information you should
read the agreements themselves, copies of which have been filed or incorporated
by reference as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus
is a part.

MASTER TRANSACTION AGREEMENT

     In accordance with the Master Transaction Agreement:

     o Harris transferred to us and Intersil Holding selected portions of the
       semiconductor business in exchange for (a) $520.0 million in cash and
       (b) a subordinated promissory note of Intersil Holding, referred to as
       the 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note, in the principal amount of $90.0
       million, which permits Intersil Holding to pay interest in
       the form of additional notes, which we call pay-in-kind, or PIK,
       notes;

     o Harris paid about $9.0 million in cash to Intersil Holding to purchase
       shares of 12% Series A Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock and common
       stock of Intersil Holding;

     o Intersil Holding sold to Sterling Holding Company, LLC, referred to as
       Sterling, and to senior management and other key employees, referrred
       to as the Management Investors, and certain other investors shares of
       its 12% Series A Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock and common
       stock for a total of about $81.0 million in cash;

     o Intersil Holding contributed cash in the amount of $90.0 million to our
       capital as well as certain assets with a fair market value of about $90.0
       million;

     o Citicorp Mezzanine Partners, L.P. contributed $30.0 million in cash to
       Intersil Holding in exchange for a subordinated promissory note of
       Holdings, referred to as the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note due
       2010, and warrants to purchase 5,555,560 shares of Class A Common Stock
       of Intersil Holding;

     o Intersil Holding contributed cash in the amount of $30.0 million received
       from Citicorp Mezzanine Partners, L.P. to our capital; and

     o We borrowed $220.0 million available under our new senior credit
       facilities and received the gross proceeds of $200.0 million from the
       sale of 200,000 units, each unit consisting of $1,000 principal amount
       of old notes of Intersil and one warrant to purchase 27.7778 shares of
       Class A Common Stock of Intersil Holding.

     Pursuant to the Master Transaction Agreement, Intersil Holding and Intersil
purchased from Harris selected portions of the semiconductor business for a
purchase price that is further subject to a post-closing adjustment. The assets
purchased by us include, among other things, some properties located at Palm
Bay, Florida, Mountaintop, Pennsylvania, Findlay, Ohio and Kuala Lumpur,
Malaysia (see "Business--Properties"), as well as, with some exceptions and
limitations, all of the manufacturing equipment, motor vehicles, office
furniture, inventory, governmental permits and licenses and other assets
necessary to operate our business. In addition, purchased assets include:

     o contractual rights and obligations which primarily relate to the
       semiconductor business;

     o intellectual property rights; and

     o all of the capital stock and membership interests of four domestic and 12
       foreign entities (corporations and limited liability companies) owned by
       Harris. We acquired eleven of the twelve foreign entities or their assets
       either directly or through a foreign subsidiary wholly owned by us. The
       twelfth foreign entity, a corporation which operates our assembly and
       test facility in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, was acquired by a British Virgin
       Islands corporation that is wholly owned by our wholly-owned Malaysian
       subsidiary. The acquisition of this twelfth foreign entity was made
       pursuant to a separate transaction agreement and was financed with funds
       both contributed by us and loaned by our wholly-owned Cayman Islands
       subsidiary to our Malaysian subsidiary (the loan proceeds from the Cayman
       Islands subsidiary consisting of funds contributed to this subsidiary by
       us) which in turn were loaned and contributed to the British Virgin
       Islands corporation.

                                       57
<PAGE>

     Among the liabilities we did not assume are the environmental liabilities
relating to the operations of the semiconductor business and the transferred
Harris subsidiaries prior to closing. The agreement provides that Harris must
indemnify us for any damages arising from such excluded liabilities. The
agreement also provides that we must offer to employ all our employees on
substantially the same terms and conditions as they were employed immediately
before the acquisition of the semiconductor business. In addition, the agreement
contains a provision that, subject to some limitations, forbids Harris for a
period of five years after the consummation of the acquisition of the
semiconductor business from engaging in business competing with most of our
products in existence on the date the transactions were consummated.

     Pursuant to the Master Transaction Agreement, Harris entered into with us
the Intellectual Property Agreement, the Patent Assignment and Services
Agreement, the License Assignment Agreement, the Harris Trademark License
Agreement, the Secondary Trademark Assignment and License Agreement, the
Transition Services Agreement, the Shareholders' Agreement, the Registration
Rights Agreement and the Royalty Agreement. See "Description of Capital
Stock--Shareholders' Agreement" and "--Registration Rights Agreement."

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT

     Under the Intellectual Property Agreement, Harris assigned to us its entire
ownership, right, title and interest in some intangible property rights existing
under laws respecting copyright, maskwork and trade secret, which intangible
property rights are owned by Harris and that were specific to the operations of
the semiconductor business. Harris also granted to us a royalty-free,
non-exclusive, worldwide license, with a limited right to sublicense, under
certain copyrights, maskworks and trade secrets to make, have made, use and sell
certain products, which copyrights, maskworks and trade secrets are specific to
the products or are used in the semiconductor business. Certain licenses to
software are listed in this agreement as being unassignable without the
permission of the licensor.

PATENT ASSIGNMENT AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

     Under the Patent Assignment and Services Agreement, Harris assigned to us,
subject to pre-existing license rights, about 1,400 patents. Harris also granted
us a worldwide, royalty-free, non-exclusive license, without the right to
sublicense, under some other applicable patents, for the life of such patents,
to make, have made, use and sell certain of our products. Harris retained the
rights to some patents for up to three years before assigning their entire
right, title and interest therein to us (provided that the patents are not in
litigation at the time, and no royalties are owed on licenses to the patents).
During the interim preceding the assignment of these retained patents, Harris
granted us a worldwide, royalty-free, non-exclusive license thereto, without the
right to sublicense.

LICENSE ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

     Under the License Assignment Agreement, Harris assigned to us its entire
right, title and interest in and to certain license agreements by and between
Harris and various third parties, which license agreements may be assigned
without the consent of the third parties. The agreement provides that Harris
will use commercially reasonable efforts, as requested by us in writing, to
provide us with the economic benefit of certain other license agreements between
Harris and various third parties, which license agreements are material to the
semiconductor business and require the consent of the third parties to assign.
Harris will assign to us any revenue received under certain other royalty
bearing license agreements between Harris and various third parties, which
agreements require the consent of the various third parties to assign, and will
use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of the various third
parties to such assignments.

     The agreement also provides that Harris will, at our written request and to
the extent that Harris is authorized to do so and that the license is relevant
to our business as of the Closing Date, grant us a sublicense under the License
Agreement between Harris and Lemelson Medical, Education & Research Foundation,
Limited Partnership dated April 30, 1999. The agreement further provides that
Harris will assign all remaining rights in the retained license agreements to
us. The assignment of each such retained license agreement is to occur at such
time as all the amounts that are due, or are to become due under that retained
license agreement, have been paid to Harris. In the event that a retained
license agreement cannot be assigned

                                       58
<PAGE>

at such time, Harris will use commercially reasonable efforts, as requested by
us, to provide us with the economic benefit of that retained license agreement.
The assignment of, or commercially reasonable efforts to provide us the economic
benefit of, each such retained license agreement is to occur at such time as all
the amounts that are due, or are to become due under the retained license
agreement, have been paid to Harris. The agreement still further provides that
we accept the assignments or transfers effected under the License Assignment
Agreement and assume the liabilities of Harris to each of the license agreements
so assigned or transferred.

HARRIS TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT

     Under the Harris Trademark License Agreement, Harris granted to us
non-exclusive, royalty-free licenses recognizing transitional use of some
visible trademarks and product-embedded trademarks, which embedded trademarks
will not be eliminated until the relevant product is discontinued.

AGREEMENT WITH RESPECT TO PRISM(REGISTERED) REVENUES

     Under an agreement with respect to PRISM(Registered) revenues, we agreed to
pay Harris 2% of the revenue generated by the sales of the PRISM(Registered)
chip sets for a period of five years after the closing of the transactions
consummated pursuant to the Master Transaction Agreement.

SECONDARY TRADEMARK ASSIGNMENT AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

     Under the Secondary Trademark Assignment and License Agreement, Harris
assigned to us some trademarks related to products of the semiconductor business
and we granted back to Harris worldwide, non-exclusive, royalty-free licenses
recognizing transitional use of some visible trademarks assigned by Harris to
us. The agreement further provides that Harris will cooperate with us, at our
expense, in respect to any judicial or administrative proceedings contemplated
or commenced by us under any of the trademarks assigned to us under this
agreement.

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

     Under the Transition Services Agreement, Harris will provide a number of
business support services to us that will assist in the conversion of the
semiconductor business to an independent entity. From the consummation of the
acquisition for, in most instances, up to 8 months, Harris is obligated to make
available to us:

     o data processing and communication services;

     o financial and administrative support; and

     o human resources and benefits services.

Generally, the agreement provides that Harris will invoice us for the cost of
services provided, plus 5%, with some charges based on a fixed cost and other
charges based on Harris' actual incurred costs.

Under the Transition Services Agreement, we have also agreed to provide Harris
with certain services for a period of 18 months and certain products for a
period of 24 months related to the suppression products business. For the
services and products to be provided by us to Harris, Harris has agreed to pay
5% on top of all costs except third-party costs.

OPTION AGREEMENT

     Under an agreement with respect to certain assets, we granted to Intersil
Prism, LLC an option to purchase such assets for a fixed purchase price.
However, because the exercise of the option would be prohibited by the terms of
the indenture governing the notes, the option may not be exercised while the
notes are outstanding unless we obtain a consent from the bondholders. If the
holder of the option exercises it, holders of the warrants issued as part of the
unit offering and the warrants issued to Citicorp Mezzanine Partners, L.P. (or
the holders of the Class A Common Stock issued upon exercise of such warrants)
may participate in the purchase of such assets upon payment of their pro rata
share of the option purchase price and the option exercise price.

                                       59
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
persons who are members of our Board of Directors or executive officers. Each of
our directors will hold office until the relevant company's next annual meeting
of shareholders or until a successor has been elected and qualified.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                        AGE                          TITLE
- - ----                                        ---                          -----
<S>                                         <C>   <C>
Gregory L. Williams.......................  46    Chief Executive Officer, Director
W. Russell Morcom.........................  53    Vice President, General Manager, Discrete Power
George L. Gidzinski.......................  44    Vice President, General Manager, Analog and Mixed
                                                  Signal Business Unit
Daniel J. Heneghan........................  44    Vice President, Controller and Secretary
Ray D. Odom...............................  46    Vice President, General Manager, Space & Defense
                                                  Products
Larry W. Sims.............................  42    Vice President, Marketing and Sales
James A. Urry.............................  45    Director
Gary E. Gist..............................  53    Director
</TABLE>

     Gregory L. Williams, Chief Executive Officer, Director.  Mr. Williams is
our Chief Executive Officer. From October, 1998, to August, 1999, Mr. Williams
was President of the semiconductor business at Harris. From January to October
1998, Mr. Williams was Vice President and General Manager of the Power Products
Division at Harris. From 1984 to 1998, Mr. Williams also served as Vice
President and Assistant General Manager of the Semiconductor Components Group,
Vice President and General Manager of the Power Products Division, and Vice
President and Director of Automotive World Marketing at Motorola Semiconductor,
and from 1977 to 1984, Mr. Williams served with General Electric Company.

     W. Russell Morcom, Vice President, General Manager, Discrete Power.  Mr.
Morcom is our Vice President and General Manager, Discrete Power. From 1997 to
August, 1999, Mr. Morcom was Vice President and General Manager, Operations and
Quality of the semiconductor business at Harris. From 1991 to 1997, Mr. Morcom
was Vice President and General Manager, Semiconductor Products Division of the
semiconductor business of Harris.

     George L. Gidzinski, Vice President, General Manager, Analog and Mixed
Signal Business Unit.  Mr. Gidzinski is our Vice President and General Manager,
Analog and Mixed Signal Business Unit. From 1998 until August, 1999, Mr.
Gidzinski was Vice President and General Manager of the Power Products Business
of the semiconductor business at Harris. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Gidzinski served
as Vice President of Intelligent Power Products of the semiconductor business at
Harris and from 1991 to 1995, Mr. Gidzinski served as Vice President of
Worldwide Marketing of the semiconductor business at Harris.

     Daniel J. Heneghan, Vice President, Secretary and Controller.  Mr. Heneghan
is our Vice President, Secretary and Controller. From 1996 to August, 1999, Mr.
Heneghan was Vice President and Controller of the semiconductor business at
Harris. From 1994 to 1996, Mr. Heneghan was Vice President of Digital Products
of the semiconductor business at Harris. Mr. Heneghan also served at various
times as Division Controller of the semiconductor business at Harris, Director
of Planning at Harris, Director of Finance at Harris and Senior Financial
Analyst with Royal Crown Cola.

     Ray D. Odom, Vice President, General Manager, Space and Defense
Products.  Mr. Odom is our Vice President and General Manager, Space and Defense
Products. From July, 1998 to August, 1999, Mr. Odom was Vice President and
General Manager, Space and Defense Products of the semiconductor business at
Harris. From July 1994 to June 1997, Mr. Odom was Director of Palm Bay
Manufacturing of the semiconductor business at Harris. From February 1991 to
June 1994, Mr. Odom was Director of Manufacturing of the Military and Aerospace
Division of the semiconductor business at Harris.

                                       60
<PAGE>

     Larry W. Sims, Vice President, Marketing and Sales.  Mr. Sims is our Vice
President, Marketing and Sales. From August, 1998 to August, 1999, Mr. Sims was
Vice President, Sales of the semiconductor business at Harris. Prior to joining
Harris, Mr. Sims served in various sales management positions at Motorola
Semiconductor.

     James A. Urry, Director.  Mr. Urry is one of our directors. Mr. Urry has
been with Citibank, N.A. since 1981 serving as a Vice President since 1986. He
has been a Vice President of Citicorp Venture Capital Ltd., which is an
affiliate of ours, since 1989. He is also a Director of Airxcel, Inc.,
AmeriSource Health Corporation, CORT Business Services, CLARK Material Handling
Corporation, Hancor Holding Corporation, IKS Corporation, Palomar Technological
Companies and York International Corporation.

     Gary E. Gist, Director.  Mr. Gist is one of our directors. Mr. Gist is the
President and Chief Executive Officer of, and has been with, Palomar
Technological Companies since 1995, a corporation made up of a diverse group of
companies that focus on designing and manufacturing electronic products
including the following companies: HID Corporation, AML Wireless Systems, Inc.,
Palomar Display Products, Inc., Palomar Products, Inc. and Palomar Technologies,
Inc. Prior to 1995, he was Division Manager of the Technology Products Division
of Hughes Industrial Electronics Company.

     Our Board of Directors will consist of five directors, determined as
follows: our chief executive officer, one individual designated by Sterling, up
to two independent directors designated by Sterling (subject to the right of the
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Class A Common Stock to
veto the election of any such independent directors) and, in the event the Board
includes two independent directors designated by Sterling, one additional
individual designated by Sterling.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION AND ARRANGEMENTS

     Those directors who are employed by us or by Citicorp Venture Capital Ltd.
do not receive compensation for their services as directors. Compensation for
other directors has not yet been determined. Members of the Board of Directors
are elected according to the voting agreements outlined in the Securities
Purchase and Holders Agreement.

                                       61
<PAGE>

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The following table sets forth certain information concerning the
compensation received by our five most highly compensated officers for services
rendered in fiscal year 1999.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
                                FISCAL YEAR 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      LONG-TERM
                                                                                    COMPENSATION
                                                                               -----------------------
                                                                                 AWARDS      PAYOUTS
                                                                               ----------   ----------
                                            ANNUAL COMPENSATION                SECURITIES
                                --------------------------------------------   UNDERLYING                 ALL OTHER
          NAME AND                                           OTHER ANNUAL       OPTIONS/       LTIP      COMPENSATION
     PRINCIPAL POSITION         SALARY($)   BONUS($)(1)   COMPENSATION($)(2)   SARS(#)(3)   PAYOUTS($)      ($)(4)
     ------------------         ---------   -----------   ------------------   ----------   ----------   ------------
<S>                             <C>         <C>           <C>                  <C>          <C>          <C>
Gregory L. Williams .........    318,615       20,531            6,925           25,000            0        12,207
  Chief Executive Officer

W. Russell Morcom ...........    170,000      113,623           10,798            6,000       70,875        57,114
  Vice President--General
  Manager--Discrete Power

George L. Gidzinski .........    133,269       46,683            3,264            5,000       28,350        15,128
  Vice President--General
  Manager--Analog and Mixed
  Signal Business Unit

Daniel J. Heneghan ..........    121,980       44,121            1,920            3,500       24,924        23,774
  Vice President--Secretary--
  Controller

Larry W. Sims ...............    185,769      117,953           47,174                0            0         1,889
  Vice President--Marketing
  and Sales
</TABLE>

- - ------------------
(1) This category includes Annual Incentive Plan bonus for all officers and a
    sales incentive compensation bonus for Mr. Sims. It also includes awards for
    Mr. Williams and for Mr. Heneghan of $50 each, a bonus of $7,108 for Mr.
    Heneghan and disruption and signing bonuses, totaling $65,000, for Mr. Sims.

(2) Except for Mr. Sims, none of the executive officers named in the Summary
    Compensation Table received personal benefits in excess of the lesser of
    $50,000 or 10% of annual salary and bonus for fiscal year 1999. Mr. Sims'
    personal benefits for fiscal year 1999 included relocation expenses and
    applicable taxes. The other amounts reported represent dividend equivalent
    payments on outstanding performance shares granted under Harris' Stock
    Incentive Plan for which the performance period had not expired.

(3) All options granted were for Harris common stock under Harris' Stock
    Incentive Plan. We did not assume Harris' obligations under the Stock
    Incentive Plan.

(4) Amounts reported include:

    (A) Contributions to the Harris Retirement Plan for fiscal 1999: Mr.
        Williams--$3,959; Mr. Heneghan--$19,659; Mr. Gidzinski--$14,984; Mr.
        Sims--$1,293; and Mr. Morcom--$17,703.

    (B) Contributions to Harris' Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for
        fiscal 1999: Mr. Williams--$5,943; Mr. Heneghan--$3,700; Mr.
        Gidzinski--$0; Mr. Sims--$0; and Mr. Morcom--$38,677.

    (C) The taxable portion of premiums on life insurance provided by Harris for
        fiscal 1999: Mr. Williams--$2,305; Mr. Heneghan--$415; Mr.
        Gidzinski--$144; Mr. Sims--$596; and Mr. Morcom--$734.

                                       62
<PAGE>

     In connection with the Transactions, we and Intersil Holding entered into
an employment agreement with Mr. Williams for him to serve as our Chief
Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors. His employment
agreement provides for an annual base salary of $425,000, subject to increases
and annual performance bonuses at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The
agreement also provides for Mr. Williams to receive our standard benefits. The
term of the agreement is 60 months, subject to automatic renewal for successive
one year terms, unless either we give or Mr. Williams gives prior notice of
non-renewal. Mr. Williams is subject to a noncompetition covenant during the
term of his agreement and for a period of one year following termination or
expiration of the agreement.

RETIREMENT AND SAVINGS PROGRAM

     We provide retirement benefits to substantially all employees primarily
through a retirement plan having profit-sharing and savings elements.
Contributions by us to the retirement plan are based on profits and employees'
savings with no other funding requirements. We are able to make additional
contributions to the fund at our discretion. We also have non-contributory
defined benefit pension plans which are fully funded.

     Retirement benefits also include an unfunded limited healthcare plan for
U.S.-based retirees and employees on long-term disability. We accrue the
estimated cost of these medical benefits, which are not material, during an
employee's active service life.

                                       63
<PAGE>
                    CERTAIN RELATIONSHPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     Citicorp Venture Capital Ltd. owns an interest in Sterling. Citicorp
Mezzanine Partners, L.P., the general partner of which is an affiliate of
Citicorp Venture Capital, contributed $30.0 million in cash to Intersil Holding
in exchange for the 13.5% Subordinated PIK Note and a warrant to purchase about
5.6 million shares of Intersil Holding's Class A Common Stock. Intersil Holding
contributed the $30.0 million from Citicorp Mezzanine Partners, L.P. to Intersil
as a capital contribution.

     Pursuant to the Master Transaction Agreement, the following transactions
occurred on August 13, 1999:

     o Harris transferred to Intersil and Intersil Holding selected portions of
       the semiconductor business in exchange for (a) $520.0 million in cash,
       and (b) the 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note in the principal amount of
       $90.0 million;

     o Harris paid about $9.0 million in cash to Intersil Holding to purchase
       shares of Intersil Holding Preferred Stock and Intersil Holding Common
       Stock;

     o Intersil Holding sold to Sterling and to the Management Investors and
       certain other investors shares of Intersil Holding Preferred Stock and
       Intersil Holding Common Stock for a total of about $81.0 million in cash;

     o Intersil Holding contributed cash in the amount of about $90.0 million to
       Intersil's capital as well as certain assets with a fair market value of
       about $90.0 million;

     o Citicorp Mezzanine Partners, L.P. contributed $30.0 million in cash to
       Intersil Holding in exchange for the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note
       and warrants to purchase 5,555,560 shares of Class A Common Stock of
       Intersil Holding;

     o Intersil Holding contributed cash in the amount of $30.0 million received
       from Citicorp Mezzanine Partners, L.P. to Intersil's capital; and

     o Intersil borrowed $220.0 million available under its new senior credit
       facilities and received the gross proceeds of $200.0 million from the
       sale of 200,000 units, each unit consisting of $1,000 principal amount
       of old notes of Intersil and one warrant of Intersil Holding.

     Pursuant to the Master Transaction Agreement, Intersil Holding and Intersil
purchased from Harris selected portions of the semiconductor business for a
purchase price that is further subject to a post-closing adjustment. The assets
purchased include, among other things, some properties located at Palm Bay,
Florida, Mountaintop, Pennsylvania, Findlay, Ohio and Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
(see "Business--Properties"), as well as, with some exceptions and limitations,
all of the manufacturing equipment, motor vehicles, office furniture, inventory,
governmental permits and licenses and other assets necessary to operate our
business. In addition, purchased assets include:

     o contractual rights and obligations which primarily relate to the
       semiconductor business;

     o intellectual property rights; and

     o all of the capital stock and membership interests of four domestic and 12
       foreign entities (corporations and limited liability companies) owned by
       Harris. We acquired eleven of the twelve foreign entities or their assets
       either directly or through a foreign subsidiary wholly owned by us. The
       twelfth foreign entity, a corporation which operates our assembly and
       test facility in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, was acquired by a British Virgin
       Islands corporation that is wholly owned by our wholly-owned Malaysian
       subsidiary. The acquisition of this twelfth foreign entity was made
       pursuant to a separate transaction agreement and was financed with funds
       both contributed by us and loaned by our wholly-owned Cayman Islands
       subsidiary to our Malaysian subsidiary (the loan proceeds from the Cayman
       Islands subsidiary consisting of funds contributed to this subsidiary by
       us) which in turn were loaned and contributed to the British Virgin
       Islands corporation.

     Among the liabilities we did not assume are the environmental liabilities
relating to the operations of the semiconductor business and the transferred
Harris subsidiaries prior to closing. The agreement provides that Harris must
indemnify us for any damages arising from such excluded liabilities. The
agreement also

                                       64
<PAGE>

provides that we must offer to employ all our employees on substantially the
same terms and conditions as they were employed immediately before the
acquisition of the semiconductor business. In addition, the agreement contains a
provision that, subject to some limitations, forbids Harris for a period of five
years after the consummation of the acquisition of the semiconductor business
from engaging in business competing with most of our products in existence on
the date the transactions were consummated.

     Pursuant to the Master Transaction Agreement, the shareholders of Intersil
Holding entered into a Shareholders' Agreement containing certain agreements
among such shareholders with respect to capital stock and corporate governance
of Intersil and Intersil Holding. See "Description of Capital
Stock-Shareholder's Agreement."

     Pursuant to the Master Transaction Agreement, Harris entered into with us
the Intellectual Property Agreement, the Patent Assignment and Services
Agreement, the License Assignment Agreement, the Harris Trademark License
Agreement, the Secondary Trademark Assignment and License Agreement, the
Transition Services Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Royalty
Agreement. See "Description of Capital Stock-Registration Rights Agreement."

     Under the Intellectual Property Agreement, Harris assigned to us its entire
ownership, right, title and interest in some intangible property rights existing
under laws respecting copyright, maskwork and trade secret, which intangible
property rights are owned by Harris and that were specific to the operations of
the semiconductor business. Harris also granted to us a royalty-free,
non-exclusive, worldwide license, with a limited right to sublicense, under
certain copyrights, maskworks and trade secrets to make, have made, use and sell
certain products, which copyrights, maskworks and trade secrets are specific to
the products or are used in the semiconductor business. Certain licenses to
software are listed in this agreement as being unassignable without the
permission of the licensor.

     Under the Patent Assignment and Services Agreement, Harris assigned to us,
subject to pre-existing license rights, about 1,400 patents. Harris also granted
us a worldwide, royalty-free, non-exclusive license, without the right to
sublicense, under some other applicable patents, for the life of such patents,
to make, have made, use and sell certain of our products. Harris retained the
rights to some patents for up to three years before assigning their entire
right, title and interest therein to us (provided that the patents are not in
litigation at the time, and no royalties are owed on licenses to the patents).
During the interim preceding the assignment of these retained patents, Harris
granted us a worldwide, royalty-free, non-exclusive license thereto, without the
right to sublicense.

     Under the License Assignment Agreement, Harris assigned to us its entire
right, title and interest in and to certain license agreements by and between
Harris and various third parties, which license agreements may be assigned
without the consent of the third parties. The agreement provides that Harris
will use commercially reasonable efforts, as requested by us in writing, to
provide us with the economic benefit of certain other license agreements between
Harris and various third parties, which license agreements are material to the
semiconductor business and require the consent of the third parties to assign.
Harris will assign to us any revenue received under certain other royalty
bearing license agreements between Harris and various third parties, which
agreements require the consent of the various third parties to assign, and will
use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of the various third
parties to such assignments.

     The agreement also provides that Harris will, at our written request and to
the extent that Harris is authorized to do so and that the license is relevant
to our business as of the Closing Date, grant us a sublicense under the License
Agreement between Harris and Lemelson Medical, Education & Research Foundation,
Limited Partnership dated April 30, 1999. The agreement further provides that
Harris will assign all remaining rights in the retained license agreements to
us. The assignment of each such retained license agreement is to occur at such
time as all the amounts that are due, or are to become due under that retained
license agreement, have been paid to Harris. In the event that a retained
license agreement cannot be assigned at such time, Harris will use commercially
reasonable efforts, as requested by us, to provide us with the economic benefit
of that retained license agreement. The assignment of, or commercially
reasonable efforts to provide us the economic benefit of, each such retained
license agreement is to occur at such time as all the amounts that are due, or
are to become due under the retained license agreement, have been paid to
Harris. The agreement still further provides that we accept the assignments or
transfers effected under the License

                                       65
<PAGE>

Assignment Agreement and assume the liabilities of Harris to each of the license
agreements so assigned or transferred.

     Under the Harris Trademark License Agreement, Harris granted to us
non-exclusive, royalty-free licenses recognizing transitional use of some
visible trademarks and product-embedded trademarks, which embedded trademarks
will not be eliminated until the relevant product is discontinued.

     Under an agreement with respect to PRISM(Registered) revenues, we agreed to
pay Harris 2% of the revenue generated by the sales of the PRISM(Registered)
chip sets for a period of five years after the closing of the transactions
consummated pursuant to the Master Transaction Agreement.

     Under the Secondary Trademark Assignment and License Agreement, Harris
assigned to us some trademarks related to products of the semiconductor business
and we granted back to Harris worldwide, non-exclusive, royalty-free licenses
recognizing transitional use of some visible trademarks assigned by Harris to
us. The agreement further provides that Harris will cooperate with us, at our
expense, in respect to any judicial or administrative proceedings contemplated
or commenced by us under any of the trademarks assigned to us under this
agreement.

     Under the Transition Services Agreement, Harris will provide a number of
business support services to us that will assist in the conversion of the
semiconductor business to an independent entity. From the consummation of the
acquisition for, in most instances, up to 8 months, Harris is obligated to make
available to us:

     o data processing and communication services;

     o financial and administrative support; and

     o human resources and benefits services.

Generally, the agreement provides that Harris will invoice us for the cost of
services provided, plus 5%, with some charges based on a fixed cost and other
charges based on Harris' actual incurred costs.

     Under the Transition Services Agreement, we have also agreed to provide
Harris with certain services for a period of 18 months and certain products for
a period of 24 months related to the suppression products business. For the
services and products to be provided by us to Harris, Harris has agreed to pay
5% on top of all costs except third-party costs.

     Under an agreement with respect to certain assets, we granted to Intersil
Prism, LLC an option to purchase such assets for a fixed purchase price.
However, because the exercise of the option would be prohibited by the terms of
the indenture governing the notes, the option may not be exercised while the
notes are outstanding unless we obtain a consent from the bondholders. If the
holder of the option exercises it, holders of the warrants issued as part of the
unit offering and the warrants issued to Citicorp Mezzanine Partners, L.P. (or
the holders of the Class A Common Stock issued upon exercise of such warrants)
may participate in the purchase of such assets upon payment of their pro rata
share of the option purchase price and the option exercise price.

     The terms of the agreements described above were the result of arms-length
negotiations and in our opinion are no less favorable to Intersil and Intersil
Holding than those that could be obtained from non-affiliated parties.

                                       66
<PAGE>
                             OWNERSHIP OF CAPITAL STOCK

     We are a wholly owned subsidiary of Intersil Holding. The following table
sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of the Intersil
Holding Preferred Stock and Intersil Holding Common Stock. This table does not
include (a) shares of Intersil Holding Class A Common Stock issuable upon
conversion of Intersil Holding Class B Common Stock or upon conversion of the
warrants issued in connection with the unit offering and the warrants issued in
connection with the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note, or (b) shares of
Intersil Holding Class B Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Intersil
Holding Class A Common Stock. A number of our employees are expected to
participate in an Employee Stock Option Plan under which they will be offered
the opportunity to acquire Intersil Holding Class A Common Stock which would
equal in the aggregate up to an additional 3% of the Intersil Holding Common
Stock outstanding. See "--Employee Stock Option Plan." In addition, we granted
to certain senior managers a sign-on bonus in the aggregate amount of about
$574,000, in the form of options to purchase Preferred Stock of Intersil
Holding. The option price is about $250 per share. The table also does not
include shares or options that may be acquired by our employees pursuant to the
Employee Stock Option Plan or the shares of Preferred Stock that may be acquired
by certain senior managers upon exercise of the Preferred Stock options granted
to such senior managers.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               NUMBER AND PERCENT OF SHARES OF INTERSIL HOLDING
                                     --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     PREFERRED STOCK          CLASS A STOCK             CLASS B STOCK
                                     ----------------      --------------------      --------------------
NAME OF BENEFICIARY                  NUMBER   PERCENT        NUMBER     PERCENT        NUMBER     PERCENT
- - -------------------                  ------   -------      ----------   -------      ----------   -------
<S>                                  <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Sterling Holding Company, LLC        73,650    88.27%      11,088,837    48.11%      70,165,203   91.17%
(1) ...............................
c/o Intersil Corporation
2401 Palm Bay Road NE
Palm Bay, FL 32905

Harris Corporation ................  8,456     10.14%       2,263,028     9.82%       6,797,375    8.83%
1025 W. NASA Boulevard
Melbourne, Florida 32919

Gregory L. Williams ...............     74      0.09%       3,347,315    14.52%              --      --

W. Russell Morcom .................    415      0.50%       1,025,247     4.45%              --      --

George L. Gidzinski ...............      4      0.01%         684,564     2.97%              --      --

Daniel J. Heneghan ................     27      0.03%         382,634     1.66%              --      --

Larry W. Sims .....................    145      0.17%         835,916     3.63%              --      --

All directors, officers and other    1,327      1.59%       9,695,327    42.07%              --      --
management investors as a group
(15 persons) ..........................
</TABLE>

- - ------------------
(1) Sterling agreed to permit Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation or its
    affiliates to purchase a number of shares of Preferred Stock and Class A
    Common Stock representing up to 1.67% of equity of Intersil Holding for
    about $1.5 million.

                               ------------------

     Citicorp Venture Capital Ltd. owns a majority of the underlying interest in
Sterling. Sterling owns 88.3% of Preferred Stock, 49.0% of Class A Common Stock
and 91.2% of Class B Common Stock of Intersil Holding and also owns 30.9% of
Class A Common Stock and 95.8% of Class B Common Stock of Fairchild
Semiconductor International, Inc. Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Fairchild Semiconductor International, Inc. See
"Business--Competition."

                                       67
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

INTERSIL HOLDING PREFERRED STOCK

     Intersil Holding's Certificate of Incorporation provides that Intersil
Holding may issue 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, 1,000,000 of which is
designated as 12% Series A Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock. Intersil
Holding Preferred Stock has a stated value of $1,000 per share and is entitled
to annual dividends when, as and if declared, which dividends are cumulative,
whether or not earned or declared, and accrue at a rate of 12%, compounding
annually. The vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Intersil
Holding Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, is required to (1) create,
authorize or issue any other class or series of stock entitled to a preference
ahead of the Intersil Holding Preferred Stock with respect to any dividend or
upon distribution or any liquidation, distribution of assets, dissolution or
winding up of Intersil Holding, or increase the authorized amount of any such
other class or series, or (2) amend Intersil Holding's Certificate of
Incorporation if such amendment would adversely affect the relative rights and
preferences of the holders of the Intersil Holding Preferred Stock. Except as
described in the immediately preceding sentence or as otherwise required by law,
the Intersil Holding Preferred Stock is not entitled to vote. Intersil Holding
may not pay any dividend upon (except for a dividend payable in Junior Stock, as
defined below), or redeem or otherwise acquire shares of, capital stock junior
to the Intersil Holding Preferred Stock (including the Intersil Holding Common
Stock) ("Junior Stock") unless all cumulative dividends on the Intersil Holding
Preferred Stock have been paid in full. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of Intersil Holding, holders of Intersil Holding Preferred Stock are entitled
to receive out of the legally available assets of Intersil Holding, before any
amount shall be paid to holders of Junior Stock, an amount equal to $1,000 per
share of Intersil Holding Preferred Stock, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends
to the date of final distribution. If such available assets are insufficient to
pay the holders of the outstanding shares of Intersil Holding Preferred Stock in
full, such assets, or the proceeds thereof, will be distributed ratably among
such holders. The Intersil Holding Preferred Stock is not mandatorily redeemable
prior to June 30, 2011. Intersil Holding may optionally redeem, in whole or in
part, the Intersil Holding Preferred Stock at any time at a price per share of
$1,000, plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the date of redemption. At the
option of Intersil Holding, the Intersil Holding Preferred Stock may be
exchanged for junior subordinated debentures of Intersil Holding.

INTERSIL HOLDING COMMON STOCK

     The Certificate of Incorporation of Intersil Holding provides that Intersil
Holding may issue 250,000,000 shares of Intersil Holding Common Stock, divided
into two classes consisting of 125,000,000 shares of Intersil Holding Class A
Common Stock and 125,000,000 shares of Intersil Holding Class B Stock. The
holders of Intersil Holding Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote for
each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the
shareholders. Except as required by law, the holders of Intersil Holding Class B
Common Stock have no voting rights. Under the Certificate of Incorporation of
Intersil Holding, a holder of either class of Intersil Holding Common Stock may
convert any or all of his shares into an equal number of shares of the other
class of Intersil Holding Common Stock; provided that in the case of a
conversion from Intersil Holding Class B Common Stock, which is nonvoting, into
Intersil Holding Class A Common Stock, which is voting, the holder of shares to
be converted are permitted under applicable law to hold the total number of
shares of Intersil Holding Class A Common Stock which would be held after giving
effect to the conversion.

WARRANTS RELATING TO THE ISSUANCE OF THE UNITS

     Intersil Holding originally issued and sold warrants, referred to as the
Warrants, to Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, J.P. Morgan Securities,
Inc. and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. pursuant to a private placement by Intersil
Holding and Intersil of 200,000 units, each unit consisting of one old note and
one Warrant to purchase 27.7778 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $.01,
of Intersil Holding at an exercise price (the "Exercise Price") of $0.001. The
Exercise Price and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise
of a Warrant are both subject to adjustment in certain cases. The Warrants
initially entitle the holders thereof to acquire, in the aggregate, 5,555,560
shares of Class A Common Stock.

     The Warrants may be exercised at any time after the first anniversary of
the issue date of the units; provided, however, that holder of Warrants will be
able to exercise their Warrants only if a shelf registration

                                       68
<PAGE>

statement relating to the Class A Common Stock underlying the Warrants is
effective or the exercise of such Warrants is exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act, and such securities are qualified for sale
or exempt from qualification under the applicable securities laws of the states
or other jurisdictions in which such holders reside. Intersil Holding has filed
a shelf registration statement to cover the Warrants for resale and in the
issuance of the Class A Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrants, but the
Securities and Exchange Commission has not yet declared it effective. Unless
earlier exercised, the Warrants will expire on August 15, 2009 (the "Expiration
Date"). Intersil Holding will give notice of expiration not less than 90 nor
more than 120 days prior to the Expiration Date to the registered holders of the
then outstanding Warrants. If Intersil Holding fails to give such notice, the
Warrants will nevertheless expire and become void on the Expiration Date.

     At Intersil Holding's option, fractional shares of Class A Common Stock may
not be issued upon exercise of the Warrants. If any fraction of a share of Class
A Common Stock would, except for the foregoing provision, be issuable upon the
exercise of any such Warrants (or specified portion thereof), Intersil Holding
will pay an amount in cash equal to the current market value per share of Class
A Common Stock, as determined on the day immediately preceding the date the
Warrant is presented for exercise, multiplied by such fraction, computed to the
nearest whole cent.

     Certificates for Warrants have been and will be issued in fully registered
form only. No service charge will be made for registration of transfer or
exchange upon surrender of any Warrant certificate at the office maintained for
that purpose by United States Trust Company of New York, as Warrant Agent.
Intersil Holding may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or
other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any
registration of transfer or exchange of Warrant certificates.

     The holders of unexercised Warrants are not entitled, by virtue of being
such holders, to receive dividends, to vote, to consent, to exercise any
preemptive rights or to receive notice as stockholders of Intersil Holding in
respect of any stockholders meeting for the election of directors of Intersil
Holding or any other purpose, or to exercise any other rights whatsoever as
stockholders of Intersil Holding.

     In the event a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding is
commenced by or against Intersil Holding, a bankruptcy court may hold that
unexercised Warrants are executory contracts which may be subject to rejection
by Intersil Holding with approval of the bankruptcy court. As a result, holders
of the Warrants may, even if sufficient funds are available, not be entitled to
receive any consideration or may receive an amount less than they would be
entitled to if they had exercised their Warrants prior to the commencement of
any such bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding.

WARRANTS RELATING TO THE 13.5% SUBORDINATED HOLDING PIK NOTE

     Intersil Holding issued to Citicorp Mezzanine Partners, L.P. warrants to
purchase Intersil Holding Class A Common Stock. These warrants entitle the
holder to purchase up to 5,555,560 shares of Class A Common Stock of Intersil
Holding until August 15, 2009 at an exercise price of $0.001 per share, subject
to certain anti-dilution adjustments in certain circumstances. If Intersil
Holding prepays in full the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note due 2010 within
24 months after the issuance thereof, these warrants will be exercisable for
3,333,336 shares of the Intersil Holding Class A Common Stock. See "Description
of Certain Indebtedness--13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note due 2010."

SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

     The shareholders of Intersil Holding entered into a Securities Purchase and
Holders Agreement (the "Shareholders' Agreement") containing certain agreements
among such shareholders with respect to the capital stock and corporate
governance of us and Intersil Holding.

     According to the Shareholders' Agreement, our Board of Directors and the
Board of Directors of Intersil Holding must be composed of up to five directors
as follows: our chief executive officer; one individual designated by Sterling;
up to two independent directors designated by Sterling (to the extent permitted
by applicable law as determined by Sterling in its sole discretion), subject to
the right of the majority of holders of the outstanding shares of Intersil
Holding Class A Common Stock to veto the election of any such independent
director, provided that in the event that Sterling concludes that it is unable
to designate, or elects not to designate for any reason, one or more of such
independent directors or the election of any such independent director is not
approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Intersil

                                       69
<PAGE>

Holding Class A Common Stock, such directorship(s) shall not be filled by the
remaining members of the Board of Directors but shall remain vacant until the
election of a director designated by Sterling to fill such vacancy in accordance
with the Shareholders' Agreement. When our Board of Directors includes two
independent directors, Sterling shall have the right to designate one additional
individual. However, if Sterling at any time owns of record in excess of 50% of
the Intersil Holding Class A Common Stock then outstanding, then our Board of
Directors shall consist of our chief executive officer and up to four
individuals designated by Sterling in its sole discretion.

     The Shareholders' Agreement contains certain provisions which, with some
exceptions, restrict the ability of the shareholders to transfer any Intersil
Holding Common Stock or Intersil Holding Preferred Stock. If holders of more
than 50% of the Intersil Holding Common Stock approve the sale of Intersil or
Intersil Holding, each shareholder has agreed to consent to such sale and, if
such sale includes the sale of stock, each shareholder has agreed to sell all of
such shareholder's Intersil Holding Common Stock and Intersil Holding Preferred
Stock on the terms and conditions approved by holders of a majority of the
Intersil Holding Common Stock then outstanding. In the event Intersil Holding
proposes to issue and sell (other than in a public offering under a registration
statement declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission) any
shares of Intersil Holding Common Stock or any securities containing options or
rights to acquire any shares of Intersil Holding Common Stock or any securities
convertible into Intersil Holding Common Stock to Citicorp Venture Capital Ltd.,
Sterling or any of their respective affiliates, Intersil Holding must first
offer to each of the other shareholders a pro rata portion of such shares. Such
preemptive rights are not applicable to the issuance of shares of Intersil
Holding Common Stock upon the conversion of shares of one class of Intersil
Holding Common Stock into shares of the other class. Subject to certain
limitations, neither Sterling, nor any of its respective affiliates, may sell
any of its shares of Intersil Holding Preferred Stock or Intersil Holding Common
Stock without offering the other shareholders a pro rata opportunity to
participate in such sale.

     The Shareholders' Agreement also provides for additional restrictions on
transfer of shares by Management Investors, including the right of Intersil
Holding to repurchase some of the Management Investors' shares of Intersil
Holding Common Stock upon termination of such shareholder's employment prior to
August 2004, at a formula price, and the grant of a right of first refusal in
favor of Intersil Holding in the event a Management Investor elects to transfer
its shares of Intersil Holding Common Stock or Intersil Holding Preferred Stock.

1999 EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

     Intersil Holding adopted the 1999 Equity Compensation Plan, effective
August 13, 1999 (the "Plan"). Pursuant to the Plan, Intersil Holding will be
able to grant to our salaried officers and key employees options for up to
3,000,000 shares of Intersil Holding Class A Common Stock. The Plan will
authorize Intersil Holding to grant either (1) options intended to constitute
incentive stock options under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (2)
non-qualified stock options, (3) shares of restricted stock, (4) stock
appreciation rights or (5) phantom share awards. Under the Plan, a committee of
the Board of Directors of Intersil Holding will determine the exercise price of
each option granted, provided that the minimum exercise price is equal to the
fair market value of the underlying stock on the date the option is granted. The
maximum term of any option will be ten years from the date of grant for
incentive stock options and ten years and one day from the date of grant for
non-qualified stock options. Options granted will be exercisable at the
determination of the Board of Directors of Intersil Holding, and the options
will vest ratably over about five years. Within any one-year period, an employee
may not receive options to purchase more than 1,000,000 shares of Intersil
Holding Class A Common Stock. Options to acquire 2,310,000 shares of Intersil
Holding Class A Common Stock were granted, effective as of August 14, 1999.

     In addition to options, the committee may award restricted stock, stock
appreciation rights and phantom share awards under the Plan.

     A grant of restricted stock represents the right to become the owner of
that stock upon the lapse of the specified restrictions, which will usually
require the performance of substantial additional services to Intersil Holding
by the recipient of the grant. If the restrictions are not satisfied, the
restricted stock is forfeited. If the restrictions are satisfied, the individual
in question becomes the owner of those shares. In the interim, the

                                       70
<PAGE>

individual is entitled to any dividends that may be paid on the restricted
shares and is allowed to vote them. The individual cannot, however, sell, assign
or otherwise transfer the subject shares.

     A stock appreciation right entitles the recipient to a payment, in cash or
in shares of Intersil Holding Class A Common Stock of an amount equal to the
excess of the fair market value of Intersil Holding Class A Common Stock on the
date the stock appreciation right is exercised over the "exercise price" of the
stock appreciation right, which will usually be the fair market value of the
subject Intersil Holding Class A Common Stock on the date the stock appreciation
right is granted.

     A phantom stock award entitles the recipient to a payment in cash or in
shares of Intersil Holding Class A Common Stock of an amount equal to the
appreciation in the value of the underlying Intersil Holding Class A Common
Stock over the period from the grant of the phantom share award to the date of
settlement specified in the award.

     The terms and conditions of grants of restricted stock, stock appreciation
rights and phantom stock awards will be governed by the Plan and by the terms of
the agreement making the grant or award, as determined by the committee of the
Board of Directors.

     Any Intersil Holding Class A Common Stock awarded as restricted stock,
awarded upon exercise of a stock appreciation right or awarded in settlement of
a phantom stock award will count against the 3,000,000 share overall limit under
the Plan and against the 1,000,000 individual annual limit.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

     In connection with their entry into the Shareholders' Agreement, Intersil
Holding, Sterling, the Management Investors, Harris and the other shareholders
of Intersil Holding entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the
"Registration Rights Agreement"). According to the Registration Rights
Agreement, upon the written request of Sterling and subject to Intersil
Holding's option to defer action for 180 days, Intersil Holding will prepare and
file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission
concerning the distribution of all or part of the shares held by Sterling and
use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.
If at any time Intersil Holding files a registration statement for the Intersil
Holding Common Stock pursuant to a request by Sterling or otherwise (other than
a registration statement on Form S-8, Form S-4 or any similar form filed in
connection with an exchange offer or an offering solely to Intersil Holding's
employees or existing shareholders, or a registration statement registering a
unit offering (as defined)), Intersil Holding will use its best efforts to allow
the other parties to the Registration Rights Agreement to have their shares of
Intersil Holding Common Stock (or a portion of their shares under certain
circumstances) included in such registered offering of Intersil Holding Common
Stock. Registration expenses of the selling shareholders (other than
underwriting commissions, brokerage fees and transfer taxes applicable to the
shares sold by such shareholders or in certain cases the fees and expenses of
any accountants or other representatives retained by a selling shareholder) will
be paid by Intersil Holding.

                                       71
<PAGE>


                      DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

     The following is a summary of certain indebtedness of Intersil and of
Intersil Holding. To the extent such summary contains descriptions of our senior
credit facilities and other loan documents, such descriptions do not purport to
be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such documents,
which are available upon request to us.

SENIOR CREDIT FACILITIES

     General.  In connection with the Transactions we entered into the senior
credit facilities with a syndicate of certain financial institutions, as
lenders, Credit Suisse First Boston, as the Administrative Agent, Salomon Smith
Barney Inc., as Syndication Agent, and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
York, as Documentation Agent. The description below is a summary of the
principal terms of the senior credit facilities and related loan documents.

     The senior credit facilities provide for up to $275.0 million of aggregate
borrowing capacity for Intersil, consisting of:

     o a secured $205.0 million funded term loan (the "Tranche B Senior Term
       Facility"); and

     o a secured $70.0 million revolving line of credit, $15.0 million of which
       was funded at closing of the acquisition of the semiconductor business
       (the "Revolving Credit Facility").

     Use of the Senior Credit Facilities.  We used the proceeds from the senior
credit facilities, together with $30.0 million of proceeds from the 13.5%
Subordinated Holding PIK Note due 2010, $90.0 million of proceeds from the
11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note due 2010, the proceeds of the unit offering and
the equity contribution from Intersil Holding, (i) to fund the acquisition of
the semiconductor business, (ii) to pay related fees and expenses and (iii) for
general corporate purposes.

     Guaranties; Security.  Our obligations under the senior credit facilities
are unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by Intersil Holding and
each of Intersil's existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic
subsidiaries. Our obligations and those of such guarantors under the senior
credit facilities are secured by a pledge of all of our capital stock and by
substantially all of the assets of Intersil Holding, our Company and each of our
existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic (and, to the extent no
adverse tax consequences will result, foreign) subsidiaries. No foreign
subsidiary is required to guarantee the senior credit facilities and less than
two-thirds of the capital stock of certain foreign subsidiaries is required to
be pledged to secure the senior credit facilities.

     Amortization; Interest; Fees; Maturity.  The Senior Term Facility is
subject to certain specified amortization payments required to be made in
quarterly installments until final payment is made upon maturity. The Revolving
Credit Facility is available until 2005 unless terminated earlier under certain
circumstances.

     Our borrowings under the senior credit facilities bear interest at a rate
equal to, at our option, either (i) the base rate (which is based on the prime
rate most recently announced by the Administrative Agent or the Federal Funds
rate plus one-half of 1%) or (ii) the applicable London interbank offered rate,
in each case plus the applicable margin. In addition, the senior credit
facilities are subject to a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum of the undrawn
portion of the Revolving Credit Facility, and letter of credit fees with respect
to each letter of credit outstanding under the senior credit facilities equal to
(i) the applicable margin over the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (as defined in the Credit
Agreement) in effect for loans under the Revolving Credit Facility and (ii)
0.25% per annum on the face amount of all outstanding letters of credit.

     Prepayments.  The loans under the Senior Term Facility are required to be
prepaid with certain asset and capital stock sales and dispositions, certain
incurrences of indebtedness, certain offerings of common equity securities and
by certain percentages of our annual Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Credit
Agreement). Voluntary prepayments may be made in whole or in part without
premium or penalty.

     Covenants and Events of Default.  The senior credit facilities contain,
among other things, covenants restricting our ability and our subsidiaries'
ability to dispose of assets, merge, pay dividends, repurchase or

                                       72

<PAGE>

redeem capital stock and indebtedness (including the notes), incur indebtedness
or guaranties, create liens, enter into agreements with negative pledge clauses,
make certain investments or acquisitions, enter into sale and leaseback
transactions, enter into transactions with affiliates, change our business or
make fundamental changes, and otherwise restrict corporate actions. The senior
credit facilities also contain a number of financial maintenance covenants.

     The senior credit facilities also include events of default usual for these
types of credit facilities and transactions, including but not limited to
nonpayment of principal or interest, violation of covenants, incorrectness of
representations and warranties, cross defaults and cross acceleration,
bankruptcy, material judgments, ERISA, actual or asserted invalidity of the
guaranties or the security documents and certain changes of control of Intersil.
The occurrence of any event of default could result in the acceleration of
Intersil's and the guarantors' obligations under the senior credit facilities,
which could materially and adversely affect you.

SUBSIDIARY CREDIT FACILITIES

     Upon consummation of the exchange offer, certain of our subsidiaries may
incur certain indebtedness. As an obligation of any of our subsidiaries, such
indebtedness would be effectively senior, as to the assets of such subsidiary,
to our obligations under the new notes. It is expected that the debt instruments
evidencing such indebtedness will contain customary terms and conditions,
covenants and events of default.

13.5% SUBORDINATED HOLDING PIK NOTE DUE 2010

     In connection with the Transactions, Intersil Holding issued to Citicorp
Mezzanine Partners, L.P. the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note due 2010 in the
original principal amount of $30.0 million. The 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK
Note due 2010 matures on July 15, 2010 and bears interest at an annual rate
equal to 13.5%. To the extent any Intersil Holding Senior Debt prohibits
Intersil Holding from paying interest due on the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK
Note due 2010 in cash, such interest shall be paid by adding such interest to
the then outstanding principal amount of the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note
due 2010. Such amount shall accrue interest as a portion of the principal amount
of the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note due 2010 from the applicable interest
payment date. Under certain circumstances, interest on the 13.5% Subordinated
Holding PIK Note due 2010 may not be deductible until paid. The 13.5%
Subordinated Holding PIK Note due 2010 is subordinated to Intersil Holding
obligations (including guarantees, if any, from time to time) under the senior
credit facilities, the notes and certain other indebtedness of Intersil Holding,
other than indebtedness which by its terms is pari passu or junior in right of
payment to the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note due 2010. The 13.5%
Subordinated Holding PIK Note is senior to the 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note.
Intersil Holding may prepay the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note due 2010 at
any time in whole or in part at 100% of the principal amount thereof plus (a)
accrued and unpaid interest to the date of prepayment and (b) certain prepayment
premiums set forth in the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note due 2010. See
"Ownership of Capital Stock--Warrant."

11.13% SELLER HOLDING PIK NOTE DUE 2010

     In connection with the Transactions, Intersil Holding issued to Harris the
Seller Holding PIK Note due 2010 in the original principal amount of $90.0
million. The Seller Holding PIK Note matures in 2010 and bears interest at an
annual rate equal to 11.13%. Intersil Holding may pay interest on the 11.13%
Seller Holding PIK Note by issuing additional 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Notes.
Intersil Holding may redeem the 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note at any time in
whole or in part at 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the date of redemption. In addition, upon a "change in control"
Intersil Holding is required to redeem the 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note at
face value subject to some conditions. The 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note
contains some covenants in favor of the holder, including but not limited to:
(1) restrictions on the payment by Intersil Holding and its subsidiaries of
dividends and the purchase, redemption or prepayment by Intersil Holding and its
subsidiaries of its capital stock or indebtedness which, by its terms or by
operation of law, ranks pari passu or is junior in right of payment to the
11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note and (2) restrictions on subsidiaries entering
into agreements (other than with respect to the 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note)
restricting their ability to pay dividends or make certain

                                       73

<PAGE>

other distributions to Intersil Holding or any subsidiary of Intersil Holding.
The 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note is subordinated to Intersil Holding's
obligations (including guaranties, if any, from time to time) under our senior
credit facilities and the notes and is subordinated to certain other
indebtedness of Intersil Holding, other than indebtedness which by its terms is
pari passu or junior in right of payment to the 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note
(the "Intersil Holding Senior Debt"). Until such Intersil Holding Senior Debt is
paid in full, Intersil Holding may not make any payment of principal or interest
to the 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note Holder: (1) following the maturity of any
Intersil Holding Senior Debt (either by lapse, acceleration or otherwise) that
has not been paid in full; (2) following a payment default on Intersil Holding
Senior Debt or (3) following a nonpayment default on Intersil Holding Senior
Debt (until (a) such non-payment default shall have been cured or waived, (b)
certain events of default relating to bankruptcy under the 11.13% Seller Holding
PIK Note shall have occurred, (c) the senior credit facilities or notes shall
have become due and payable upon acceleration or (d) 180 days shall have elapsed
after notice of such non-payment default has been received by Intersil Holding).
Except for certain events of bankruptcy, the consent of 11.13% Seller Holding
PIK Note holders holding 25% or more of the principal amount of the 11.13%
Seller Holding PIK Note is required to accelerate the payment of principal upon
an event of default. If any Intersil Holding Senior Debt is outstanding at the
time of an acceleration of the 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note, the 11.13% Seller
Holding PIK Note becomes due and payable upon the earlier of acceleration of
such Intersil Holding Senior Debt or thirty days following notice of
acceleration of the 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note being given to the agent for
Intersil Holding Senior Debt holders. An event of default under the 11.13%
Seller Holding PIK Note includes, among other things, failure to pay principal
or interest when due, failure to comply with the material terms of the 11.13%
Seller Holding PIK Note following notice, failure to pay certain material
indebtedness of Intersil Holding and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency.

12% JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES DUE 2011

     At Intersil Holding's option, Intersil Holding may issue 12% Junior
Subordinated Debentures due 2011 to holders of Intersil Holding Preferred Stock
in exchange for shares of Intersil Holding Preferred Stock in the original
principal amount of $1,000 per share of Intersil Holding Preferred Stock plus an
amount per share equal to the full accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends
thereon. The 12% Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2011 will mature on June 30,
2011 and will bear interest at an annual rate equal to 12%. To the extent any
Intersil Holding Senior Debt prohibits Intersil Holding from paying interest due
on the 12% Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2011 in cash, such interest shall
be paid by adding such interest to the then outstanding principal amount of the
12% Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2011. Such amount shall accrue interest
as a portion of the principal amount of the 12% Junior Subordinated Debentures
due 2011 from the applicable interest payment date. The 12% Junior Subordinated
Debentures due 2011 will be subordinated to Intersil Holding's obligations
(including guaranties, if any, from time to time) under the senior credit
facilities, the notes, the 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note and certain other
indebtedness, other than indebtedness which by its terms is pari passu or junior
in right of payment to the 12% Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2011. The 12%
Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2011 contain certain covenants in favor of
the holder that are no more burdensome, in any material respect, to us than our
covenants under the notes. Intersil Holding may prepay the 12% Junior
Subordinated Debentures due 2011 at any time in whole or in part at 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
prepayment.

                                       74

<PAGE>

                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

GENERAL

     Intersil issued the old notes under an indenture, dated as of August 13,
1999 (the "Indenture"), between itself and United States Trust Company of New
York, as trustee (the "Trustee"). The terms of the notes include those stated in
the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 (the "Trust Indenture Act").

     Certain terms used in this description are defined under the caption
"--Certain Definitions." In this description, the word "Company" refers only to
Intersil Corporation and not to any of its subsidiaries.

     The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of
the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. We urge you to read the
Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement because they, and not this
description, define your rights as holders of these notes. You may request
copies of these agreements at our address set forth under "Where You Can Find
More Information."

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

  The Notes

     These notes:

          o are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company;

          o are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future
            Senior Indebtedness of the Company;

          o are senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated
            Obligations of the Company; and

          o are subject to registration with the SEC pursuant to the
            Registration Rights Agreement.

  The Guaranties

     The Holdings Guaranty and each Subsidiary Guaranty:

          o unconditionally guarantee the obligations of the Company under the
            Notes; and

          o are senior subordinated obligations of Holdings and the relevant
            Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be.

PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST

     The Company issued the notes initially in the principal amount of $200.0
million. The Company will issue the Notes in denominations of $1,000 and any
integral multiple of $1,000. The notes will mature on August 15, 2009. Subject
to our compliance with the covenant described under the caption "--Certain
Covenants--Limitation on Indebtedness," we are permitted to issue more notes
under the Indenture in an unlimited principal amount ("Additional Notes"). Any
such Additional Notes that are actually issued will be treated as issued and
outstanding notes (and as the same class as the initial notes) for all purposes
of the Indenture and this "Description of the Notes," unless the context
indicates otherwise.

     Interest on these notes will accrue at the rate of 13 1/4% per annum and
will be payable semiannually in arrears on February 15 and August 15, commencing
on February 15, 2000. The Company will make each interest payment to the holders
of record of these notes on the immediately preceding February 1 and August 1.
We will pay interest on overdue principal at 1% per annum in excess of the above
rate and will pay interest on overdue installments of interest at such higher
rate to the extent lawful.

                                       75

<PAGE>

     Interest on these notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or,
if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid.
Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve
30-day months.

     Additional interest may accrue on the notes in certain circumstances
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

     Except as set forth below, we will not be entitled to redeem the notes at
our option prior to August 15, 2004.

     On and after August 15, 2004, we will be entitled at our option to redeem
all or a portion of these notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days'
notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount)
set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the
applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning
on August 15 in the years indicated below:

YEAR                                                           PERCENTAGE
- - ----                                                           ----------
2004........................................................    106.625%
2005........................................................    104.969
2006........................................................    103.313
2007........................................................    101.656
2008 and thereafter.........................................    100.000

     In addition, prior to August 15, 2002, we may at our option on one or more
occasions redeem notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) in an aggregate
principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of notes
(which includes Additional Notes, if any) originally issued at a redemption
price of 113 1/4% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds
from one or more Equity Offerings; provided, however, that

          (1) at least 65% of such aggregate principal amount of notes (which
              includes Additional Notes, if any) remains outstanding immediately
              after the occurrence of each such redemption (other than Notes
              held, directly or indirectly, by the Company or its Affiliates)
              and

          (2) each such redemption occurs within 90 days after the date of the
              related Equity Offering.

SELECTION AND NOTICE OF REDEMPTION

     If we are redeeming less than all the notes at any time, the Trustee will
select notes on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee
in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate.

     Notes redeemed in part will be redeemed only in principal amounts of
$1,000. We will cause notices of redemption to be mailed by first-class mail at
least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of
notes to be redeemed at its registered address.

     If any note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that
relates to that note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to
be redeemed. We will issue a new note in principal amount equal to the
unredeemed portion of the original note in the name of the holder thereof upon
cancelation of the original note. Notes called for redemption become due on the
date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to
accrue on notes or portions of them called for redemption.

GUARANTIES

     Holdings and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors will jointly and severally
guarantee, on a senior subordinated basis, our obligations under the notes. Each
Subsidiary Guaranty will be limited as necessary to prevent such Subsidiary
Guaranty from being rendered voidable under applicable law relating to
fraudulent

                                       76

<PAGE>

conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of
creditors generally. See "Risk Factors--Fraudulent Conveyance Matters."

     Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment under its Subsidiary
Guaranty will be entitled to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor
in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary Guarantor's pro rata portion of such
payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at
the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

     If a Subsidiary Guaranty were to be rendered voidable, it could be
subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and
other contingent liabilities) of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor and,
depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Subsidiary Guarantor's liability
on its Subsidiary Guaranty could be reduced to zero.

     Pursuant to the Indenture, Holdings or a Subsidiary Guarantor may
consolidate with, merge with or into, or transfer all or substantially all its
assets to any other Person to the extent described below under "--Certain
Covenants--Merger and Consolidation;" provided, however, that if such other
Person is not the Company, Holdings' obligations under the Holdings Guaranty or
such Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations under its Subsidiary Guaranty, as the
case may be, must be expressly assumed by such other Person.

     A Subsidiary Guarantor will be released and relieved from all its
obligations under its Subsidiary Guaranty:

          (1) upon the sale or other disposition (including by way of
              consolidation or merger) of such Subsidiary Guarantor; or

          (2) upon the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the
              assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor;

in each case other than to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company and as
permitted by the Indenture.

RANKING

  Notes and Guaranties versus Senior Indebtedness

     The indebtedness evidenced by the notes, the Holdings Guaranty and the
Subsidiary Guaranties are senior subordinated obligations of the Company,
Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be. The payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes and the payment of the
Holdings Guaranty and any Subsidiary Guaranty is subordinate in right of
payment, as set forth in the Indenture, to the prior payment in full in cash
when due of all Obligations with respect to Senior Indebtedness of the Company,
Holdings or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, whether
outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred, including the obligations
of the Company, Holdings and such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Credit
Agreement.

     As of July 2, 1999, after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions:

          (1) the Senior Indebtedness of the Company would have been
              approximately $224.6 million, consisting primarily of $220.0
              million of secured indebtedness under the Credit Agreement;

          (2) the Senior Indebtedness of Holdings would have been $220.0
              million, consisting of the Holdings' senior guaranty of the
              Company's obligations under the Credit Agreement; and

          (3) the Senior Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantors would have
              been $220.0 million, consisting of the Subsidiary Guarantors'
              senior guaranty of the Company's obligations under the Credit
              Agreement.

     In addition, the Company would have had additional availability of $55.0
million for borrowings of Senior Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement.
Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional
Indebtedness that the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may incur, under
certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and,
in any case, such Indebtedness may be Senior Indebtedness. See "--Certain
Covenants--Limitation on Indebtedness."

                                       77

<PAGE>

  Guaranties versus Other Liabilities of Subsidiaries

     A portion of the operations of the Company are conducted through its
subsidiaries. None of our foreign subsidiaries are guaranteeing the notes.
Claims of creditors of such non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade
creditors, secured creditors and creditors holding indebtedness and guarantees
issued by such non-guarantor subsidiaries, and claims of preferred stockholders,
if any, of such non-guarantor subsidiaries generally will have priority with
respect to the assets and earnings of such non-guarantor subsidiaries over the
claims of creditors of the Company, including holders of the notes, even if such
obligations do not constitute Senior Indebtedness. The notes, the Holdings
Guaranty and each Subsidiary Guaranty, therefore, will be effectively
subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders
of such non-guarantor subsidiaries of the Company. See "Risk
Factors--Subordination."

     Although the Indenture limits the incurrence of Indebtedness and preferred
stock of certain of the Company's subsidiaries, such limitation is subject to a
number of significant qualifications. Moreover, the Indenture does not impose
any limitation on the incurrence by such subsidiaries of liabilities that are
not considered Indebtedness or Preferred Stock under the Indenture. See
"--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Indebtedness." Therefore, our subsidiaries,
including in particular the non-guarantor subsidiaries, could have substantial
liabilities.

  Notes and Guaranties versus Other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness

     Only Indebtedness of the Company, Holdings or a Subsidiary Guarantor that
is Senior Indebtedness will rank senior to the notes, the Holdings Guaranty and
the relevant Subsidiary Guaranty in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture. The Notes, the Holdings Guaranty and each Subsidiary Guaranty will in
all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of
the Company, Holdings and the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor, respectively.

     The Company, Holdings and each Subsidiary Guarantor have agreed in the
Indenture that they will not Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness
that is subordinate or junior in ranking in right of payment to its Senior
Indebtedness unless such Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or is
expressly subordinated in right of payment to Senior Subordinated Indebtedness.
Unsecured Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured
Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured.

  Payment of Notes

     We are not permitted to pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest on,
the notes or make any deposit pursuant to the provisions described under
"--Defeasance" below and may not repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire any
notes (collectively, "pay the notes") if either of the following (each, a
"Payment Default") occurs:

          (1) any Obligations with respect to Senior Indebtedness are not paid
              in full when due; or

          (2) any other default on Senior Indebtedness occurs and the maturity
              of such Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its
              terms;

unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any
such acceleration has been rescinded in writing or such Senior Indebtedness has
been paid in full in cash. Regardless of the foregoing, we are permitted to pay
the notes without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee receive
written notice approving such payment from the Representative of the Senior
Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is
continuing.

     During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) with
respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity
thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such
notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any
applicable grace periods, we are not permitted to pay the notes for a period (a
"Payment Blockage Period") commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a
copy to the Company) of written notice (a "Blockage Notice") of such default
from the Representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness

                                       78

<PAGE>

specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days
thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period will end earlier if such Payment
Blockage Period is terminated:

          (1) by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person
              or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice;

          (2) because no defaults continue in existence which would permit the
              acceleration of the maturity of any Designated Senior Indebtedness
              at such time; or

          (3) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been repaid in
              full in cash.

Notwithstanding the provisions described above, unless the holders of such
Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders have
accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, or any Payment
Default otherwise exists, we are permitted to resume payments on the notes after
the end of such Payment Blockage Period. The notes shall not be subject to more
than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective
of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during
such period, except that if any Blockage Notice is delivered to the Trustee by
or on behalf of holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness (other than holders of
the Bank Indebtedness), a Representative of holders of Bank Indebtedness may
give another Blockage Notice within such period. However, in no event may the
total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in
effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any 360 consecutive day period,
and there must be 181 days during any 360-day consecutive period during which no
Payment Blockage Period is in effect.

     Upon any payment or distribution by the Company upon any liquidation,
dissolution, winding up, assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshalling
of assets of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property:

          (1) the holders of Senior Indebtedness will be entitled to receive
              payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to such
              Senior Indebtedness before the Noteholders are entitled to receive
              any payment or distribution; and

          (2) until all Obligations with respect to Senior Indebtedness are paid
              in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Noteholders
              would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of the
              Indenture will be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as
              their interests may appear.

     If a distribution is made to Noteholders that, due to the subordination
provisions, should not have been made to them, such Noteholders are required to
hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness and pay it over to them
as their interests may appear.

     If payment of the notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, we
or the Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior
Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders of the acceleration. If any
Designated Senior Indebtedness is outstanding at the time of such acceleration,
neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor may pay the notes until five
Business Days after the Representatives of all the issues of Designated Senior
Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the
notes only if the Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.

     The obligations of Holdings under the Holdings Guaranty and of a Subsidiary
Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guaranty are senior subordinated obligations. As
such, the rights of Noteholders to receive payment by Holdings or by a
Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the Holdings Guaranty or a Subsidiary Guaranty
will be subordinated in right of payment to the rights of holders of Senior
Indebtedness of Holdings or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be. The
terms of the subordination provisions described above with respect to the
Company's obligations under the notes apply equally to Holdings and a Subsidiary
Guarantor and the obligations of Holdings and such Subsidiary Guarantor under
the Holdings Guaranty or a Subsidiary Guaranty, as the case may be.

     By reason of the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture, in
the event of insolvency, creditors of the Company, Holdings or a Subsidiary
Guarantor who are holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, Holdings or a
Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, may recover more, ratably, than the

                                       79

<PAGE>

Noteholders, and creditors of the Company who are not holders of Senior
Indebtedness may recover less, ratably, than holders of Senior Indebtedness and
may recover more, ratably, than the Noteholders.

     The terms of the subordination provisions described above will not apply to
payments from money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in trust
by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the notes
pursuant to the provisions described under "--Defeasance," if the foregoing
subordination provisions were not violated at the time the respective amounts
were deposited pursuant to such defeasance provisions.

BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

     The old notes were, and the new notes will be, issued in the form of one or
more global notes (the "Global Note") deposited with, or on behalf of, the
Depository and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee. Except
as set forth below, the Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in
part, only to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository. You may hold
your beneficial interests in the Global Note directly through the Depository if
you have an account with the Depository or indirectly through organizations
which have accounts with the Depository.

     The Depository has advised Intersil as follows: the Depository is a
limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York,
a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the
meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and "a clearing agency"
registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. The
Depository was created to hold securities of institutions that have accounts
with the Depository ("participants") and to facilitate the clearance and
settlement of securities transactions among its participants in such securities
through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the participants, thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. The
Depository's participants include securities brokers and dealers (which may
include the initial purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations
and other organizations. Access to the Depository's book-entry system is also
available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies
(collectively, the "indirect participants") that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a participant, whether directly or indirectly.

     Intersil expects that pursuant to procedures established by the Depository,
upon the deposit of the Global Note with the Depository, the Depository will
credit, on its book-entry registration and transfer system, the principal amount
of notes represented by such Global Note to the accounts of participants. The
accounts to be credited shall be designated by the initial purchasers. Ownership
of beneficial interests in the Global Note will be limited to participants or
persons that may hold interests through participants. Ownership of beneficial
interests in the Global Note will be shown on, and the transfer of those
ownership interests will be effected only through, records maintained by the
Depository (with respect to participants' interest), and the participants and
the indirect participants (with respect to the owners of beneficial interests in
the Global Note other than participants). The laws of some jurisdictions may
require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such
securities in definitive form. Such limits and laws may impair the ability to
transfer or pledge beneficial interests in the Global Note.

     So long as the Depository, or its nominee, is the registered holder and
owner of the Global Note, the Depository or such nominee, as the case may be,
will be considered the sole legal owner and holder of any related notes
evidenced by the Global Note for all purposes of such notes and the indenture.
Except as set forth below, as an owner of a beneficial interest in the Global
Note, you will not be entitled to have the notes represented by the Global Note
registered in your name, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical
delivery of certificated notes and will not be considered to be the owner or
holder of any notes under the Global Note. We understand that under existing
industry practice, in the event an owner of a beneficial interest in the Global
Note desires to take any action that the Depository, as the holder of the Global
Note, is entitled to take, the Depository would authorize the participants to
take such action, and that the participants would authorize beneficial owners
owning through such participants to take such action or would otherwise act upon
the instructions of beneficial owners owning through them.

                                       80

<PAGE>

     We will make payments of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
notes represented by the Global Note registered in the name of and held by the
Depository or its nominee to the Depository or its nominee, as the case may be,
as the registered owner and holder of the Global Note.

     We expect that the Depository or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment
of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Global Note, will credit
participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their
respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the Global Note as
shown on the records of the Depository or its nominee. We also expect that
payments by participants or indirect participants to owners of beneficial
interests in the Global Note held through such participants or indirect
participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices
and will be the responsibility of such participants or indirect participants. We
will not have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records
relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in
the Global Note for any note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
records relating to such beneficial ownership interests or for any other aspect
of the relationship between the Depository and its participants or indirect
participants or the relationship between such participants or indirect
participants and the owners of beneficial interests in the Global Note owning
through such participants or indirect participants.

     Although the Depository has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to
facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Note among participants of the
Depository, it is under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such
procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither the
Trustee nor Intersil will have any responsibility or liability for the
performance by the Depository or its participants or indirect participants of
their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their
operations.

CERTIFICATED NOTES

     Subject to conditions, the notes represented by the Global Note are
exchangeable for certificated notes in definitive form of like tenor in
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof if:

          (1) the Depository notifies Intersil that it is unwilling or unable to
              continue as Depository for the Global Note or if at any time the
              Depository ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the
              Exchange Act and, in either case, we are unable to appoint a
              qualified successor within 90 days;

          (2) we in our discretion at any time determine not to have all the
              notes represented by the Global Note; or

          (3) a default entitling the holders of the notes to accelerate the
              maturity thereof has occurred and is continuing.

     Any note that is exchangeable as above is exchangeable for certificated
notes issuable in authorized denominations and registered in such names as the
Depository shall direct. Subject to the foregoing, the Global Note is not
exchangeable, except for a Global Note of the same aggregate denomination to be
registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee. In addition, such
certificates will bear the legend referred to under "Transfer Restrictions"
(unless we determine otherwise in accordance with applicable law), subject, with
respect to such certificated notes, to the provisions of such legend.

REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER; REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     We have agreed pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement with the
Initial Purchasers that we will, subject to certain exceptions,

          (1) within 90 days after the Issue Date, file a registration statement
              (the "Exchange Offer Registration Statement") with the SEC with
              respect to a registered offer (the "Registered Exchange Offer") to
              exchange the notes for new notes of the Company (the "Exchange
              Notes") having terms substantially identical in all material
              respects to the notes (except that the Exchange Notes will not
              contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions);

                                       81

<PAGE>

          (2) use our best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration
              Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within
              150 days after the Issue Date;

          (3) upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration
              Statement, offer the new notes in exchange for surrender of the
              Notes; and

          (4) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days
              (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of
              the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the holders of the
              notes.

     For each note surrendered to us pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer,
we will issue a new note having a principal amount equal to that of the
surrendered Note. Interest on each new note will accrue from the last interest
payment date on which interest was paid on the note surrendered in exchange
thereof or, if no interest has been paid on such note, from the date of its
original issue.

     Under existing SEC interpretations, the new notes would be freely
transferable by holders other than our affiliates after the Registered Exchange
Offer without further registration under the Securities Act if the holder of the
new notes represents that it is acquiring the new notes in the ordinary course
of its business, that it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution of the new notes and that it is not an affiliate
of the Company, as such terms are interpreted by the SEC; provided, however,
that broker-dealers ("Participating Broker-Dealers") receiving new notes in the
Registered Exchange Offer will have a prospectus delivery requirement with
respect to resales of such new notes. The SEC has taken the position that
Participating Broker-Dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements
with respect to new notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the
original sale of the notes) with the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement.

     Under the Registration Rights Agreement, we are required to allow
Participating Broker-Dealers and other persons, if any, with similar prospectus
delivery requirements to use the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in connection with the resale of such new notes.

     A Holder of notes (other than certain specified holders) that wishes to
exchange such notes for new notes in the Registered Exchange Offer will be
required to represent that any new notes to be received by it will be acquired
in the ordinary course of its business and that at the time of the commencement
of the Registered Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities
Act) of the new notes and that it is not an "affiliate" of the Company, as
defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if it is an affiliate, that it
will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act to the extent applicable.

     In the event that:

          (1) applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC do not permit
              us to effect such a Registered Exchange Offer, or

          (2) for any other reason the Registered Exchange Offer is not
              consummated within 180 days of the Issue Date, or

          (3) an Initial Purchaser shall notify us following consummation of the
              Registered Exchange Offer that notes held by it are not eligible
              to be exchanged for new notes in the Registered Exchange Offer, or

          (4) certain holders are prohibited by law or SEC policy from
              participating in the Registered exchange offer or may not resell
              the new notes acquired by them in the Registered exchange offer to
              the public without delivering a prospectus,

then, we will, subject to certain exceptions,

          (1) promptly file a shelf registration statement (the "Shelf
              Registration Statement") covering resales of the notes or the new
              notes, as the case may be;

          (2) use our best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to
              be declared effective under the Securities Act; and

                                       82

<PAGE>

          (3) keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective until the earlier
              of (A) the time when the notes covered by the Shelf Registration
              Statement can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without any limitations
              under clauses (c), (e), (f) and (h) of Rule 144 and (B) two years
              from the Issue Date.

     We will, in the event a Shelf Registration Statement is filed, among other
things, provide to each holder for whom such Shelf Registration Statement was
filed copies of the prospectus which is a part of the Shelf Registration
Statement, notify each such holder when the Shelf Registration Statement has
become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit
unrestricted resales of the notes or the new notes, as the case may be. A holder
selling such notes or new notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement
generally would be required to be named as a selling security holder in the
related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to
certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection
with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the Registration Rights
Agreement that are applicable to such holder (including certain indemnification
obligations).

     We will pay additional cash interest on the notes, subject to certain
exceptions,

          (1) if the Company fails to file an Exchange Offer Registration
              Statement with the Commission on or prior to the 90th day after
              the Issue Date,

          (2) if the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared
              effective by the Commission on or prior to the 150th day after the
              Issue Date,

          (3) if the Exchange Offer is not consummated on or before the 40th day
              after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared
              effective,

          (4) if obligated to file the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company
              fails to file the Shelf Registration Statement with the Commission
              on or prior to the 45th day after such filing obligation arises,

          (5) if obligated to file the Shelf Registration Statement, the Shelf
              Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to
              the 140th day after the obligation to file a Shelf Registration
              Statement arises, or

          (6) after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf
              Registration Statement, as the case may be, is declared effective,
              such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or
              usable (subject to certain exceptions) in connection with resales
              of notes or new notes in accordance with and during the periods
              specified in the Registration Rights Agreement (each such event
              referred to in clauses (1) through (6), a "Registration Default").

     Additional cash interest will accrue on the notes and the new notes at the
rate of 0.50% per annum (increasing by 0.50% per annum at the end of each 90-day
period thereafter) from and including the date on which any such Registration
Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults
have been cured; provided, however, that in no event shall such additional
interest exceed 2.0% per annum. Such interest is payable in addition to any
other interest payable from time to time with respect to the notes and the new
notes.

     All references in the Indenture, in any context, to any amount of interest
or any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the notes shall be
deemed to include payment of any additional interest pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement.

     If we effect the Registered Exchange Offer, we will be entitled to close
the Registered Exchange Offer 30 days after the commencement thereof provided
that we have accepted all notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of
the Registered Exchange Offer.

CHANGE OF CONTROL

     Upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each a "Change of
Control"), each Holder shall have the right to require that the Company
repurchase such Holder's notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
purchase (subject

                                       83

<PAGE>

to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date):

          (1) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
              the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or
              becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5
              under the Exchange Act, except that such person shall be deemed to
              have "beneficial ownership" of all shares that any such person has
              the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable
              immediately or only after the passage of time or the satisfaction
              of any other conditions), directly or indirectly, of more than 50%
              of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company (for
              the purposes of this clause (1), such person shall be deemed to
              beneficially own any Voting Stock of a Person held by any other
              Person (the "parent entity"), if such person is the beneficial
              owner (as defined in this clause (1)), directly or indirectly, of
              more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the
              parent entity); provided, however, that notwithstanding the
              foregoing, CVC shall be deemed to beneficially own a majority of
              the voting power of the Voting Stock of Sterling (or any
              successor) so long as CVC, employees, officers and directors of
              CVC and corporations, partnerships and other entities at least a
              majority of the equity in which is held in the aggregate by CVC
              and its employees, officers and directors hold in the aggregate no
              less than a majority of the economic interests in Sterling (or
              such successor);

          (2) individuals who on the Issue Date constituted the Board of
              Directors (together with any new directors (A) whose election by
              such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the
              stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority
              of the directors of the Company then still in office who were
              either directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination
              for election was previously so approved or (B) who were elected to
              the Board of Directors pursuant to the Stockholders' Agreement, as
              amended, modified or supplemented from time to time) cease for any
              reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors then in
              office; or

          (3) the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another
              Person or the merger of another Person with or into the Company,
              or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company
              to another Person, if the securities of the Company that are
              outstanding immediately prior to such transaction and which
              represent 100% of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock
              of the Company are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities
              or property, unless (i) pursuant to such transaction such
              securities are changed into or exchanged for, in addition to any
              other consideration, securities of the surviving Person or
              transferee that represent, immediately after such transaction, at
              least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock
              of the surviving Person or transferee, or (ii) after giving effect
              to such transaction the Permitted Holders "beneficially own" (as
              determined pursuant to clause (1) above) at least 35% of the total
              voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person or
              transferee, as the case may be).

     Within 30 days following any Change of Control (but subject to compliance
with the immediately succeeding paragraph), the Company shall mail a notice to
each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

          (1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the
              right to require the Company to purchase such Holder's Notes at a
              purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount
              thereof plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
              purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the
              relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest
              payment date);

          (2) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of
              Control;

          (3) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor
              later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and

          (4) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with the
              covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow in order
              to have its Notes purchased.

                                       84

<PAGE>

     If the terms of the Credit Agreement prohibit the Company from making the
foregoing offer upon a Change of Control or from purchasing any notes pursuant
thereto, prior to the mailing of the notice to Holders described in the
preceding paragraph, but in any event within 30 days following any Change of
Control, the Company covenants to:

          (1) repay in full all indebtedness outstanding under the Credit
              Agreement or offer to repay in full all such indebtedness and
              repay the indebtedness of each lender who has accepted such offer;
              or

          (2) obtain the requisite consent under the Credit Agreement to permit
              the purchase of the Notes as described above.

     The Company must first comply with the covenant described above before it
will be required to purchase notes in the event of a Change of Control;
provided, however, that the Company's failure to comply with the covenant
described in the preceding sentence or to make a Change of Control offer because
of any such failure shall constitute a Default described in clause (4) under
"--Defaults" below (and not under clause (2) thereof). As a result of the
foregoing, a holder of the Notes may not be able to compel the Company to
purchase the notes unless the Company is able at the time to refinance all
indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement or obtain requisite consents
under the Credit Agreement.

     The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements
of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or
regulations in connection with the repurchase of notes pursuant to the covenant
described hereunder. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the provisions of the covenant described hereunder,
the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and
shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the covenant
described hereunder by virtue thereof.

     The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between
the Company and the Initial Purchasers. We have no present intention to engage
in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although we could decide to do
so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the
future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or
other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the
Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at
such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings.
Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in
the covenants described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Indebtedness."
Such restrictions can only be waived with the consent of the holders of a
majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding. Except for the
limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain
any covenants or provisions that may afford holders of the Notes protection in
the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

     The Credit Agreement will prohibit us from purchasing any notes, and will
also provide that the occurrence of certain change of control events with
respect to the Company would constitute a default thereunder. In the event a
Change of Control occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from
purchasing notes, the Company could seek the consent of its lenders to the
purchase of notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such
prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such a consent or repay such
borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing notes. In such
case, the Company's failure to comply with this covenant would constitute a
Default under the Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default under the
Credit Agreement. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the
Indenture would likely restrict payment to the Holders of Notes.

     Future indebtedness that we may incur may contain prohibitions on the
occurrence of certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or
require such indebtedness to be repurchased upon a Change of Control. Moreover,
the exercise by the holders of their right to require us to repurchase the Notes
could cause a default under such indebtedness, even if the Change of Control
itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on us. Finally,
our ability to pay cash to the holders of notes following the occurrence of a
Change of Control may be limited by our then existing financial resources. There
can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to
make any required repurchases. The provisions under the Indenture relative to
our obligation to make an offer to repurchase the notes as a result of a Change
of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the holders of
a majority in principal amount of the notes.

                                       85

<PAGE>

CERTAIN COVENANTS

     The Indenture contains covenants including, among others, the following:

     Limitation on Indebtedness.  (a) The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any
Indebtedness except that the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor may Incur
Indebtedness if, after giving effect thereto, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio
exceeds 2.25 to 1.00 if such Indebtedness is Incurred prior to August 15, 2001
or 2.50 to 1.00 if such Indebtedness is Incurred thereafter.

     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur the following Indebtedness:

          (1) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred
     pursuant to the Revolving Credit Facilities; provided, however, that,
     immediately after giving effect to any such Incurrence, the aggregate
     principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) and
     then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (A) $70.0 million and (B)
     the sum of 50% of the book value of the inventory of the Company and its
     Restricted Subsidiaries and 85% of the book value of the accounts
     receivables of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

          (2) Indebtedness of the Company Incurred pursuant to the Term Loan
     Facilities; provided, however, that, after giving effect to any such
     Incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness Incurred
     under this clause (2) and then outstanding does not exceed $205.0 million
     less the aggregate sum of all principal payments actually made from time to
     time after the Issue Date with respect to such Indebtedness pursuant to
     paragraph (a)(3)(A) of the covenant described under "Limitation on Sales of
     Assets and Subsidiary Stock;"

          (3) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owed to
     and held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that
     any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock which results in
     any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any
     subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to the Company or
     another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute
     the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof; provided,
     further, however, that any such Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary
     Guarantor shall be unsecured Subordinated Obligations of the obligor
     thereof;

          (4) Indebtedness consisting of the Notes and the Exchange Notes (other
     than Additional Notes);

          (5) Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date, including, without
     limitation, Indebtedness assumed or to be assumed in respect of the Harris
     Loan Obligations (other than Indebtedness described in clause (1), (2), (3)
     or (4) of this covenant);

          (6) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred
     pursuant to paragraph (a) or pursuant to clause (4), (5), (7) or this
     clause (6);

          (7) Indebtedness of a Person Incurred and outstanding on or prior to
     the date on which such Person was acquired by the Company or a Restricted
     Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or to
     provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to
     consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to
     which such Person was acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary);
     provided, however, that after giving pro forma effect thereto, (a) the
     Consolidated Coverage Ratio increases as a consequence of such incurrence
     and related acquisition and (b) after giving effect thereto, the
     Consolidated Coverage Ratio is at least 1.5 to 1.0;

          (8) Hedging Obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
     under or with respect to Interest Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements
     entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for the purpose of
     speculation;

                                       86

<PAGE>

          (9) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
     respect of performance bonds and surety or appeal bonds entered into by the
     Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their
     business;

          (10) Indebtedness consisting of the Subsidiary Guaranties and the
     Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) or pursuant
     to clause (1), (2), (4), (5), (6), (7) above and (16) below;

          (11) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising
     from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check,
     draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight
     overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of
     business, provided that such Indebtedness is satisfied within five business
     days of Incurrence;

          (12) Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) Incurred by
     the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase,
     lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether
     through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person
     owning such assets) and Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any
     Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (12) in an aggregate
     principal amount which, when added together with the amount of Indebtedness
     Incurred pursuant to this clause (12) and then outstanding, does not exceed
     the greater of (A) $15.0 million and (B) 3.5% of Total Assets; provided,
     however, that, in the case of any Capital Lease Obligations, the assets
     subject to the related capital lease are not owned or used by the Company
     or any Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date;

          (13) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
     consisting of indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar
     obligations, in each case incurred in connection with the disposition of
     any assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a principal
     amount not to exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company or
     any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such disposition;

          (14) Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary Incurred to finance the
     working capital of such Foreign Subsidiary;

          (15) Indebtedness of the Company issued to directors, employees,
     officers or consultants of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in
     connection with the redemption or purchase of Capital Stock that by its
     terms is subordinated to the Notes, is not secured by any assets of the
     Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not require cash payments
     on or prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes and Refinancing
     Indebtedness in respect thereof, in an aggregate principal amount which,
     when added together with the amount of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to
     this clause (15) and then outstanding, does not exceed $5.0 million; and

          (16) Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an
     aggregate principal amount which, together with all other Indebtedness of
     the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the date of such
     Incurrence (other than Indebtedness permitted by clauses (1) through (15)
     above or paragraph (a) above), does not exceed $40.0 million.

     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to the
foregoing paragraph (b) if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or
indirectly, to Refinance any Subordinated Obligations unless such Indebtedness
shall be subordinated to the Notes or the relevant Subsidiary Guaranty, as
applicable, to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations.

     (d) For purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing covenant, (1)
in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of
the types of Indebtedness described above, the Company, in its sole discretion,
will classify such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the
amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the above clauses and (2) an item
of Indebtedness may be divided and classified in more than one of the types of
Indebtedness described above.

                                       87

<PAGE>

     (e) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) above, the Company shall not,
and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, Incur (1) any Indebtedness if
such Indebtedness is subordinate or junior in ranking in any respect to any
Senior Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable,
unless such Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or is expressly
subordinated in right of payment to Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or (2) any
Secured Indebtedness (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course
of business) that is not Senior Indebtedness unless contemporaneously therewith
effective provision is made to secure the Notes or the relevant Subsidiary
Guaranty, as applicable, equally and ratably with such Secured Indebtedness for
so long as such Secured Indebtedness is secured by a Lien.

     (f) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar denominated
restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness where the Indebtedness is
denominated in a different currency, the amount of such Indebtedness will be the
U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined on the date of the Incurrence of such
Indebtedness; provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness denominated in a
different currency is subject to a Currency Agreement with respect to U.S.
dollars, covering all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on such
Indebtedness, the amount of such Indebtedness expressed in U.S. dollars will be
as provided in such Currency Agreement. The principal of any Refinancing
Indebtedness Incurred in the same currency as the Indebtedness being refinanced
will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the Indebtedness Refinanced, except to the
extent that (i) such U.S. Dollar Equivalent was determined based on a Currency
Agreement, in which case the Refinancing Indebtedness will be determined in
accordance with the preceding sentence, and (ii) the principal amount of the
Refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the principal amount of the Indebtedness being
Refinanced, in which case the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of such excess will be
determined on the date such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred.

     Limitation on Restricted Payments.  (a) The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to make a
Restricted Payment if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
makes such Restricted Payment:

          (1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result
     therefrom);

          (2) the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of
     Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant described under
     "--Limitation on Indebtedness;" or

          (3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other
     Restricted Payments since the Issue Date would exceed the sum (without
     duplication) of:

             (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period
        (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal
        quarter immediately following the fiscal quarter during which the Notes
        are originally issued to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter
        ending at least 45 days (or, if less, the number of days after the end
        of such fiscal quarter as the consolidated financial statements of the
        Company shall be provided to the Noteholders pursuant to the Indenture)
        prior to the date of such Restricted Payment (or, in case such
        Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit);

             (B) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from
        the issuance or sale of, or capital contribution in respect of, its
        Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) subsequent to the Issue
        Date (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company and
        other than an issuance or sale to an employee stock ownership plan or to
        a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the
        benefit of their employees to the extent that the purchase by such plan
        or trust is financed by Indebtedness of such plan or trust to the
        Company or any Subsidiary or Indebtedness Guaranteed by the Company or
        any Subsidiary) and the fair market value (as determined in good faith
        by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company) of property
        (other than cash) constituting Temporary Cash Equivalents or a Related
        Business and received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
        subsequent to the Issue Date as a contribution to its common equity
        capital (other than any such property received from a Subsidiary or that
        was financed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary);

                                       88

<PAGE>

             (C) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or any
        Restricted Subsidiary is reduced on the Company's consolidated balance
        sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the
        Company) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Company
        or any Restricted Subsidiary convertible or exchangeable for Capital
        Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount of
        any cash, or the fair value of any other property, distributed by the
        Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange);
        and

             (D) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the net reduction in
        Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by the Company or
        any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person resulting from repurchases,
        repayments or redemptions of such Investments by such Person, proceeds
        realized on the sale of such Investment or proceeds representing the
        return of capital (excluding dividends and distributions), in each case
        received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and (ii) to the
        extent such Person is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the portion
        (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of
        the fair market value of the net assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary
        at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted
        Subsidiary; provided, however, that the foregoing sum shall not exceed,
        in the case of such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of
        Investments (excluding Permitted Investments) previously made (and
        treated as a Restricted Payment) by the Company or any Restricted
        Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     (b) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph (a) shall not prohibit:

          (1) any Restricted Payment made by exchange for, or out of the
     proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the
     Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued
     or sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan
     or to a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the
     benefit of their employees to the extent that the purchase by such plan or
     trust is financed by Indebtedness of such plan or trust to the Company or
     any Subsidiary of the Company or Indebtedness Guaranteed by the Company or
     any Subsidiary of the Company); provided, however, that (A) such Restricted
     Payment shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
     Payments and (B) the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale shall be excluded
     from the calculation of amounts under clause (3)(B) of paragraph (a) above;

          (2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other
     acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Obligations made by
     exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale
     of, Indebtedness which is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant
     described under "--Limitation on Indebtedness;" provided, however, that
     such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
     retirement for value shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of
     Restricted Payments;

          (3) any purchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock of the Company or
     a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the
     substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of the Company or such
     Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, which is permitted to be
     Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under "--Limitation on
     Indebtedness;" provided, however, that such purchase or redemption shall be
     excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

          (4) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations from the
     balance of Net Available Cash after an offer for the Notes pursuant to the
     covenant described under "--Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary
     Stock;" provided, however, that such purchase or redemption shall be
     excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

          (5) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control and within 60 days
     after the completion of the offer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to the
     covenant described under "--Change of Control" above (including the
     purchase of the Notes tendered), any purchase or redemption of Subordinated
     Obligations required pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such
     Change of Control at a purchase or redemption price not to exceed the
     outstanding principal amount thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid interest;

                                       89

<PAGE>

     provided, however, that (A) at the time of such purchase or redemption no
     Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom),
     (B) the Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness
     pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant described under "--Limitation on
     Indebtedness" after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment and
     (C) such purchase or redemption shall be included in the calculation of the
     amount of Restricted Payments;

          (6) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration
     thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied
     with this covenant; provided, however, that at the time of payment of such
     dividend, no other Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result
     therefrom); provided further, however, that such dividend shall be included
     in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

          (7) the repurchase or other acquisition of shares of, or options to
     purchase shares of, common stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
     from employees, former employees, directors or former directors of the
     Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees of such
     employees, former employees, consultants, former consultants, directors or
     former directors), pursuant to the terms of the agreements (including
     employment and consulting agreements) or plans (or amendments thereto)
     approved by the Board of Directors under which such individuals purchase or
     sell or are granted the option to purchase or sell, shares of such common
     stock; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of such repurchases
     shall not exceed the sum of $5.0 million and the Net Cash Proceeds from the
     sale of Capital Stock to members of management or directors of the Company
     and its Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date (to the extent the
     Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise
     been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause
     (3)(B) of paragraph (a) above); provided further, however, that (A) such
     repurchases shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of
     Restricted Payments and (B) the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale shall be
     excluded from the calculation of amounts under clause (3)(B) of paragraph
     (a) above;

          (8) dividends or advances to Holdings in an amount necessary to pay
     holding company expenses, such amount not to exceed $500,000 in any fiscal
     year of the Company; provided, however, that such dividends and advances
     shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

          (9) any payment by the Company to Holdings pursuant to a Tax Sharing
     Agreement; provided, however, that the amount of any such payment shall not
     exceed the amount of taxes that the Company would have been liable for on a
     stand-alone basis; provided further, however, that such payment shall be
     excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

          (10) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of
     Capital Stock or assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary provided that the
     fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
     the Company) of such shares of Capital Stock or assets shall not exceed the
     amount of the Investments that were made (and not subsequently reduced
     pursuant to clause 3(D) of paragraph (a) above) by the Company in such
     Unrestricted Subsidiary and were treated as Restricted Payments or were
     included in the calculation of the amount of the Restricted Payments
     previously made; provided, however, that (A) such distributions shall be
     excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments, and (B)
     any net reduction in Investments in such Unrestricted Subsidiary resulting
     from such distribution shall be excluded from the calculation of amounts
     under clause 3(D) of paragraph (a) above; or

          (11) Restricted Payments not exceeding $5.0 million in the aggregate;
     provided, however, that (A) at the time of such Restricted Payments, no
     Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom) and (B)
     such Restricted Payments shall be included in the calculation of the amount
     of Restricted Payments.

                                       90

<PAGE>

     Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted
Subsidiaries.  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective
any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted
Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital
Stock to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Indebtedness owed to
the Company, (b) make any loans or advances to the Company or (c) transfer any
of its property or assets to the Company, except:

      (1) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect at
          or entered into on the Issue Date, including the Credit Agreement as
          in effect on the Issue Date;

      (2) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary
          pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred by such
          Restricted Subsidiary on or prior to the date on which such Restricted
          Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness
          Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the
          funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or
          series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted
          Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the
          Company) and outstanding on such date;

      (3) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary
          pursuant to an agreement evidencing Indebtedness Incurred without
          violation of the Indenture, including those contained in any amendment
          to an agreement referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this covenant;
          provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect
          to such Restricted Subsidiary are, in the good faith judgment of the
          Board of Directors, no more restrictive in any material respect than
          the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted
          Subsidiary contained in agreements of such Restricted Subsidiary in
          effect at, or entered into on, the Issue Date;

      (4) any such encumbrance or restriction consisting of customary
          non-assignment provisions in leases governing leasehold interests to
          the extent such provisions restrict the transfer of the lease or the
          property leased thereunder or in licenses entered into in the ordinary
          course of business to the extent such licenses restrict the transfer
          of the license or the property licensed thereunder;

      (5) in the case of clause (c) above, restrictions contained in security
          agreements or mortgages securing Indebtedness of a Restricted
          Subsidiary to the extent such restrictions restrict the transfer of
          the property subject to such security agreements or mortgages;

      (6) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed
          pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of
          all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such
          Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

      (7) any restriction in any agreement that is not more restrictive than the
          restrictions under the terms of the Credit Agreement as in effect on
          the Issue Date;

      (8) in the case of clause (c) above, restrictions on the transfer of
          assets subject to any Lien imposed by the holder of such Lien;

      (9) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets
          or property in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements
          entered into in the ordinary course of business;

     (10) any restriction arising under applicable law, regulation or order;

     (11) any restriction contained in any agreement or instrument governing
          Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any Restricted
          Subsidiary that is in effect on the date such Restricted Subsidiary is
          acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and

     (12) any restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by
          customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of
          business.

     Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.  (a) The Company shall
not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,
consummate any Asset Disposition unless

                                       91

<PAGE>

     (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the
         time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value
         (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), as
         determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, of the shares and
         assets subject to such Asset Disposition;

     (2) at least 75% of the consideration thereof received by the Company or
         such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or cash equivalents
         unless such Asset Disposition consists of a disposition of the
         Company's Malaysian Business to a Permitted Joint Venture; and

     (3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset
         Disposition is applied by the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary,
         as the case may be)

          (A) first, to the extent the Company elects (or is required by the
              terms of any Indebtedness), to prepay, repay, redeem or purchase
              Senior Indebtedness or Indebtedness (other than any Disqualified
              Stock) of a Restricted Subsidiary (in each case other than
              Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company)
              within one year from the later of the date of such Asset
              Disposition and the receipt of such Net Available Cash;

          (B) second, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash
              after application in accordance with clause (A), to the extent the
              Company elects, to acquire Additional Assets within one year (or
              enter into a binding agreement therefor within such period and
              acquire such Additional Assets within 18 months) from the later of
              the date of such Asset Disposition and the receipt of such Net
              Available Cash; and

          (C) third, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash
              after application in accordance with clauses (A) and (B), to make
              an offer to the holders of the Notes (and to holders of other
              Senior Subordinated Indebtedness designated by the Company) to
              purchase Notes (and such other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness)
              pursuant to and subject to the conditions contained in the
              Indenture;

provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase
of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A) or (C) above, the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary shall permanently retire such Indebtedness and shall cause
the related loan commitment, if any, to be permanently reduced in an amount
equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased. Notwithstanding
the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net Available Cash in accordance
with this paragraph except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash
from all Asset Dispositions which are not applied in accordance with this
paragraph exceeds $10.0 million. Pending application of Net Available Cash
pursuant to this covenant, such Net Available Cash shall be invested in
Permitted Investments or used to reduce loans outstanding under any revolving
credit facility.

     For the purposes of this covenant, the following are deemed to be cash or
cash equivalents: (x) the assumption of Indebtedness of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary and the release of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset
Disposition, (y) securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
from the transferee that are promptly converted by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary into cash and (z) any Additional Assets (so long as such
Additional Assets were acquired for fair market value (as determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) in connection with the
transaction giving rise to such Asset Disposition and are used for the same or
similar purpose as the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition), which
Additional Assets shall be deemed to have been acquired pursuant to clause (B)
of the preceding paragraph in connection with such Asset Disposition.

     (b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of the
Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness) pursuant to clause (a)(3)(C)
above, the Company will be required to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an
offer by the Company for the Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness)
at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount (without premium) plus
accrued but unpaid interest (or, in respect of such other Senior Subordinated
Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of
such Senior Subordinated Indebtedness) in accordance with the procedures
(including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in the
Indenture. If the aggregate

                                       92

<PAGE>

purchase price of the Notes (and any other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness)
tendered exceeds the Net Available Cash allotted to the purchase thereof, the
Company will select the Notes (and any other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness)
to be purchased on a pro rata basis but in denominations of $1,000 or multiples
thereof. The Company shall not be required to make such an offer to purchase
Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness) pursuant to this covenant if
the Net Available Cash available therefor is less than $10.0 million (which
lesser amount shall be carried forward for purposes of determining whether such
an offer is required with respect to the Net Available Cash from any subsequent
Asset Disposition).

     (c) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the
requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this
covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Company shall comply
with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to
have breached its obligations under this clause by virtue thereof.

     Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.  (a) The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or permit to exist any
transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property,
employee compensation arrangements or the rendering of any service) with any
Affiliate of the Company (an "Affiliate Transaction") unless the terms thereof

          (1) are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
              than those that could be obtained at the time of such transaction
              in arm's-length dealings with a Person who is not such an
              Affiliate;

          (2) if such Affiliate Transaction involves an amount in excess of $2.5
              million, (A) are set forth in writing and (B) have been approved
              by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors having no
              personal stake in such Affiliate Transaction; and

          (3) if such Affiliate Transaction involves an amount in excess of
              $10.0 million, have been determined by (A) a nationally recognized
              investment banking firm to be fair, from a financial standpoint,
              to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (B) an
              accounting or appraisal firm nationally recognized in making such
              determinations to be on terms that are not less favorable to the
              Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the terms that could
              be obtained in an arms-length transaction from a Person that is
              not an Affiliate of the Company.

(b) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph (a) shall not prohibit:

          (1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be paid pursuant to the
              covenant described under "--Limitation on Restricted Payments;"

          (2) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in
              cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of,
              employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans
              approved by the Board of Directors;

          (3) the grant of stock options or similar rights to employees and
              directors of the Company pursuant to plans approved by the Board
              of Directors;

          (4) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business
              in accordance with the past practices of the Company or its
              Restricted Subsidiaries, but in any event not to exceed $5.0
              million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

          (5) reasonable fees, compensation or employee benefit arrangements to
              and indemnity provided for the benefit of directors, officers or
              employees of the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course
              of business;

          (6) any Affiliate Transaction between the Company and a Wholly Owned
              Subsidiary or between Wholly Owned Subsidiaries;

          (7) any Affiliate Transaction with Harris pursuant to written
              agreements in effect on the Issue Date and as amended, renewed or
              extended from time to time; provided, however, that any such

                                       93

<PAGE>

              amendment, renewal or extension shall not contain terms which are
              materially less favorable to the Company than those in the
              agreements in effect on the Issue Date;

          (8) the issuance or sale of any Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
              Stock) of the Company; and

          (9) any Tax Sharing Agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate
              amount payable by the Company pursuant thereto shall not exceed
              the amount of taxes that the Company would have been liable for on
              a stand-alone basis.

     Limitation on the Sale or Issuance of Capital Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries.  The Company shall not sell or otherwise dispose of any Capital
Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to issue or sell or otherwise dispose of any
of its Capital Stock except

     (1) to the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary;

     (2) if, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, sale or other
         disposition, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries own any
         Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary;

     (3) if, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, sale or other
         disposition, such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer constitute a
         Restricted Subsidiary and any Investment in such Person remaining after
         giving effect thereto would have been permitted to be made under the
         covenant described under "--Limitation on Restricted Payments" if made
         on the date of such issuance, sale or other disposition; or

     (4) directors' qualifying shares.

     Merger and Consolidation.  The Company shall not consolidate with or merge
with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of
transactions, all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

     (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the "Successor Company")
         shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United
         States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and
         the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall expressly assume, by
         an indenture supplemental thereto, executed and delivered to the
         Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of
         the Company under the Notes and the Indenture;

     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any
         Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or
         any Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred
         by such Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such
         transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

     (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Successor
         Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness
         pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant described under "--Limitation
         on Indebtedness"; and

     (4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
         Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
         consolidation, merger or transfer and any supplemental indenture comply
         with the Indenture;

provided, however, that clause (3) above shall not apply (x) if, in the good
faith determination of the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be
evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors, the principal purpose and
effect of such transaction is to change the jurisdiction of incorporation of the
Company or (y) in the case of a merger of the Company with or into a Wholly
Owned Subsidiary.

     The Successor Company shall be the successor to the Company and shall
succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of,
the Company under the Indenture, but the predecessor Company in the case of a
conveyance, transfer or lease shall not be released from the obligation to pay
the principal of and interest on the Notes.

                                       94

<PAGE>

     The Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with or
merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series
of transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to any Person unless:

     (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if not such Subsidiary)
         shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the
         jurisdiction under which such Subsidiary was organized or under the
         laws of the United States of America, or any State thereof or the
         District of Columbia, and such Person shall expressly assume, by
         executing a Guaranty Agreement, all the obligations of such Subsidiary,
         if any, under its Subsidiary Guaranty;

     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or transactions on
         a pro forma basis (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an
         obligation of the resulting, surviving or transferee Person as a result
         of such transaction as having been issued by such Person at the time of
         such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
         and

     (3) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an
         Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or
         transfer and such Guaranty Agreement, if any, complies with the
         Indenture.

The provisions of clauses (1) and (2) above shall not apply to any one or more
transactions which constitute an Asset Disposition if the Company has complied
with the applicable provisions of the covenant described under "--Limitation on
Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock" above.

     Pursuant to the Indenture, Holdings will covenant not to merge with or
into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of
transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to any Person unless:

     (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if not Holdings) shall
         be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction
         under which Holdings was organized or under the laws of the United
         States of America, or any State thereof or the District of Columbia,
         and such Person shall expressly assume, by executing a Guaranty
         Agreement, all the obligations of Holdings, if any, under the Holdings
         Guaranty;

     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or transactions on
         a pro forma basis (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an
         obligation of the resulting, surviving or transferee Person as a result
         of such transaction as having been issued by such Person at the time of
         such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
         and

     (3) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an
         Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or
         transfer and such Guaranty Agreement, if any, complies with the
         Indenture.

     Future Guarantors.  In the event that, after the Issue Date, any Restricted
Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary) Guarantees any Senior Indebtedness
of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) or
clause (1), (2), (10) or (16) of the covenant described under "--Limitation on
Indebtedness" above, the Company shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary to
Guarantee the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guaranty on the terms and
conditions set forth in the Indenture and shall cause all Indebtedness of such
Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the
Company and not previously discharged to be converted into Capital Stock of such
Restricted Subsidiary (other than Disqualified Stock).

     SEC Reports.  Whether or not subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, we will file with the SEC and provide
the Trustee and Noteholders with such annual reports and such information,
documents and other reports as are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the
Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to such Sections at
the times specified for such filings under such Sections. However, we will not
be required to file any reports, documents or other information if the SEC will
not accept such a filing.

                                       95

<PAGE>

DEFAULTS

     Each of the following is an Event of Default:

     (1) a default in the payment of interest on the notes when due, continued
         for 30 days;

     (2) a default in the payment of principal of any note when due at its
         Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase,
         upon declaration or otherwise;

     (3) the failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under
         "--Certain Covenants--Merger and Consolidation" above;

     (4) the failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice with any
         of its obligations in the covenants described above under "--Change of
         Control" (other than a failure to purchase notes) or under "--Certain
         Covenants" under "--Limitation on Indebtedness," "--Limitation on
         Restricted Payments," "--Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions
         from Restricted Subsidiaries," "--Limitation on Sales of Assets and
         Subsidiary Stock" (other than a failure to purchase notes after an
         offer to purchase same has been made in accordance with said covenant),
         "--Limitation on Affiliate Transactions," "--Limitation on the Sale or
         Issuance of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries," "--Future
         Guarantors" or "--SEC Reports;"

     (5) the failure by the Company to comply for 60 days after notice with its
         other agreements contained in the Indenture;

     (6) Indebtedness of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is not paid
         within any applicable grace period after final maturity or is
         accelerated by the holders thereof because of a default and the total
         amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $10.0 million
         (the "cross acceleration provision");

     (7) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the
         Company or a Significant Subsidiary (the "bankruptcy provisions");

     (8) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $10.0
         million is entered against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary,
         remains outstanding for a period of 60 days following such judgment and
         is not discharged, waived or stayed within 10 days after notice (the
         "judgment default provision"); or

     (9) the Holdings Guaranty or any Subsidiary Guaranty ceases to be in full
         force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of the
         Holdings Guaranty or such Subsidiary Guaranty) or Holdings or any
         Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under the
         Holdings Guaranty or its Subsidiary Guaranty, as the case may be.

     However, a default under clauses (4), (5) and (8) will not constitute an
Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of 25% in principal amount of
the outstanding notes notify the Company of the default and the Company does not
cure such default within the time specified after receipt of such notice.

     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders
of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding notes may declare the
principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the notes to be due and
payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and
payable immediately; provided, however, that if upon such declaration there are
any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement and the amounts thereunder
have not been accelerated, such principal and interest shall be due and payable
upon the earlier of the time such amounts are accelerated or five Business Days
after receipt by the Company and the Representative under the Credit Agreement
of such declaration. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company occurs and is
continuing, the principal of and interest on all the notes will ipso facto
become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act
on the part of the Trustee or any holders of the notes. Under certain
circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the notes and its
consequences.

                                       96

<PAGE>

     Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the
Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is
under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture
at the request or direction of any of the holders of the notes unless such
holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any
loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of
principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no holder of a note may pursue
any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the notes unless:

     (1) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of
         Default is continuing;

     (2) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding notes
         have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

     (3) such holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity
         against any loss, liability or expense;

     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the
         receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

     (5) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes
         have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request
         within such 60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount
of the outstanding notes are given the right to direct the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however,
may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or
that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other
holder of a note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

     The Indenture provides that if a Default occurs and is continuing and is
known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each holder of the notes notice
of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default
in the payment of principal of or interest on any note, the Trustee may withhold
notice if and so long as a committee of its trust officers determines that
withholding notice is not opposed to the interest of the holders of the notes.
In addition, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days
after the end of each fiscal year, a certificate indicating whether the signers
thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. The Company
also is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence
thereof, written notice of any event which would constitute certain Defaults,
their status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in
respect thereof.

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

     Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture may be amended with the
consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes then
outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or
exchange for the notes) and any past default or compliance with any provisions
may also be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal
amount of the notes then outstanding. However, without the consent of each
holder of an outstanding note affected thereby, no amendment may, among other
things:

     (1) reduce the amount of notes whose holders must consent to an amendment;

     (2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any
         note;

     (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any note;

     (4) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any note or change the
         time at which any note may be redeemed as described under "--Optional
         Redemption" above;

     (5) make any note payable in money other than that stated in the note;

     (6) impair the right of any holder of the notes to receive payment of
         principal of and interest on such holder's notes on or after the due
         dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment
         on or with respect to such holder's notes;

                                       97

<PAGE>

     (7) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each holder's
         consent or in the waiver provisions;

     (8) make any change to the subordination provisions of the Indenture that
         would adversely affect the Noteholders; or

     (9) make any change in the Holdings Guaranty or any Subsidiary Guaranty
         that would adversely affect the Noteholders.

     Without the consent of any holder of the notes, the Company and Trustee may
amend the Indenture to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, to
provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of the
Company under the Indenture, to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to
or in place of certificated notes (provided that the uncertificated notes are
issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a
manner such that the uncertificated notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B)
of the Code), to add guarantees with respect to the notes, to release a
Subsidiary Guaranty when permitted by the Indenture, to secure the notes, to add
to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders of the notes or
to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company, to make any change
that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder of the notes or to
comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of
the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. However, no amendment may be made
to the subordination provisions of the Indenture that adversely affects the
rights of any holder of Senior Indebtedness then outstanding unless the holders
of such Senior Indebtedness (or their Representative) consents to such change.

     The consent of the holders of the notes is not necessary under the
Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is
sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

     After an amendment under the Indenture becomes effective, the Company is
required to mail to holders of the notes a notice briefly describing such
amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all holders of the notes,
or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

TRANSFER

     The notes will be issued in registered form and will be transferable only
upon the surrender of the Notes being transferred for registration of transfer.
The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment
or other governmental charge payable in connection with certain transfers and
exchanges.

DEFEASANCE

     The Company at any time may terminate all its obligations under the notes
and the Indenture ("legal defeasance"), except for certain obligations,
including those respecting the defeasance trust and obligations to register the
transfer or exchange of the notes, to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or
stolen notes and to maintain a registrar and paying agent in respect of the
notes. The Company at any time may terminate its obligations under "--Change of
Control" and under the covenants described under "--Certain Covenants" (other
than the covenant described under "--Merger and Consolidation"), the operation
of the cross acceleration provision, the bankruptcy provisions with respect to
Significant Subsidiaries and the judgment default provision described under
"--Defaults" above and the limitations contained in clause (3) of the first
paragraph under "--Certain Covenants--Merger and Consolidation" above ("covenant
defeasance").

     The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its
prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Company exercises its
legal defeasance option, payment of the notes may not be accelerated because of
an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Company exercises its covenant
defeasance option, payment of the notes may not be accelerated because of an
Event of Default specified in clause (4), (6), (7) (with respect only to
Significant Subsidiaries) or (8) under "--Defaults" above or because of the
failure of the Company to comply with clause (3) under "--Certain
Covenants--Merger and Consolidation" above. If the Company exercises its legal
defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, Holdings and each
Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from all of its obligations with respect
to the Holdings Guaranty or its Subsidiary Guaranty, as the case may be.

                                       98

<PAGE>

     In order to exercise either defeasance option, the Company must irrevocably
deposit in trust (the "defeasance trust") with the Trustee money or U.S.
Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to
redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with certain other
conditions, including delivery to the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and
will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and
defeasance had not occurred (and, in the case of legal defeasance only, such
Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or
other change in applicable U.S. Federal income tax law).

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

     United States Trust Company of New York is the Trustee under the Indenture
and has been appointed by the Company as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard
to the Notes.

     The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes will
have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain
exceptions. The Indenture provides that if an Event of Default occurs (and is
not cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use
the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject
to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of
its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of Notes,
unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense and then only to the
extent required by the terms of the Indenture.

GOVERNING LAW

     The Indenture provides that it and the Notes will be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving
effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the
application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     "Acquisition" means the acquisition by the Company of selected portions of
the semiconductor business of Harris substantially as described in the offering
circular used in connection with the initial sale of the old notes.

     "Additional Assets" means (1) any property or assets (other than
Indebtedness and Capital Stock) in a Related Business, (2) the Capital Stock of
a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of
such Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or (3)
Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time
is a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Restricted
Subsidiary described in clauses (2) or (3) above is primarily engaged in a
Related Business.

     "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or
indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the
management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through
the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms
"controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. For
purposes of the provisions described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on
Restricted Payments," "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Affiliate
Transactions" and "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Sales of Assets and
Subsidiary Stock" only, "Affiliate" shall also mean any beneficial owner of
Capital Stock representing 10% or more of the total voting power of the Voting
Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of the Company or of rights or warrants to
purchase such Capital Stock (whether or not currently exercisable) and any
Person who would be an Affiliate of any such beneficial owner pursuant to the
first sentence hereof.

     "Asset Disposition" means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition
(or series of related sales, leases, transfers or dispositions) by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger,
consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this
definition as a "disposition"), of (1) any shares of Capital Stock of a
Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors' qualifying shares or shares
required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary), (2) all or substantially all the assets of any division
or line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (3) any other
assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary

                                       99

<PAGE>

outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary (other than, in the case of (1), (2) and (3) above, (w) a disposition
by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (x) for purposes of the covenant
described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Sales of Assets and
Subsidiary Stock" only, a disposition that constitutes a Restricted Payment
permitted by the covenant described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on
Restricted Payments", (y) a disposition of shares of Capital Stock of Anshan
Harris Broadcast Equipment Co. Ltd. and Harris Semiconductor (Suzhou) Co. Ltd.
and (z) disposition of assets with a fair market value of less than $1,000,000).

     "Attributable Debt" in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at
the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate
borne by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee
for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such
Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been
extended).

     "Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum
of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the
dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or
redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by
the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments.

     "Bank Indebtedness" means all Obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

     "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company or any
committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board.

     "Business Day" means each day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on
which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close
in New York City.

     "Capital Lease Obligations" means an obligation that is required to be
classified and accounted for as a capital lease for financial reporting purposes
in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such
obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in
accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the
last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first
date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a
penalty.

     "Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights
to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or
interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred
Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     "Consolidated Coverage Ratio" as of any date of determination means the
ratio of (a) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the period of the most recent
four consecutive fiscal quarters ending at least 45 days (or, if less, the
number of days after the end of such fiscal quarter as the consolidated
financial statements of the Company shall be provided to the Noteholders
pursuant to the Indenture) prior to the date of such determination to (b)
Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided, however,
that

          (1) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any
     Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding or
     if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated
     Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, or both, EBITDA and
     Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after
     giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such
     Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period and the
     discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or
     otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such
     discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

          (2) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid,
     repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the
     beginning of such period or if any Indebtedness is to be repaid,
     repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged (in each case other than
     Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such
     Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) on the
     date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the
     Consolidated Coverage Ratio, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for
     such period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if such discharge
     had occurred on the first day of such period and as if the Company or such

                                      100

<PAGE>

     Restricted Subsidiary has not earned the interest income actually earned
     during such period in respect of cash or Temporary Cash Investments used to
     repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness;

          (3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Disposition, the EBITDA for
     such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive)
     directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset
     Disposition for such period, or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA
     (if negative), directly attributable thereto for such period and
     Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount
     equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any
     Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid,
     repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the Company
     and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset
     Disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted
     Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period
     directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to
     the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no
     longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale);

          (4) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an
     Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any person which becomes a
     Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any
     acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction requiring
     a calculation to be made hereunder and including the Acquisition, which
     constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business,
     EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be
     calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence
     of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the
     first day of such period (such pro forma calculation, in the case of the
     Acquisition, to be on substantially the same bases as the pro forma
     adjustments set forth in the offering circular used in connection with the
     initial sale of the Notes); and

          (5) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that
     subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the
     Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period)
     shall have made any Asset Disposition, any Investment or acquisition of
     assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (3) or (4)
     above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period,
     EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be
     calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset
     Disposition, Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such
     period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an
acquisition or disposition of assets, the amount of income or earnings relating
thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any
Indebtedness Incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall
be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of
the Company (and shall include any applicable Pro Forma Cost Savings). If any
Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma
effect, the interest of such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in
effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire
period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such
Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of
12 months).

     "Consolidated Current Liabilities" as of the date of determination means
the aggregate amount of liabilities of the Company and its consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries which may properly be classified as current liabilities
(including taxes accrued as estimated), on a consolidated basis, after
eliminating (1) all intercompany items between the Company and any Restricted
Subsidiary and (2) all current maturities of long-term Indebtedness, all as
determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

     "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the total interest
expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to
the extent not included in such total interest expense, and to the extent
incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, without duplication, (1)
interest expense attributable to Capital Lease Obligations and the interest
expense attributable to leases constituting part of a Sale/Leaseback
Transaction, (2) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost, (3)
capitalized interest, (4) non-cash interest expenses, (5) commissions, discounts
and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers'
acceptance financing, (6) net costs associated with Hedging Obligations
involving any Interest Rate Agreement (including amortization of fees), (7)
Preferred Stock dividends accrued

                                      101

<PAGE>

by consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all Preferred Stock held
by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (8) interest
incurred in connection with Investments in discontinued operations, (9) interest
accruing on any Indebtedness of any other Person to the extent such Indebtedness
is Guaranteed by (or secured by the assets of) the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary and (10) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan
or similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust
to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Company) in connection
with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust and less, to the extent
included in such total interest expense, the amortization during such period of
capitalized financing costs.

     "Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income of the
Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries; provided, however, that there shall
not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

          (1) any net income of any Person (other than the Company) if such
     Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that (A) subject to the
     exclusion contained in clause (4) below, the Company's equity in the net
     income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such
     Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually
     distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a
     Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the
     case of a dividend or other distribution paid to a Restricted Subsidiary,
     to the limitations contained in clause (3) below) and (B) the Company's
     equity in a net loss of any such Person for such period shall be included
     in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

          (2) any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired by the Company or
     a Subsidiary in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to
     the date of such acquisition;

          (3) any net income of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Restricted
     Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the
     payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted
     Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that (A) subject
     to the exclusion contained in clause (4) below, the Company's equity in the
     net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be
     included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash
     that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary consistent
     with such restrictions during such period to the Company or another
     Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the
     case of a dividend or other distribution paid to another Restricted
     Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause) and (B) the
     Company's equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such
     period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

          (4) any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of
     any assets of the Company or its consolidated Subsidiaries (including
     pursuant to any sale-and-leaseback arrangement) which is not sold or
     otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (or
     loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of
     any Person;

          (5) extraordinary gains or losses; and

          (6) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of the covenant described under
"--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Restricted Payments" only, there shall be
excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or
advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such dividends, repayments or
transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such
covenant pursuant to clause (a)(3)(D) thereof.

     "Credit Agreement" means the Credit Agreement entered into by and among
Holdings, the Company, certain of its Subsidiaries, the lenders referred to
therein and Credit Suisse First Boston, Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company, as agents, together with the related documents thereto
(including without limitation the term loans and revolving loans thereunder, any
guarantees and security documents), as amended, extended, renewed, restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified (in whole or in part, and without limitation
as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to
time, and any agreement (and related document) governing Indebtedness incurred
to refund or refinance, in whole or in part, the borrowings and commitments then
outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Credit Agreement or a
successor Credit Agreement, whether by the same or any other lender or group of
lenders.

                                      102

<PAGE>

     "Currency Agreement" means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange
contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement to which such
Person is a party or beneficiary.

     "CVC" means Citicorp Venture Capital Ltd., a New York corporation.

     "Default" means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or
both would be, an Event of Default.

     "Designated Senior Indebtedness" means (1) the Bank Indebtedness; provided,
however, that Bank Indebtedness outstanding under any Credit Agreement that
Refinanced in part, but not in whole, the previously outstanding Bank
Indebtedness shall only constitute Designated Senior Indebtedness if it meets
the requirements of succeeding clause (2); and (2) any other Senior Indebtedness
of the Company which, at the date of determination, has an aggregate principal
amount outstanding of, or under which, at the date of determination, the holders
thereof are committed to lend up to, at least $10.0 million and is specifically
designated by the Company in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior
Indebtedness as "Designated Senior Indebtedness" for purposes of the Indenture.

     "Disqualified Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock
which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible
or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event (1) matures
or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,
(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or (3)
is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, in each
case on or prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes;
provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified
Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require
such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an
"asset sale" or "change of control" occurring prior to the first anniversary of
the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the
"asset sale" or "change of control" provisions applicable to such Capital Stock
are not more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions
described under "--Change of Control" and under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation
on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock."

     "EBITDA" for any period means the sum of Consolidated Net Income, plus
Consolidated Interest Expense plus the following to the extent deducted in
calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

          (1) all income tax expense of the Company and its consolidated
     Restricted Subsidiaries;

          (2) depreciation expense of the Company and its consolidated
     Restricted Subsidiaries;

          (3) amortization expense of the Company and its consolidated
     Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding amortization expense attributable to a
     prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period);

          (4) all other non-cash charges of the Company and its consolidated
     Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent
     that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any
     future period); and

          (5) foreign exchange losses with respect to the Malaysian Ringgit
     incurred prior to the Issue Date,

in each case for such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for
taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization
and non-cash charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary shall be added to Consolidated
Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion)
that the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating
Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at
the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted
Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the
terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees,
orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such
Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

     "Equity Offering" means a primary offering of Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company other than any sale of Capital Stock to an
Affiliate of the Company.

     "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     "Foreign Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary not created or
organized in the United States or any state thereof and that conducts
substantially all its operations outside of the United States.

     "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
of America as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in (1)
the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of

                                      103

<PAGE>

the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, (2) statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (3) such other
statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the
accounting profession and (4) the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the
inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in
periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange
Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and
similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC.

     "Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person
directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any Person and any
obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (1) to
purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such
Indebtedness or other obligation of such Person (whether arising by virtue of
partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets,
goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement
conditions or otherwise) or (2) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any
other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to
protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);
provided, however, that the term "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term "Guarantee"
used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. The term "Guarantor" shall mean any
Person Guaranteeing any obligation.

     "Guaranty Agreement" means a supplemental indenture, in a form satisfactory
to the Trustee, pursuant to which a successor to Holdings or a Subsidiary
Guarantor becomes subject to the applicable terms and conditions of the
Indenture.

     "Harris" means Harris Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

     "Harris Loan Obligations" means the loans made by agencies of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to Harris outstanding on the Issue Date in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $4.6 million.

     "Hedging Obligations" of any Person means the obligations of such Person
pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.

     "Holder" or "Noteholder" means the Person in whose name a Note is
registered on the Registrar's books.

     "Holdings" means Intersil Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and
any successor corporation.

     "Holdings Guaranty" means the Guarantee by Holdings of the Company's
obligations with respect to the Notes contained in the Indenture.

     "Holdings PIK Note" means the subordinated PIK note due 2010 in the
original principal amount of $90 million with an annual rate of interest of
11.13% issued by Holdings in accordance with the provisions of the Master
Transaction Agreement dated as of June 2, 1999 among Holdings, the Company and
Harris.

     "Incur" means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable
for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person
existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger,
consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such
Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. The term "Incurrence" when used
as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. The accretion of principal of a
non-interest bearing or other discount security shall not be deemed the
Incurrence of Indebtedness.

     "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person on any date of
determination (without duplication):

          (1) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of (A)
     indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness
     evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the
     payment of which such Person is responsible or liable;

          (2) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable
     Debt in respect of Sale/Leaseback Transactions entered into by such Person;

          (3) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred
     purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person
     and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but
     excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of
     business);

          (4) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any
     obligor on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar credit
     transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit
     securing obligations (other than obligations described in clauses (1)
     through (3) above) entered into in

                                      104

<PAGE>

     the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters
     of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such
     drawing is reimbursed no later than the tenth Business Day following
     payment on the letter of credit);

          (5) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the
     redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or,
     with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, the liquidation preference
     with respect to, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any
     accrued dividends);

          (6) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (5)
     of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of
     which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or
     indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any
     Guarantee;

          (7) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6)
     of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such
     Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the
     amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of
     such property or assets or the amount of the obligation so secured; and

          (8) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging
     Obligations of such Person.

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding
balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the
maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the
obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date; provided, however, that
the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original
issue discount shall be deemed to be the face amount of such Indebtedness less
the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such
indebtedness at such time as determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Interest Rate Agreement" means in respect of a Person any interest rate
swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other financial agreement or
arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest
rates.

     "Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan
(other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are
recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender) or other
extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement) or
capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to
others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of
others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other
similar instruments issued by such Person. For purposes of the definition of
"Unrestricted Subsidiary," the definition of "Restricted Payment" and the
covenant described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Restricted
Payments",

          (1) "Investment" shall include the portion (proportionate to the
     Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of
     the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such
     Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however,
     that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary,
     the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent "Investment" in
     an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to (x)
     the Company's "Investment" in such Subsidiary at the time of such
     redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity
     interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of
     such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

          (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary
     shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in
     each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

     "Issue Date" means the date on which the old notes were originally issued.

     "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or
charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

     "Malaysian Business" means the business conducted by the Company in
Malaysia on the Issue Date and any business developed thereafter using
substantially the same assets.

     "Net Available Cash" from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received
therefrom (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of
principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and proceeds
from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration,
but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in
the form of

                                      105

<PAGE>

assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating
to such properties or assets or received in any other non-cash form), in each
case net of:

          (1) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other
     fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and
     local taxes required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a
     consequence of such Asset Disposition;

          (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any
     assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of
     any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such
     assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary
     consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be, repaid out of
     the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

          (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to
     minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of
     such Asset Disposition; and

          (4) the deduction of appropriate amounts provided by the seller as a
     reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with
     the property or other assets disposed in such Asset Disposition and
     retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset
     Disposition.

     "Net Cash Proceeds," with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock,
means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys' fees,
accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents' fees, discounts or
commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in
connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a
result thereof.

     "Obligations" means with respect to any Indebtedness all obligations for
principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements,
and other amounts payable pursuant to the documentation governing such
Indebtedness.

     "Permitted Holders" means (1) CVC, (2) any officer, employee or director of
CVC or any trust, partnership or other entity established solely for the benefit
of such officers, employees or directors, (3) any officer, employee or director
of Holdings, the Company or any Subsidiary or any trust, partnership or other
entity established solely for the benefit of such officers, employees or
directors and (4) in the case of any individual, any Permitted Transferee of
such individual (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), except a Permitted
Transferee by virtue of Section 4.4(b)(iv) thereof; provided, however, that in
no event shall individuals collectively be deemed to be "Permitted Holders" with
respect to more than 30% of the total voting power of Holdings or the Company.

     "Permitted Investment" means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in

          (1) a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person that will, upon the making of
     such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that
     the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Related Business;

          (2) another Person if as a result of such Investment such other Person
     is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or
     substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
     provided, however, that such Person's primary business is a Related
     Business;

          (3) Temporary Cash Investments;

          (4) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary if
     created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or
     dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however,
     that such trade terms may include such concessionaire trade terms as the
     Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the
     circumstances;

          (5) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are
     expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses
     for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of
     business;

          (6) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of
     business consistent with past practices of the Company or such Restricted
     Subsidiary;

          (7) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts
     created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments;

                                      106

<PAGE>

          (8) any Person to the extent such Investment represents the non-cash
     portion of the consideration received for an Asset Disposition as permitted
     pursuant to the covenant described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation
     on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock";

          (9) Currency Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements entered into in
     the ordinary course of the Company's business and otherwise in compliance
     with the Indenture;

          (10) the Permitted Joint Venture; provided, however, such Investment
     is received in exchange for the Malaysian Business or paid for with the
     proceeds from a disposition of the Malaysian Business; and

          (11) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or
     result therefrom), any Person engaged in a Related Business in an aggregate
     amount which, when added together with the amount of all the Investments
     made pursuant to this clause (11) which at such time have not been repaid
     through repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets, does
     not exceed the greater of $25.0 million and, after the first anniversary of
     the Issue Date, 5.0% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each
     Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to
     subsequent changes in value).

     "Permitted Joint Venture" means any joint venture to which the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary is a party, which includes the Malaysian Business,
whether the Malaysian Business is sold or contributed to such joint venture.

     "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated
organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any
other entity.

     "Preferred Stock," as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means
Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as
to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of
assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such
Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

     "Principal" of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if
any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the
relevant time.

     "Pro Forma Cost Savings" means, with respect to any period, the reduction
in costs that were

          (1) directly attributable to an asset acquisition and calculated on a
     basis that is consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act in
     effect and applied as of the Issue Date, or

          (2) implemented by the business that was the subject of any such asset
     acquisition within six months of the date of the asset acquisition and that
     are supportable and qualifiable by the underlying accounting records of
     such business,

as if, in the case of each of clause (1) and (2), all such reductions in costs
had been effected as of the beginning of such period.

     "Refinance" means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend,
renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other
Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such indebtedness. "Refinanced" and
"Refinancing" shall have correlative meanings.

     "Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness that Refinances any
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Issue
Date or Incurred in compliance with the Indenture, including Indebtedness that
Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that (1) such
Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated
Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, (2) such Refinancing Indebtedness
has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that
is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being
Refinanced and (3) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal
amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price)
that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred
with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding or
committed (plus fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs)
under the Indebtedness being Refinanced; provided further, however, that
Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that
Refinances Indebtedness of the Company or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.

                                      107

<PAGE>

     "Related Business" means any business related, ancillary or complementary
to the businesses of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue
Date.

     "Representative" means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an
issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Company; provided, however, that if and for
so long as any Senior Indebtedness lacks such a representative, then the
Representative for such Senior Indebtedness shall at all times be the holders of
a majority in outstanding principal amount of such senior Indebtedness.

     "Restricted Payment" with respect to any Person means

          (1) the declaration or payment of any dividends or any other
     distributions of any sort in respect of its Capital Stock (including any
     payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving such
     Person) or similar payment to the direct or indirect holders of its Capital
     Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in its Capital
     Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) and dividends or distributions
     payable solely to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and other than
     pro rata dividends or other distributions made by a Subsidiary that is not
     a Wholly Owned Subsidiary to minority stockholders (or owners of an
     equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other
     than a corporation));

          (2) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
     value of any Capital Stock of the Company held by any Person or of any
     Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary held by any Affiliate of the
     Company (other than a Restricted Subsidiary), including the exercise of any
     option to exchange any Capital Stock (other than into Capital Stock of the
     Company that is not Disqualified Stock);

          (3) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other
     acquisition or retirement for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled
     repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment of any Subordinated Obligations
     (other than the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated
     Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund
     obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due
     within one year of the date of acquisition); or

          (4) the making of any Investment in any Person (other than a Permitted
     Investment).

     "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     "Revolving Credit Facilities" means the revolving credit facility contained
in the Credit Agreement and any other facility or financing arrangement that
Refinances or replaces, in whole or in part, any such revolving credit facility.

     "Sale/Leaseback Transaction" means an arrangement relating to property now
owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
leases it from such Person.

     "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "Secured Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company secured by a
Lien.

     "Senior Indebtedness" of any Person means all (1) Bank Indebtedness of or
guarantees by such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter
Incurred, and (2) Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue
Date or thereafter Incurred, including interest thereon, in respect of (A)
Indebtedness for money borrowed, (B) Indebtedness evidenced by notes,
debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such
Person is responsible or liable and (C) Hedging Obligations, unless, in the case
of (1) and (2), in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to
which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such obligations are
subordinate in right of payment to the obligations under the Notes; provided,
however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include (i) any obligation of such
Person to any subsidiary of such Person, (ii) any liability for Federal, state,
local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person, (iii) any accounts payable or
other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business
(including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities), (iv)
any Indebtedness of such Person (and any accrued and unpaid interest in respect
thereof) which is subordinate or junior by its terms to any other Indebtedness
or other obligation of such Person (including, in the case of the Company, the
Notes and, in the case of Holdings, the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note and
the Holdings PIK Note) or (v) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time
of Incurrence is Incurred in violation of the Indenture (but as to any such
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, no such violation shall be deemed to
exist if the Representative of the Lenders thereunder shall have received an
officers' certificate of the Company to the effect that the issuance of such
Indebtedness does not violate such covenant and setting forth in reasonable
detail the reasons therefor).

                                      108

<PAGE>


     "Senior Subordinated Indebtedness" means (1) with respect to the Company,
the Notes and any other Indebtedness of the Company that specifically provides
that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu with the Notes in right of payment
and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or
other obligation of the Company which is not Senior Indebtedness of the Company
and (2) with respect to Holdings or a Subsidiary Guarantor, their respective
Guarantees of the Notes and any other Indebtedness of such Person that
specifically provides that such Indebtedness rank pari passu with such Guaranty
in respect of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in respect of payment
to any Indebtedness or other obligation of such Person which is not Senior
Indebtedness of such Person; provided, however, that Senior Subordinated
Indebtedness shall not include, in the case of Holdings, the 13.5% Subordinated
Holding PIK Note and the Holdings PIK Note.

     "Significant Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
"Significant Subsidiary" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under
Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

     "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any security, the date specified
in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of
such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption
provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such
security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any
contingency unless such contingency has occurred).

     "Stockholders' Agreement" means the Securities Purchase and Holders
Agreement among the stockholders of Holdings, as in effect on the Issue Date.

     "Subordinated Obligation" means any Indebtedness of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter
Incurred) which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to, in the case of
the Company, the Notes or, in the case of such Subsidiary Guarantor, its
Subsidiary Guaranty, pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.

     "Subsidiary" means, in respect of any Person, any corporation, association,
partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership
interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to
vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time
owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (1) such Person, (2) such Person
and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (3) one or more Subsidiaries of
such Person.

     "Subsidiary Guarantor" means any subsidiary of the Company that Guarantees
the Company's obligations with respect to the Notes.

     "Subsidiary Guaranty" means a Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the
Company's obligations with respect to the Notes.

     "Tax Sharing Agreement" means any tax sharing agreement between the Company
and Holdings or any other Person with which the Company is required to, or is
permitted to, file a consolidated, combined or unitary tax return or with which
the Company is or could be part of a consolidated group for tax purposes.

     "Temporary Cash Investments" means any of the following:

          (1) any investment in direct obligations of the United States of
     America or any agency thereof or obligations guaranteed by the United
     States of America or any agency thereof;

          (2) investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and
     money market deposits maturing within 180 days of the date of acquisition
     thereof issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws
     of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country
     recognized by the United States, and which bank or trust company has
     capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $50.0
     million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and has outstanding
     debt which is rated "A" (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at
     least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined
     in Rule 436 under the Securities Act) or any money-market fund sponsored by
     a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor;

          (3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for
     underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered
     into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (2) above;

          (4) investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 90 days
     after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an
     Affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence under the laws of the
     United States of America or any foreign country recognized by the United
     States of America with a rating at the time as of which any investment
     therein is made of "P-1" (or higher) according to

                                      109

<PAGE>

     Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or higher) according to Standard
     and Poor's Ratings Group; and

          (5) investments in securities with maturities of six months or less
     from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state,
     commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any
     political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least "A"
     by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or "A" by Moody's Investors Service,
     Inc.

     "Term Loan Facilities" means the term loan facilities contained in the
Credit Agreement and any other facility or financing arrangement that Refinances
in whole or in part any such term loan facility.

     "13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note" means the subordinated PIK note due
2010 in the original principal amount of $30.0 million issued with an annual
rate of interest of 13.5% by Holdings to Citicorp Mezzanine Partners, L.P.

     "Total Assets" means the total consolidated assets (calculated in
accordance with GAAP) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as set
forth on the Company's most recent consolidated balance sheet.

     "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at
the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the
Board of Directors in the manner provided below and (2) any Subsidiary of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of
the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns
any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or holds any Lien on any property of, the
Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the
Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that either (A) the
Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (B) if such
Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, such designation would be permitted
under the covenant described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on
Restricted Payments." The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted
Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately
after giving effect to such designation (x) the Company could Incur $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness under paragraph (a) of the covenant described under
"--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Indebtedness" and (y) no Default shall have
occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall
be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the
resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an
Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the
foregoing provisions.

     "U.S. Dollar Equivalent" means with respect to any monetary amount in a
currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for determination thereof, the
amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in
such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S.
dollars with the applicable foreign currency as published in The Wall Street
Journal in the "Exchange Rates" column under the heading "Currency Trading" on
the date two Business Days prior to such determination.

     Except as described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on
Indebtedness," whenever it is necessary to determine whether the Company has
complied with any covenant in the Indenture or a Default has occurred and an
amount is expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, such amount will be
treated as the U.S. Dollar Equivalent determined as of the date such amount is
initially determined in such currency.

     "U.S. Government Obligations" means direct obligations (or certificates
representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of
America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of
which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and
which are not callable at the issuer's option.

     "Voting Stock" of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other
interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and
normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote
in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

     "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary all the Capital
Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) is owned by the Company
or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

SAME-DAY PAYMENT

     The Indenture requires that payments in respect of the notes (including
principal, premium and interest) be made by wire transfer of immediately
available U.S. dollar funds to the accounts specified by the holders thereof or,
if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such holder's
registered address.

                                      110

<PAGE>

                UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

GENERAL

     The following general discussion summarizes certain of the material U.S.
Federal income and estate tax aspects of the exchange offer and the ownership
and disposition of the new notes. This discussion is a summary for general
information only and is limited in the following ways:

     o The discussion only covers holders of the new notes that receive the new
       notes in the exchange offer and that purchased the old notes for cash in
       the initial offering.

     o The discussion only covers holders of the notes that hold both the old
       notes and the new notes as capital assets (that is, for investment
       purposes), and that do not have a special tax status.

     o The discussion covers only the general tax consequences to holders of the
       notes. It does not cover tax consequences that depend upon a holder's
       individual tax circumstances.

     o The discussion is based on current law. Changes in the law may change the
       tax treatment of the exchange offer and the notes on a prospective or
       retroactive basis.

     o The discussion does not cover state, local or foreign law.

     o The discussion does not apply to holders owning 10% or more of our voting
       stock, or corporate holders that are controlled foreign corporations with
       respect to us.

     We have not and will not seek any rulings or opinions from the Internal
Revenue Service with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no
assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will not take positions about the
tax treatment of the exchange offer or the notes which are different from those
that we discuss. In particular, we intend to take the position that the notes
will be treated as indebtedness for all U.S. Federal income tax purposes. You
should recognize, however, that there is some uncertainty regarding the
appropriate characterization of the notes, and it is possible that the Internal
Revenue Service might contend that the notes should be treated not as
indebtedness but as equity in our company for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.
If the notes were treated as equity of our Company, the after-tax cash flows
available to make payments on the notes might be materially reduced, and the tax
treatment of the notes might differ from that discussion below, perhaps
materially.

THIS DISCUSSION DOES NOT PURPORT TO DEAL WITH ALL ASPECTS OF FEDERAL TAXATION
THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO THE DECISION TO EXCHANGE OLD NOTES FOR NEW NOTES. EACH
INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT WITH ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR CONCERNING THE APPLICATION OF
THE FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND OTHER LAWS TO ITS PARTICULAR SITUATION BEFORE
DETERMINING WHETHER TO EXCHANGE OLD NOTES FOR NEW NOTES.

     The tax consequences depend upon whether you are a U.S. holder or a
non-U.S. holder. A U.S. holder is:

     o a citizen or resident of the United States;

     o a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or
       organized under U.S. law (Federal or state);

     o an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. Federal income taxation
       regardless of its sources;

     o a trust if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over
       administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority
       to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or

     o any other person whose worldwide income and gain is otherwise subject to
       U.S. Federal income taxation on a net basis.

     A non-U.S. holder is a holder that is not a U.S. holder.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO U.S. HOLDERS

  The Exchange Offer

     The exchange of old notes for new notes in the exchange offer will not be a
taxable event for holders. Accordingly, if you exchange your old notes for new
notes pursuant to the exchange offer you:

     o will not recognize gain or loss in connection with the exchange;

                                      111

<PAGE>

     o will have the same tax basis in the new notes that you had in the old
       notes immediately prior to the exchange; and

     o will have the same holding period in the new notes that you had in the
       old notes immediately prior to the exchange.

  Interest

     Under applicable Treasury Regulations, the old notes are not treated as
being issued with original issue discount because the difference between an old
note's stated redemption price at maturity and its issue price is considered to
constitute de minimis original issue discount. A new note received in the
exchange offer for an old note will have identical de minimis original issue
discount to the old note for which it is exchanged. As a result:

     o If you are a cash method taxpayer (including most individual holders),
       you must report the stated interest on the new note in your income when
       it is received by you.

     o If you are an accrual method taxpayer, you must report the stated
       interest on the new note in your income as it accrues.

     o You will not be required to include the de minimis original issue
       discount in your income as it accrues. Instead, you will include such de
       minimis original issue discount in your computation of gain or loss when
       you sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of the new note (including by way
       of retirement or redemption).

     Under certain circumstances described above, we will be required to pay
additional interest on the new notes if we fail to comply with certain of our
obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. See "Description of the
Notes--Registered Exchange Offer; Registration Rights." Although the matter is
not free from doubt, such additional interest should be treated as a payment of
additional interest on the new notes for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, with
the following results:

     o If you are a cash method taxpayer (including most individual holders),
       such additional interest will be taxable to you as ordinary income when
       it is received by you.

     o If you are an accrual method taxpayer, such additional interest will be
       taxable to you as ordinary income as it accrues.

It is possible, however, that the Internal Revenue Service may take a different
position, in which case you might be required to include such additional
interest in income as it accrues or becomes fixed (regardless of your regular
method of accounting).

  Sale, Exchange or Retirement of the Notes

     On a sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of a note:

     o You will have taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the
       tax basis of the note and the amount received on the sale, exchange,
       retirement or other disposition.

     o Any gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss, and will be long
       term capital gain or loss if the note was held for more than one year.

     o If you sell the note between interest payment dates, a portion of the
       amount you receive reflects stated interest that has accrued on the note
       but has not yet been paid by the sale date. That amount is treated as
       ordinary interest income and not as sale proceeds.

  Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

     Under the tax rules concerning information reporting to the Internal
Revenue Service:

     o We are required to provide information to the Internal Revenue Service
       concerning interest and redemption proceeds we pay to you on notes held
       by you, unless an exemption applies.

     o Similarly, unless an exemption applies, you are required to provide us
       with a correct taxpayer identification number for our use in reporting
       information to the Internal Revenue Service. If you are

                                      112

<PAGE>

       an individual, this is your social security number. You are also required
       to comply with other Internal Revenue Service requirements concerning
       information reporting.

     o If you are subject to these requirements but do not comply, we are
       required to withhold 31% of all amounts payable to you on the notes
       (including principal payments). If we do withhold part of a payment, you
       may use the withheld amount as a credit against your Federal income tax
       liability.

     o All U.S. holders that are individuals are subject to these requirements.
       Certain U.S. holders, including all corporations, tax-exempt
       organizations and individual retirement accounts, are exempt from these
       requirements.

  Withholding Taxes on the New Notes

     If you are a non-U.S. holder, payments of principal and interest on the new
notes generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding taxes. However, in order
for the exemption from withholding taxes to apply, you must meet the following
requirements:

     o As the beneficial owner of a new note, you must provide a statement to
       the effect that you are not a U.S. holder. This statement is generally
       made on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8. You should consult your own
       tax advisor about the specific method to satisfy this requirement. The
       procedures for satisfying this requirement will change on January 1,
       2001.

     o You must not be a bank that is making a loan in the ordinary course of
       its business.

     Non-U.S. holders that do not qualify for exemption from withholding with
respect to payments of principal and interest on the new notes generally will be
subject to withholding of U.S. Federal income tax at a rate of 30%, or lower
applicable treaty rate (subject to compliance with certain reporting rules), on
any interest payments.

  Sale, Exchange or Redemption of New Notes

     If you sell or otherwise dispose of a new note, you generally will not be
subject to U.S. Federal income tax on any gain unless:

     o The gain is effectively connected with a trade or business that you
       conduct in the U.S. or, if a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a
       U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder.

     o You are an individual and are present in the U.S. for at least 183 days
       during the calendar year in which you dispose of the new note and certain
       other conditions are satisfied.

     o You are required to pay tax pursuant to the provisions of U.S. tax law
       applicable to certain U.S. expatriates.

  U.S. Trade or Business

     If you hold a new note in connection with a trade or business that you are
conducting in the U.S. or, if a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S.
permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder:

     o Any interest on the note generally will be subject to income tax as if
       you were a U.S. holder.

     o Any interest will be exempt from U.S. withholding tax as discussed above
       as long as you submit to us a proper form, generally Internal Revenue
       Service Form 4224, that includes certain required information. You should
       consult your own tax advisor about how to satisfy this requirement. The
       procedures for satisfying this requirement will change on January 1,
       2001.

     o If you are a corporation, you may be subject to a branch profits tax on
       your earnings (with some adjustments) that are connected with your U.S.
       trade or business, including earnings from the note. This tax is imposed
       at a 30% rate, but may be reduced or eliminated by an applicable income
       tax treaty (subject to compliance with certain reporting rules).

                                      113

<PAGE>

  Estate Taxes

     o New notes held by an individual non-U.S. holder who is neither a citizen
       nor a domiciliary of the United States for U.S. Federal income tax
       purposes at the time of such holder's death will not be subject to U.S.
       Federal estate tax, provided that, at the time of death, the income from
       such notes was not or would not have been effectively connected with a
       U.S. trade or business of that individual and the individual qualified
       for the exemption from U.S. Federal withholding tax (without regard to
       the certification requirements) described above. See "Withholding Taxes
       on the New Notes."

  Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

     U.S. rules concerning information reporting and backup withholding with
respect to the new notes are described above. You automatically avoid these
requirements when you provide the tax certifications needed to avoid withholding
tax on interest, as described above (unless we know, or an intermediate entity
knows, that the certification is false). See "Withholding Taxes on the New
Notes" above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, interest payments made to you will
be reported to the Internal Revenue Service on Form 1042-S.

     If you dispose of a new note through a broker:

     o You must provide the broker appropriate certification of your non-U.S.
       status to avoid information reporting and backup withholding.

     o If you do not provide such certification, and you use the U.S. office of
       a broker, you may be subject to information reporting and backup
       withholding.

     o If you do not provide such certification, and you use the non-U.S. office
       of a broker, you will not be subject to backup withholding. However, you
       may be subject to information reporting depending on whether the broker
       has certain connections to the U.S.

     Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The tax liability of persons
subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of the tax withheld.
If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained,
provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue
Service. You should consult your tax advisor about the tax rules concerning
information reporting requirements and backup withholding.

THE FOREGOING SUMMARY IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. EACH HOLDER OF
OLD NOTES THAT EXCHANGES OLD NOTES FOR NEW NOTES IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER SHOULD
CONSULT WITH ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES (INCLUDING
APPLICABLE STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS) TO SUCH HOLDER OF THE EXCHANGE
OFFER AND THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE NEW NOTES.

                                      114

<PAGE>

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to
the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such new notes. This prospectus, as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in
connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where
such old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the
expiration date of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as amended
or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any
such resale. In addition, until             , 1999 (90 days after the date of
this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the new notes may be
required to deliver a prospectus.

     We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by
broker-dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account
pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more
transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through
the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of such methods of
resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to
such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made
directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive
compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such new notes. Any broker-dealer that
resells new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the
exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of
such new notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of new notes and any
commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal
states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

     For a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer,
we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents
in the Letter of Transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the
exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of the
notes) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will
indemnify the Holders of the Securities (including any broker-dealers) against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

                                      115

<PAGE>

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     Legal matters with respect to the validity of the new notes offered hereby
will be passed upon for us by Dechert Price & Rhoads, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania.

                                    EXPERTS

     Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, have audited the Intersil Holding
Corporation (Successor) consolidated balance sheet at August 14, 1999 and the
consolidated financial statements of the semiconductor business of Harris
(Predecessor) at July 3, 1998 and July 2, 1999, and for each of the three years
in the period ended July 2, 1999, as set forth in their report. We've included
our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration
statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's report, given on their authority as
experts in accounting and auditing.

                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     As a result of the exchange offer, we will become subject to the
informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may read and copy any
reports or other information filed by us at the Securities and Exchange
Commission's public reference room at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the SEC's regional offices located
at Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, IL
60661 and Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, NY 10048. Copies of
such material can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC upon
payment of fees prescribed by the SEC. You may call the Securities and Exchange
Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information contained in the public
reference room. Our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission will
also be available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and
at the Securities and Exchange Commission's Web site at "http://www.sec.gov."

     Our duty to file supplementary and periodic information, documents and
reports under the Exchange Act shall be automatically suspended as to our fiscal
year beginning July 3, 1999. Accordingly, we will cease to file supplementary
and periodic information, documents and reports for our fiscal year beginning
July 3, 1999.

     We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the
Securities Act of 1933, covering the notes to be issued in the exchange offer
(Registration No. 333-             ). This prospectus, which is a part of the
registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the
registration statement. Any statement made in this prospectus concerning the
contents of any contract, agreement or other document is not necessarily
complete. For further information with respect to our company and the notes to
be issued in the exchange offer, please reference the registration statement,
including its exhibits. If we have filed any contract, agreement or other
document as an exhibit to the registration statement, you should read the
exhibit for a more complete understanding of the documents or matter involved.

     Copies of the registration statement, including all related exhibits and
schedules, may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities
maintained by the SEC, or obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference
Section of the SEC at the address set forth above. In addition, you may request
a copy of any of these filings, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the
following address or phone number: Intersil Corporation, 2401 Palm Bay Road NE,
Palm Bay, Florida 32905; the telephone number at that address is (321) 724-7000.

                                      116
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PAGE
                                                               ----
<S>                                                            <C>
Independent Certified Public Accountants' Report............   F-2

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive
  Income....................................................   F-3

Consolidated Balance Sheet..................................   F-4

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows........................   F-5

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity..............   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................   F-7
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT

The Board of Directors
Intersil Holding Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Intersil Holding
Corporation (successor) as of August 14, 1999 (successor period) and the
consolidated balance sheets of the Harris Semiconductor Business ("Semiconductor
Business") (Predecessor), which is wholly owned by Harris Corporation, as of
July 2, 1999 and July 3, 1998 and the related consolidated statements of
operations, comprehensive income and cash flows for each of the three fiscal
years in the period ended July 2, 1999 and the six weeks ended August 13, 1999
(Predecessor period). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule
listed at Item 16. These financial statements and financial statement schedule
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement
schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the statements. An audit also includes assessing
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as
well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

The accompanying Predecessor consolidated financial statements were prepared on
the basis of presentation as described in Note A. The results of operations are
not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would be recorded
by Semiconductor Business on a stand-alone basis.

In our opinion, the successor consolidated balance sheet referred to above
presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Intersil
Holding Corporation as of August 14, 1999. Further, in our opinion, the
Predecessor consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Semiconductor
Business at July 2, 1999 and July 3, 1998 and the consolidated results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
July 2, 1999 and for the six weeks ended August 13, 1999, on the basis described
in Note A, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in
our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in
all material respects the information set forth therein.

Jacksonville, Florida                     Ernst & Young LLP
November 3, 1999

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               PREDECESSOR                             PREDECESSOR            |    SUCCESSOR
                               -------------------------------------------   -------------------------------- | ---------------
                                            FISCAL YEAR ENDED                13 WEEKS ENDED    6 WEEKS ENDED  |  7 WEEKS ENDED
                               -------------------------------------------   --------------   --------------- | ---------------
                               JUNE 27, 1997   JULY 3, 1998   JULY 2, 1999  OCTOBER 2, 1998   AUGUST 13, 1999 | OCTOBER 1, 1999
                               -------------   ------------   ------------   --------------   --------------- | ---------------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)                     |   (UNAUDITED)
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)           |
<S>                            <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>               <C>                <C>
REVENUE                                                                                                       |
  Product sales.............     $545,321        $576,836       $532,718        $122,549         $ 57,336     |    $ 76,548
COSTS AND EXPENSES                                                                                            |
  Cost of product sales.....      346,073         369,332        349,776          80,511           39,681     |      46,554
  Research and                                                                                                |
     development............       75,208          75,125         67,079          14,779            8,499     |       8,398
  Marketing.................       81,390          79,787         66,873          16,074            8,208     |       8,421
  Administrative and                                                                                          |
     general................       17,924          18,397         17,125           5,194            2,700     |       2,186
  Harris corporate expense                                                                                    |
     allocation.............        9,960           9,962          9,303           2,133            1,164     |          --
  Intangible amortization...        2,291           2,292          2,414             573              326     |       1,418
  In-process R&D charge.....           --              --             --              --               --     |      20,796
                                 --------        --------       --------        --------         --------     |    --------
Operating income (loss).....       12,475          21,941         20,148           3,285           (3,242)    |     (11,225)
  Interest, net.............         (595)           (914)        (1,231)           (217)            (111)    |       8,665
                                 --------        --------       --------        --------         --------     |    --------
  Income (loss) before                                                                                        |
     income taxes...........       13,070          22,855         21,379           3,502           (3,131)    |     (19,890)
  Income taxes (benefit)....        1,845           9,944         (6,027)           (987)            (102)    |         222
                                 --------        --------       --------        --------         --------     |    --------
  NET INCOME (LOSS).........       11,225          12,911         27,406           4,489           (3,029)    |     (20,112)
Preferred dividends.........           --              --             --              --               --     |      (1,369)
                                 --------        --------       --------        --------         --------     |    --------
Net income (loss) to common                                                                                   |
  shareholders..............     $ 11,225        $ 12,911       $ 27,406        $  4,489         $ (3,029)    |    $(21,481)
                                 ========        ========       ========        ========         ========     |    ========
LOSS PER SHARE:                                                                                               |
  Basic.....................                                                                                  |    $  (0.22)
                                                                                                              |    ========
  Diluted...................                                                                                  |    $  (0.22)
                                                                                                              |    ========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON                                                                                       |
  SHARES OUTSTANDING (IN                                                                                      |
  MILLIONS):                                                                                                  |
  Basic.....................                                                                                  |       100.0
                                                                                                              |    ========
  Diluted...................                                                                                  |       100.0
                                                                                                              |    ========
</TABLE>

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             PREDECESSOR                             PREDECESSOR            |    SUCCESSOR
                             -------------------------------------------   -------------------------------- | ---------------
                                          FISCAL YEAR ENDED                13 WEEKS ENDED    6 WEEKS ENDED  |  7 WEEKS ENDED
                             -------------------------------------------   --------------   --------------- | ---------------
                             JUNE 27, 1997   JULY 3, 1998   JULY 2, 1999   OCTOBER 2, 1998  AUGUST 13, 1999 | OCTOBER 1, 1999
                             -------------   ------------   ------------   --------------   --------------- | ---------------
                                                                            (UNAUDITED)                     |   (UNAUDITED)
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)                        |
<S>                          <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>               <C>
Net income (loss).........      $11,225        $12,911        $27,406         $ 4,489           $(3,029)    |    $(20,112)
Other comprehensive income                                                                                  |
  (loss):                                                                                                   |
  Currency translation                                                                                      |
     adjustments..........       (2,015)        (1,851)          (574)          1,681             2,475     |         426
                                -------        -------        -------         -------           -------     |    --------
Comprehensive income                                                                                        |
  (loss)..................      $ 9,210        $11,060        $26,832         $ 6,170           $  (554)    |    $(19,686)
                                =======        =======        =======         =======           =======     |    ========
</TABLE>

                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    PREDECESSOR         |             SUCCESSOR
                                                            --------------------------- | ---------------------------------
                                                            JULY 3, 1998   JULY 2, 1999 | AUGUST 14, 1999   OCTOBER 1, 1999
                                                            ------------   ------------ | ---------------   ---------------
                                                                                        |                     (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>
ASSETS                                                                                  |
Current Assets                                                                          |
  Cash                                                        $     --       $     --   |    $  7,377          $ 33,820
  Trade receivables, less allowances for collection loss                                |
    ($571 in 1998, $582 in 1999, $755 as of August 14,                                  |
    1999 and $780 as of October 1, 1999)..................     110,675        100,674   |      83,042            84,777
  Inventories.............................................     180,232        153,822   |     153,044           156,384
  Prepaid expenses........................................       4,658          3,725   |       3,051             7,265
  Income tax receivable...................................         643          1,527   |         573               621
  Deferred income taxes...................................          --          3,476   |          --                --
                                                              --------       --------   |    --------          --------
      Total Current Assets................................     296,208        263,224   |     247,087           282,867
Other Assets                                                                            |
  Property, plant and equipment, less allowance for                                     |
    depreciation ($567,031 in 1998, $582,616 in 1999, -0-                               |
    as of August 14, 1999 and $8,740 as of October 1,                                   |
    1999).................................................     450,084        410,530   |     348,514           342,198
  Intangibles, less accumulated amortization ($17,760 in                                |
    1998, $19,929 in 1999, -0- as of August 14, 1999 and                                |
    $1,418 as of October 1, 1999).........................      44,219         45,368   |     111,511            89,297
  Other...................................................      19,759         42,057   |      21,463            22,358
                                                              --------       --------   |    --------          --------
      Total Other Assets..................................     514,062        497,955   |     481,488           453,853
                                                              --------       --------   |    --------          --------
Total Assets..............................................    $810,270       $761,179   |    $728,575          $736,720
                                                              ========       ========   |    ========          ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY/BUSINESS EQUITY                                    |
Current Liabilities                                                                     |
  Trade account payables..................................    $ 33,305       $ 31,068   |    $ 29,365          $ 32,619
  Retirement plan accruals................................      15,448         13,640   |       2,445             5,865
  Accrued compensation....................................      29,022         19,283   |      15,842            23,571
  Accrued interest and sundry taxes.......................       4,257          3,193   |       3,877             8,733
  Other accrued items.....................................      13,403         16,418   |      27,222            33,440
  Distributor reserves....................................       6,189          6,542   |       6,512             7,073
  Unearned service income.................................         248            567   |         567               536
  Deferred income taxes...................................         126             --   |          --                --
  Long-term debt--current portion.........................         167            360   |       2,410             2,410
                                                              --------       --------   |    --------          --------
      Total Current Liabilities...........................     102,165         91,071   |      88,240           114,247
Other Liabilities                                                                       |
  Deferred income taxes...................................       5,126          7,022   |       8,199             8,199
  Long-term debt..........................................       3,902          4,207   |     541,525           543,349
Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock--1,000,000 shares                                |
  designated 12% Series A Cumulative Compounding preferred                              |
  stock, $1,000 stated value; 2,000,000 shares authorized,                              |
  85,000 shares issued and outstanding at August 14, 1999                               |
  and October 1, 1999.....................................          --             --   |      85,000            86,369
Stockholders' Equity/Business Equity......................                              |
  Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value, voting;                                         |
    125,000,000 shares authorized, 23,800,000 shares                                    |
    issued and outstanding at August 14, 1999 and October                               |
    1, 1999...............................................          --             --   |         238               238
  Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value, non-voting;                                     |
    125,000,000 shares authorized, 76,200,000 shares                                    |
    issued and outstanding at August 14, 1999 and October                               |
    1, 1999...............................................          --             --   |         762               762
  Additional paid-in Capital..............................          --             --   |       4,611             3,242
  Business equity.........................................     699,077        658,879   |          --                --
  Retained deficit........................................          --             --   |          --           (20,112)
  Accumulated other comprehensive income..................          --             --   |          --               426
                                                              --------       --------   |    --------          --------
      Total Stockholders' Equity/Business Equity..........     699,077        658,879   |       5,611           (15,444)
                                                              --------       --------   |    --------          --------
      Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity/Business                               |
         Equity...........................................    $810,270       $761,179   |    $728,575          $736,720
                                                              ========       ========   |    ========          ========
</TABLE>

                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               PREDECESSOR                             PREDECESSOR            |    SUCCESSOR
                               -------------------------------------------   -------------------------------- | ---------------
                                            FISCAL YEAR ENDED                13 WEEKS ENDED    6 WEEKS ENDED  |  7 WEEKS ENDED
                               -------------------------------------------   --------------   --------------- | ---------------
                               JUNE 27, 1997   JULY 3, 1998   JULY 2, 1999  OCTOBER 2, 1998   AUGUST 13, 1999 | OCTOBER 1, 1999
                               -------------   ------------   ------------   --------------   --------------- | ---------------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)                     |   (UNAUDITED)
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)                        |
<S>                            <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>               <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                                                                                         |
  Net Income (loss)..........    $ 11,225        $12,911        $ 27,406        $  4,489         $ (3,029)    |    $(20,112)

Adjustments to reconcile net                                                                                  |
  income (loss) to net cash                                                                                   |
  provided by operating                                                                                       |
  activities                                                                                                  |
    Depreciation.............      50,218         65,036          78,217          19,014            8,747     |       8,740
    Amortization.............       2,295          2,295           2,414             573              326     |       1,418
    Write-off of in-process                                                                                   |
      technology.............          --             --              --              --               --     |      20,796
    Non-current deferred                                                                                      |
      income taxes...........        (981)          (461)          1,896           1,415           (4,756)    |          --
  Changes in assets and                                                                                       |
    liabilities:                                                                                              |
    Trade receivables........       3,164          1,270          10,001          13,187           14,532     |      (1,735)
    Inventories..............      (7,720)        (9,859)         26,410           5,708           (1,649)    |      (3,340)
    Prepaid expenses.........       1,746            506             933             172              674     |      (4,214)
    Trade payables and                                                                                        |
      accrued liabilities....          24        (14,399)        (13,950)        (16,333)         (18,705)    |      27,927
    Unearned service                                                                                          |
      income.................          94            (32)            319            (163)              --     |         (31)
    Income taxes.............         (84)        (3,866)         (4,486)           (264)           4,430     |         (48)
    Other....................      (5,405)        (5,070)        (17,911)        (15,059)           2,812     |      (1,686)
                                 --------        -------        --------        --------         --------     |    --------
      Net cash provided by                                                                                    |
         operating                                                                                            |
         activities..........      54,576         48,331         111,249          12,739            3,382     |      27,715

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                                                                                         |
Cash paid for acquired                                                                                        |
  business...................          --             --          (1,335)             --               --     |          --
Plant and equipment..........    (173,304)       (90,184)        (38,563)        (13,101)          (1,887)    |      (2,424)
                                 --------        -------        --------        --------         --------     |    --------
      Net cash used in                                                                                        |
         investing                                                                                            |
         activities..........    (173,304)       (90,184)        (39,898)        (13,101)          (1,887)    |      (2,424)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                                                                                         |
  Proceeds from borrowings...       1,450          2,750             800              --               --     |          --
  Payments of borrowings.....         (48)           (83)           (302)            (41)             (32)    |         (65)
                                 --------        -------        --------        --------         --------     |    --------
      Net cash provided by                                                                                    |
         (used in) financing                                                                                  |
         activities..........       1,402          2,667             498             (41)             (32)    |         (65)
Effect of exchange rates on                                                                                   |
  cash                                                                                                        |
  and cash equivalents.......       1,221         (2,658)         (4,819)            (40)           1,177     |       1,217
Net cash transfer and                                                                                         |
  billings from (to)                                                                                          |
  parent.....................     116,105         41,844         (67,030)            443           (1,198)    |          --
                                 --------        -------        --------        --------         --------     |    --------
      Net increase in cash...          --             --              --              --            1,442     |      26,443
      Cash at the beginning                                                                                   |
         of the period.......          --             --              --              --               --     |       7,377
                                 --------        -------        --------        --------         --------     |    --------
      Cash at the end of the                                                                                  |
         period..............    $     --        $    --        $     --        $     --         $  1,442     |    $ 33,820
                                 ========        =======        ========        ========         ========     |    ========
</TABLE>

                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      COMMON STOCK      ADDITIONAL   RETAINED    CUMULATIVE
                                    -----------------    PAID-IN     EARNINGS    TRANSLATION   BUSINESS
                                    CLASS A   CLASS B    CAPITAL     (DEFICIT)   ADJUSTMENTS    EQUITY       TOTAL
                                    -------   -------   ----------   ---------   -----------   ---------   ---------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                 <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
Initial capitalization at August     $238      $762       $4,611     $     --       $ --       $      --   $   5,611
  14, 1999........................
Net income (loss) (unaudited).....     --        --           --      (20,112)        --              --     (20,112)
Accretion of undeclared dividends
  on preferred stock
  (unaudited).....................     --        --       (1,369)          --         --              --      (1,369)
Foreign currency translation
  (unaudited).....................     --        --           --           --        426              --         426
                                     ----      ----       ------     --------       ----       ---------   ---------
Balances at October 1, 1999
  (unaudited).....................   $238      $762       $3,242     $(20,112)      $426       $      --   $ (15,444)
                                     ====      ====       ======     ========       ====       =========   =========
</TABLE>

                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

             YEARS ENDED JUNE 27, 1997, JULY 3, 1998, JULY 2, 1999,
                         6 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999,
           UNAUDITED 13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998 AND THE UNAUDITED
                         7 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999

NOTE A--ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

ORGANIZATION

     Intersil Holding Corporation (Intersil Holding) was formed on August 13,
1999 through a series of transactions, in which Intersil Holding and its
wholly-owned subsidiary, Intersil Corporation (Intersil), acquired the
Semiconductor Business (Semiconductor Business or Predecessor) of Harris
Corporation (Harris). Intersil Holding currently has no operations but holds
common stock related to its investment in Intersil and certain indebtedness
related to the Semiconductor Business acquisition (Harris acquisition). Intersil
and its wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries include the operations of
the Predecessor.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     The Successor consolidated balance sheet as of August 14, 1999 reflects the
initial capitalization of Intersil Holding and the acquisition of the
Semiconductor Business. The consolidated balance sheets as of July 3, 1998 and
July 2, 1999 and the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income
and cash flows for the fiscal years ended June 27, 1997, July 3, 1998, July 2,
1999 and the 6 weeks ended August 13, 1999 include the accounts of Semiconductor
Business, the Predecessor company.

     Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements include the power,
communications, space and defense product lines of Harris' Semiconductor
Business that were purchased in the transaction. The transaction did not include
Harris' semiconductor suppression business or photomask operations or certain
patents in the memory field that were retained by Harris. The Semiconductor
Business, which was wholly-owned by Harris, designs, manufactures and sells
discrete semiconductors and standard and custom integrated circuits to the
semiconductor markets. The Semiconductor Business' manufacturing facilities
perform manufacturing operations related to other Harris Semiconductor Product
Lines. The Semiconductor Business was not a separate legal entity and the assets
and liabilities associated with the Semiconductor Business were components of a
larger business.

     The Predecessor's consolidated statements of operations include all
revenues and costs attributable to the Semiconductor Business. Costs directly
attributable to a product line are charged directly to cost of goods sold.
Certain components of costs of goods sold and operating expenses (engineering,
marketing, and administration & general) have been allocated based on
pre-established allocation methodologies established by the Semiconductor
Business, by product line. Harris Corporate expense allocations are based on a
percentage of the Semiconductor Business' net sales. Interest expense is
provided on direct borrowings of the Semiconductor Business. Interest expense of
Harris has not been allocated to the Semiconductor Business.

     All of the allocations and estimates in the Predecessor's combined
statements of operations are based on assumptions that management believes are
reasonable under the circumstances. However, these allocations and estimates are
not necessarily indicative of the costs that would have resulted if the
Semiconductor Business had been operated on a stand alone basis.

     The Semiconductor Business sells products to other affiliated operations of
Harris. Sales to these operations were not material.

     The accompanying unaudited financial statements for the 13 weeks ended
October 2, 1998 and the 7 weeks ended October 1, 1999, reflect all adjustments,
all of which are of a normal recurring nature, necessary in the opinion of
management for a fair presentation of the results for such interim periods and
are not necessarily indicative of full-year results.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

             YEARS ENDED JUNE 27, 1997, JULY 3, 1998, JULY 2, 1999,
                         6 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999,
           UNAUDITED 13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998 AND THE UNAUDITED
                         7 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999

NOTE A--ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION--(CONTINUED)

 ACQUISITION OF HARRIS' SEMICONDUCTOR BUSINESS

     The total purchase price of the Semiconductor Business acquisition was $630
million, which included transaction costs of approximately $7.8 million and
deferred financing costs of $12.2 million (Note H). The consideration paid by
Intersil Holding was $520.0 million in cash of which $420.0 million was financed
through borrowings from the senior credit facilities, the 13 1/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes and 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note and the issuance of a
$90.0 million "Pay-In-Kind" (PIK) note to Harris.

     The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting
and accordingly, the operating results of the Semiconductor Business have been
included in Intersil's consolidated financial statements since the date of
acquisition. The total purchase price was allocated to the assets and
liabilities of the Semiconductor Business based upon their approximate fair
value. The fair value of the net assets acquired exceeded the purchase price
resulting in negative goodwill. This negative goodwill was allocated to the
identified intangibles and property and equipment based on their relative fair
values as follows (in millions).

<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
Purchase price:

  Cash paid to Harris..................      $520.0
  13.5% Subordinated PIK Note..........        90.0
  Transaction costs and fees...........        20.0
                                             ------
Total purchase price...................      $630.0
                                             ======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           ALLOCATION OF
                                          FAIR VALUE OF     EXCESS FAIR      ADJUSTED
                                         ACQUIRED ASSETS       VALUE        FAIR VALUE
                                         ---------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                      <C>               <C>             <C>
Net current assets.....................      $160.9                --         $160.9
Other..................................         9.0                --            9.0
Property and equipment.................       486.0           $(137.5)         348.5
Developed Technology...................        80.0             (22.6)          57.4
Customer base..........................        33.0              (9.3)          23.7
In-process research and development....        29.0              (8.2)          20.8
Assembled workforce....................        13.5              (3.8)           9.7
                                             ------           -------         ------
                                             $811.4           $(181.4)        $630.0
                                             ======           =======         ======
Excess fair value of net assets
  acquired over purchase price.........      $181.4
                                             ======
</TABLE>

     The preliminary appraisal of the acquired business included $20.8 million
of purchased in-process research and development, which was related to various
products under development. This valuation represents the 10 years after-tax
cash flow of this in-process technology using a discount rate of 20%. The
acquired technology had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no
future alternative uses. Accordingly, it was written off at the time of the
acquisition. The remaining identified intangibles (developed technology,
customer base and assembled workforce) are being amortized over 5 to 11 years.

     The allocation of the purchase price is based on a preliminary valuation,
which is subject to change, although management does not believe the final
valuation will be materially different.

     In connection with the acquisition of the Semiconductor Business, Intersil
formulated a restructuring plan and will involuntarily terminate the employment
of 372 employees of the Semiconductor Business. At August

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

             YEARS ENDED JUNE 27, 1997, JULY 3, 1998, JULY 2, 1999,
                         6 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999,
           UNAUDITED 13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998 AND THE UNAUDITED
                         7 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999

NOTE A--ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION--(CONTINUED)

13, 1999, Intersil recorded $11.0 million in severance benefits and such is
included in the allocation of the acquisition cost. The severance includes the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     LOCATION                       NO. OF EMPLOYEES      AMOUNTS
                     --------                       ----------------   -------------
                                                             (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                 <C>                <C>
Europe............................................         17              $ 5.6
Malaysia..........................................        262                1.9
North America.....................................         93                3.5
                                                          ---              -----
                                                          372              $11.0
                                                          ===              =====
</TABLE>

     As of October 1, 1999, the restructuring liability was $8.8 million. For
the seven weeks ended October 1, 1999, approximately $2.2 million of these
restructuring costs had been paid out.

     The following unaudited information presents pro forma financial
information, after giving effect to certain adjustments including amortization
of intangible assets acquired, as if the Acquisition of the Semiconductor
Business had occurred at June 28, 1997. These pro forma results have been
prepared for comparative purposes only and do not purport to represent what
Intersil Holding's results of operations would actually have been had the
transactions in fact occurred on the date specified, nor do they purport to
project the results of operations for any future period.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PRO FORMA
                                                 ----------------------------------------
                                                     13 WEEKS               13 WEEKS
                                                       ENDED                  ENDED
                                                  OCTOBER 2, 1998        OCTOBER 1, 1999
                                                 -----------------      -----------------
                                                 (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                              <C>                    <C>
Product sales..................................        $122.5                 $133.9
Net loss.......................................        $ (4.2)                $(27.0)
Net loss to common shareholders................        $ (6.8)                $(29.6)
Loss per share:
  Basic and diluted............................        $(0.07)                $(0.30)
</TABLE>

NOTE B--SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     FISCAL YEAR--The 1997 fiscal year includes the 52 weeks ended June 27,
1997; fiscal year 1998 includes the 53 weeks ended July 3, 1998; and fiscal year
1999 includes the 52 weeks ended July 2, 1999.

     INVENTORIES--Inventories are carried at the lower of standard cost, which
approximates actual cost, determined by the First-In-First-Out (FIFO) method, or
market.

     PLANT AND EQUIPMENT--Machinery and equipment are carried on the basis of
cost. The estimated useful lives of buildings range between 5 and 50 years. The
estimated useful lives of machinery and equipment range between 3 and 10 years.
Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method using the estimated useful
life of the asset.

     REVENUE RECOGNITION--Revenue is recognized from sales to all customers,
including distributors, when a product is shipped. Sales to distributors are
made under distributor agreements which provide the distributors rights of
return and price protection on unsold merchandise held by the distributors.
Accordingly, sales are reduced for estimated returns from distributors and
estimated future price reductions of unsold merchandise held by distributors.
Product sales to two distributors for the fiscal years ended June 27, 1997, July
3, 1998, July 2, 1999, thirteen weeks ended October 2, 1998, six weeks ended
August 13, 1999 and seven weeks

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

             YEARS ENDED JUNE 27, 1997, JULY 3, 1998, JULY 2, 1999,
                         6 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999,
           UNAUDITED 13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998 AND THE UNAUDITED
                         7 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999

NOTE B--SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)

ended October 1, 1999 amounted to 20.5%, 19.0%, 16.6%, 19.1%, 29.3% and 7.8%,
respectively, of total product sales.

     RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT--Research and development costs, consisting of the
cost of designing, developing, and testing new or significantly enhanced
products, are expensed as incurred.

     RETIREMENT BENEFITS--Intersil Holding provides retirement benefits to
substantially all employees primarily through a retirement plan having
profit-sharing and savings elements. Contributions by Intersil Holding to the
retirement plan are based on profits and employees' savings with no other
funding requirements. Intersil Holding may make additional contributions to the
fund at its discretion.

     Retirement benefits also include an unfunded limited health-care plan for
U.S.-based retirees and employees on long-term disability. Intersil Holding
accrues the estimated cost of these medical benefits, which are not material,
during an employee's active service life.

     Retirement plans expense was $17.4 million in 1997, $15.6 million in 1998,
$14.8 million in 1999, $4.1 million for the thirteen weeks ended October 2,
1998, $1.4 million for the six weeks ended August 13, 1999 and $2.5 million for
the seven weeks ended October 1, 1999.

     INCOME TAXES--Intersil Holding follows the liability method of accounting
for income taxes and for the Predecessor financial statements was included with
its parent, Harris, in a consolidated federal income tax return. Harris required
each of its businesses to provide taxes on financial statement pre-tax income or
loss at applicable statutory tax rates. United States local amounts receivable
or payable for current and prior years' income taxes were treated as
intercompany transactions and were recorded in the Semiconductor Business
equity. International current income taxes payable and deferred income taxes
resulting from temporary differences between the financial statements and the
tax basis of assets and liabilities of the Intersil Holding's international
subsidiaries are separately classified on the balance sheets.

     INTANGIBLES--Intangibles resulting from acquisitions are being amortized by
the straight-line method over 5 to 40 years. Recoverability of intangibles is
assessed using estimated undiscounted cash flows of related operations.
Intangibles that are not expected to be recovered through future undiscounted
cash flows are charged to expense when identified. Amounts charged to expense
are amounts in excess of the fair value of the intangible asset. Fair value is
determined by calculating the present value of estimated expected future cash
flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risks involved.

     FUTURES AND FORWARD CONTRACTS--When Intersil Holding sells products outside
the United States or enters into purchase commitments, the transactions are
frequently denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. To minimize the
impact on revenue and cost from currency fluctuations, Intersil Holding enters
into currency exchange agreements that qualify for hedge accounting treatment.
It is Intersil Holding's policy not to speculate in foreign currencies. Currency
exchange agreements are designated as, and are effective as, hedges of foreign
currency commitments. In addition, these agreements are consistent with the
designated currency of the underlying transaction and mature on or before the
underlying transaction. Gains and losses on currency exchange agreements that
qualify as hedges are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the carrying
amount of the hedged asset, liability or commitment. Gains and losses on
currency exchange agreements that do not qualify as hedges are recognized in
income based on changes in the fair market value of the currency exchange
agreement.

     FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION--The functional currency for the Malaysian
subsidiary is the U.S. dollar, and for other international subsidiaries it is
the local currency. Assets and liabilities are translated at current rates of
exchange, and income and expense items are translated at the weighted average
exchange rate for the

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

             YEARS ENDED JUNE 27, 1997, JULY 3, 1998, JULY 2, 1999,
                         6 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999,
           UNAUDITED 13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998 AND THE UNAUDITED
                         7 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999

NOTE B--SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)

year. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component
of Shareholder's equity (Business Equity in the Predecessor's financial
statements). Cumulative translation gains (losses) were $(1.9) million, $(2.5)
million, $0 and $0.4 million at July 3, 1998, $2.5 million at July 2, 1999,
August 13, 1999 and October 1, 1999, respectively.

     LOSS PER SHARE--Loss per share is computed and presented in accordance with
SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per Share" and the Securities and Exchange Commission
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 98. Net loss per common share is presented for the
seven weeks ended October 1, 1999 only because it is not meaningful for earlier
periods since the Company did not have common stock outstanding for any of the
earlier periods.

     USE OF ESTIMATES--These statements have been prepared in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles and require management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

NOTE C--ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FAS No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities". The statement
establishes standards for recording derivative financial instruments and the
recognition of gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair values of
those instruments. Intersil Holding plans to adopt the new standard no later
than the first quarter of fiscal 2001. However, Intersil Holding has not
determined the anticipated impact of FAS No. 133.

NOTE D--INVENTORIES

     Inventories are summarized below (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 (PREDECESSOR)             (SUCCESSOR)
                                              -------------------   -------------------------
                                              JULY 3,    JULY 2,    AUGUST 14,    OCTOBER 1,
                                                1998       1999        1999          1999
                                              --------   --------   ----------   ------------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Finished products..........................   $ 64,644   $ 58,041    $ 59,708      $ 57,137
Work in process............................    125,647    102,457     104,262       109,903
Raw materials and supplies.................     14,423     11,441       9,137         8,735
                                              --------   --------    --------      --------
                                               204,714    171,939     173,107       175,775
Less inventory reserve.....................    (24,482)   (18,117)    (20,063)      (19,391)
                                              --------   --------    --------      --------
                                              $180,232   $153,822    $153,044      $156,384
                                              ========   ========    ========      ========
</TABLE>

     At July 2, 1999, August 14, 1999 and October 1, 1999 Intersil Holding was
committed to purchase $22.5 million, $22.8 million and $22.8 million,
respectively of inventory from suppliers. Management believes the cost of this
inventory approximates current market value.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

             YEARS ENDED JUNE 27, 1997, JULY 3, 1998, JULY 2, 1999,
                         6 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999,
           UNAUDITED 13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998 AND THE UNAUDITED
                         7 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999

NOTE E--PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

     Plant and equipment are summarized below (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                (PREDECESSOR)              (SUCCESSOR)
                                            ---------------------   -------------------------
                                             JULY 3,     JULY 2,    AUGUST 14,    OCTOBER 1,
                                               1998        1999        1999          1999
                                            ----------   --------   ----------   ------------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                         <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
Land.....................................   $    3,966   $  3,966    $  6,539      $  6,034
Buildings................................      262,490    266,364     100,511       100,337
Machinery and equipment..................      750,659    722,816     241,464       244,567
                                            ----------   --------    --------      --------
                                             1,017,115    993,146     348,514       350,938
Less allowances for depreciation.........      567,031    582,616          --         8,740
                                            ----------   --------    --------      --------
                                            $  450,084   $410,530    $348,514      $342,198
                                            ==========   ========    ========      ========
</TABLE>

NOTE F--INTANGIBLES

     Intangibles are summarized below (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               (PREDECESSOR)           (SUCCESSOR)
                                                             -----------------   ------------------------
                                               PERIOD OF     JULY 3,   JULY 2,   AUGUST 14,   OCTOBER 1,
                                             AMORTIZATION     1998      1999        1999         1999
                                             -------------   -------   -------   ----------   -----------
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                          <C>             <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>
Developed technology......................     11 years      $    --   $    --    $ 57,369      $57,369
Customer base.............................      7 years           --        --      23,665       23,665
In-process research and development.......           --           --        --      20,796           --
Assembled workforce.......................      5 years           --        --       9,681        9,681
Goodwill..................................     40 years       61,979    65,297          --           --
                                                             -------   -------    --------      -------
                                                              61,979    65,297     111,511       90,715
Less accumulated amortization.............                    17,760    19,929          --        1,418
                                                             -------   -------    --------      -------
                                                             $44,219   $45,368    $111,511      $89,297
                                                             =======   =======    ========      =======
</TABLE>

NOTE G--LOSS PER SHARE

     The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted loss
per share:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                (SUCCESSOR)
                                                              ---------------
<S>                                                           <C>
                                                              OCTOBER 1, 1999
                                                                 --------
                                                                (UNAUDITED)
Numerator
  Net loss (numerator for basic and diluted earnings per
     share).................................................     $(21,481)
                                                                 ========
Denominator:
  Denominator for basic earnings per share-weighted average
     common shares..........................................      100,000
  Effect of dilutive securities:
     Warrants...............................................           --
                                                                 --------
  Denominator for diluted earnings per share-adjusted
     weighted average shares................................      100,000
                                                                 ========
Basic loss per share........................................     $  (0.22)
                                                                 ========
Diluted loss per share......................................     $  (0.22)
                                                                 ========
</TABLE>
                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

             YEARS ENDED JUNE 27, 1997, JULY 3, 1998, JULY 2, 1999,
                         6 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999,
           UNAUDITED 13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998 AND THE UNAUDITED
                         7 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999

NOTE G--LOSS PER SHARE--(CONTINUED)

     The effect of dilutive securities is not included in the computation for
the seven weeks ended October 1, 1999 because to do so would be antidilutive.

NOTE H--LONG-TERM DEBT

LONG-TERM DEBT

     Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           (PREDECESSOR)                      (SUCCESSOR)
                                   -----------------------------   ---------------------------------
                                   JULY 3, 1998    JULY 2, 1999    AUGUST 14, 1999   OCTOBER 1, 1999
                                   -------------   -------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>
13.25% Senior Subordinated            $   --          $   --          $199,700          $199,700
  Notes..........................
Tranche B Senior Term Facility...         --              --           205,000           205,000
11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note...         --              --            90,000            91,345
13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK
  Note...........................         --              --            29,700            30,244
Revolving Credit Facility........         --              --            15,000            15,000
Other............................      4,069           4,567             4,535             4,470
                                      ------          ------          --------          --------
                                       4,069           4,567           543,935           545,759
Less: current portion............        167             360             2,410             2,410
                                      ------          ------          --------          --------
                                      $3,902          $4,207          $541,525          $543,349
                                      ======          ======          ========          ========
</TABLE>

     Schedule future principal payments under Intersil Holding's and Intersil's
indebtedness are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
2000......................................................  $  2,410
2001......................................................     2,454
2002......................................................     2,466
2003......................................................     2,479
2004......................................................     2,438
Thereafter................................................   533,512
                                                            --------
                                                            $545,759
                                                            ========
</TABLE>

  13.25% Senior Subordinated Notes and Warrants

     On August 13, 1999, in connection with the acquisition of the Semiconductor
Business, Intersil completed an offering of 200,000 units consisting of $200
million of its 13.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 and warrants to
purchase 5,555,560 shares of Class A Common Stock of Intersil Holding. Each unit
consisted of $1,000 principal amount of 13.25% Senior Subordinated Notes of
Intersil and one warrant to purchase 27.7778 shares of Class A Common Stock of
Intersil Holding. The total gross proceeds from the sale of the 13.25% Senior
Subordinated Notes were $194.0 million, net of $6.0 million of deferred
financing fees. The $6.0 million deferred financing fees will be treated as
additional interest related to the 13.25% Senior Subordinated Notes and
amortized over the life of the 13.25% Senior Subordinated Notes on an effective
yield method.

     The 13.25% Senior Subordinated Notes are unsecured and are fully and
unconditionally guaranteed by Intersil Holding and all of Intersil's current and
future domestic subsidiaries. The 13.25% Senior Subordinated Notes are not
guaranteed by Intersil's foreign subsidiaries. The 13.25% Senior Subordinated
Notes require semi-annual interest payments beginning on February 15, 2000
through maturity on August 15,

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

             YEARS ENDED JUNE 27, 1997, JULY 3, 1998, JULY 2, 1999,
                         6 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999,
           UNAUDITED 13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998 AND THE UNAUDITED
                         7 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999

NOTE H--LONG-TERM DEBT--(CONTINUED)

2009. The 13.25% Senior Subordinated Notes may be redeemed at the option of
Intersil Holding after August 15, 2004 upon the payment of certain redemption
premiums, although up to 35% of the 13.25% Senior Subordinated Notes can be
redeemed prior to August 15, 2002 with the proceeds of certain equity offerings
and upon the payment of certain redemption premiums. The 13.25% Senior
Subordinated Notes contain various restrictive covenants, including limitations
on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, restrictions and limitations on
payment of dividends, make investments, engage in transactions with affiliates,
consolidate, merge or transfer assets and restrictions and limitations on the
sales of certain assets, among others. The 13.25% Senior Subordinated Notes also
require the maintenance of certain ratios.

     Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase 27.7778 shares of Intersil
Holding Class A Common Stock at a price of $.001 per share. The warrants are
exercisable beginning on the first anniversary of their issue date (August 13,
1999) and expire on August 15, 2009. Warrant holders have no holding rights. The
warrants were preliminarily valued at $0.3 million and will be treated as
additional interest related to the 13.25% Senior Subordinated Notes and
amortized over the life of the 13.25% Senior Subordinated Notes on an effective
yield method.

  Senior Credit Facilities

     In connection with the Acquisition of the Semiconductor Business, Intersil
entered into senior credit facilities with a syndicate of financial
institutions. The senior credit facilities include a $205.0 million funded term
loan facility (the "Tranche B Senior Term Facility") and a revolving line of
credit (the "Revolving Credit Facility"). The Revolving Credit Facility has
maximum borrowings of up to $70.0 million, of which $15.0 million was funded on
August 13, 1999 in connection with the acquisition of the Semiconductor
Business. The total gross proceeds from the issuance of the Tranche B Senior
Term Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility were $212.90 million, net of
$6.2 million of deferred financing fees and $0.9 million debt issuance costs.
The $6.2 million deferred financing fees will be treated as additional interest
related to the senior credit facilities and amortized over the life of the
senior credit facilities on an effective yield method. The $0.9 million debt
issuance costs will be amortized over the life of the senior credit facilities.

     The Tranche B Senior Term Facility bears interest at LIBOR + 4%. The
Tranche B Senior Term Facility matures in 2005 and requires 1% of the original
principal amount to be repaid in each of the first five years in quarterly
installments. Beginning September 2004, 24% of the original principal amount
will be repaid each quarter, for four quarters. The senior credit facilities are
subject to an annual commitment fee of .50% of the undrawn portion of the
Revolving Credit Facility.

     The Revolving Credit Facility bears interest ranging from LIBOR + 2.00% to
LIBOR + 3.25%, depending on the results of applicable ratios. The Revolving
Credit Facility matures in 2005.

     The senior credit facilities are unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and
severally, by Intersil Holding, Intersil and existing and subsequently acquired
or organized domestic subsidiaries. The senior credit facilities contain various
restrictive covenants, including, incurrence of indebtedness, payment of
dividends, make certain investments and acquisitions, dispose of assets, among
others. The senior credit facilities also require the maintenance of certain
ratios.

  Pay-In-Kind (PIK) Notes

     On August 13, 1999, in connection with the Acquisition of the Semiconductor
Business, Intersil Holding issued to Harris a $90.0 million 11.13% Seller
Holding PIK Note which matures in 2010. The 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note bears
interest at an annual rate equal to 11.13%. Intersil Holding may pay interest on
the

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

             YEARS ENDED JUNE 27, 1997, JULY 3, 1998, JULY 2, 1999,
                         6 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999,
           UNAUDITED 13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998 AND THE UNAUDITED
                         7 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999

NOTE H--LONG-TERM DEBT--(CONTINUED)

11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note by issuing additional 11.13% PIK notes. Intersil
Holding may redeem the 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note at any time. In addition,
Intersil Holding will be required to redeem the 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note
upon a change in control. The 11.13% Seller Holding PIK Note contains various
restrictive covenants and is subordinated to Intersil Holding's guarantee of
Intersil's 13.25% Senior Subordinated Notes and senior credit facilities.
Intersil and its subsidiaries are not a guarantor of the 11.13% Seller Holding
PIK Note.

     Also, on August 13, 1999, Intersil Holding issued to Citicorp Mezzanine
Partners, L.P. a $30.0 million 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note. The 13.5%
Subordinated Holding PIK Note matures on July 15, 2010 and bears interest at an
annual rate equal to 13.5%. To the extent Intersil Holding's senior debt
prohibits Intersil Holding from paying cash interest on the 13.5% Subordinated
Holding PIK Note, such interest shall be paid by adding the accrued interest to
the principal amount of the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note. Intersil
Holding may redeem the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note at any time in whole
or in part at 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and
certain prepayment premiums. The 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note contains
various restrictive covenants. The 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note is
subordinated to Intersil Holding's guarantee of Intersil's Notes and senior
credit facilities. Intersil and its subsidiaries are not a guarantor of the
13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note.

     The other debt consists of 5 loans made by agencies of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania with maturity dates ranging from 2003 to 2017 and are secured by
Intersil's manufacturing facility in Montaintop, Pennsylvania, which has a net
carrying value of $4.5 million at August 13, 1999 and October 1, 1999. The
weighted average interest rate for this debt was 3.0% at July 3, 1998, July 2,
1999, August 13, 1999 and October 1, 1999.

NOTE I--PREFERRED STOCK

     Intersil Holding has 2.0 million shares of Preferred Stock authorized,
stated value of $1,000 per share, 1.0 million of which may be designated as 12%
Series A Cumulative Compounding Preferred Stock. On August 13, 1999, Intersil
Holding sold 85,000 shares of its 12% Series A Cumulative Compounding Preferred
Stock to certain buyers including, Sterling Intersil Holding Company LLC (75,088
shares), Harris (8,500 shares) and certain members of management (1,412 shares).
The $85.0 million proceeds were used as a cash equity contribution from Intersil
Holding to Intersil for the Acquisition of the Semiconductor Business.

     The Series A Preferred Stock is (i) non-voting, (ii) entitled to cumulative
dividends whether or not declared or earned, at a rate of 12%, compounding
annually, (iii) to have approval rights of new issuances of any other class or
series of stock entitled to a preference ahead of Intersil Holding Preferred
Stock, (iv) able to amend Intersil Holding's certificate of incorporation if
such amendment adversely affects the rights and preferences of the Preferred
Stock holders, (v) entitled to $1,000 per share, plus accrued and unpaid
dividends in the event of liquidation before any distribution to holders of
Intersil Holding Common Stock, (vi) optionally redeemable by Intersil Holding in
whole or in part at a price per share of $1,000 plus accrued and unpaid
dividends, and (vii) mandatorily redeemable prior to June 30, 2011.

     The total liquidation value of the shares outstanding at August 13, 1999
and October 1, 1999, in the amounts of $85.0 million and $86.4 million,
respectively, is classified in Intersil Holding's balance sheet as Mandatorily
Redeemable Preferred Stock.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

             YEARS ENDED JUNE 27, 1997, JULY 3, 1998, JULY 2, 1999,
                         6 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999,
           UNAUDITED 13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998 AND THE UNAUDITED
                         7 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999

NOTE J--LEASE COMMITMENTS

     Total rental expense amounted to $6.7 million in 1997, $6.3 million in
1998, $6.3 million in 1999, $1.6 million for the thirteen weeks ended October 2,
1998, $0.6 million for the 6 weeks ended August 13, 1999 and $0.7 million for
the seven weeks ended October 1, 1999. Future minimum rental commitments under
leases, primarily used for land at Intersil's Malaysian facility and office
buildings at Intersil's International locations, amounted to approximately $18.7
million at July 2, 1999. Intersil's Malaysian manufacturing facility leases land
under leases expiring from 2072 to 2081. The commitments for the years following
1999 are: 2000--$4.0 million, 2001--$2.6 million, 2002--$1.6 million, 2003--$1.3
million, 2004--$1.3 million, and $7.9 million thereafter.

NOTE K--BUSINESS EQUITY

     Changes in the business equity of the Predecessor's financial statements
are summarized as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      (PREDECESSOR)                            (PREDECESSOR)
                                       -------------------------------------------   ---------------------------------
                                                    FISCAL YEAR ENDED                13 WEEKS ENDED     6 WEEKS ENDED
                                       -------------------------------------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                       JUNE 27, 1997   JULY 3, 1998   JULY 2, 1999   OCTOBER 2, 1998   AUGUST 13, 1999
                                       -------------   ------------   ------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                    <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>
Balance at beginning of year........     $520,858        $646,173       $699,077        $699,077          $658,879
Net income (loss)...................       11,225          12,911         27,406           4,489            (3,029)
Foreign currency translation
  adjustments.......................       (2,015)         (1,851)          (574)          1,681             2,475
Net cash transfers and billings from
  (to) Harris Corporation...........      116,105          41,844        (67,030)            443            (1,198)
Purchase price elimination..........           --              --             --              --          (657,127)
                                         --------        --------       --------        --------          --------
Balance at end of period............     $646,173        $699,077       $658,879        $705,690          $     --
                                         ========        ========       ========        ========          ========
</TABLE>

NOTE L--COMMON STOCK

     Intersil Holding is authorized to issue 250.0 million shares of Intersil
Holding Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, divided into two classes
consisting of 125.0 million shares of Intersil Holding Class A Common Stock and
125.0 million shares of Intersil Holding Class B Common Stock. Holders of Class
A Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held and holders of Class
B Common Stock have no voting rights. A holder of either class of Intersil
Holding Common Stock may convert any or all shares into an equal number of
shares of the other class of Intersil Holding Common Stock.

     On August 13, 1999, Intersil Holding sold 23.8 million shares of Class A
Common Stock and 76.2 million shares of Class B Common Stock for approximately
$5.0 million. The $5.0 million proceeds, along with the $85.0 million proceeds
from the sale of Series A Preferred Stock was used as a cash equity contribution
from Intersil Holding to Intersil for the acquisition of the Semiconductor
Business.

     On August 13, 1999, in connection with Intersil Holding's issuance of the
13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note, Intersil Holding issued to Citicorp
Mezzanine Partners, L.P. warrants to purchase 5,555,560 shares of Intersil
Holding Class A Common at an exercise price of $.001 per share, subject to
certain anti-dilution adjustments. If Intersil Holding's prepays in full the
13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note within 24 months after issuance, the
warrants will be exercisable for 3,333,336 shares of Intersil Holding Class A
Common Stock. The warrants were valued at $0.3 million and will be treated as
additional interest related to the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note and
amortized over the life of the 13.5% Subordinated Holding PIK Note on an
effective yield method.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

             YEARS ENDED JUNE 27, 1997, JULY 3, 1998, JULY 2, 1999,
                         6 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999,
           UNAUDITED 13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998 AND THE UNAUDITED
                         7 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999

NOTE M--INCOME TAXES

     The provisions for income taxes are summarized below (Pro Forma for
predecessor financial statements) (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         (PREDECESSOR)                            (PREDECESSOR)               (SUCCESSOR)
                          -------------------------------------------   ---------------------------------   ---------------
                                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED                13 WEEKS ENDED     6 WEEKS ENDED     7 WEEKS ENDED
                          -------------------------------------------   ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
                          JUNE 27, 1997   JULY 3, 1998   JULY 2, 1999   OCTOBER 2, 1998   AUGUST 13, 1999   OCTOBER 1, 1999
                          -------------   ------------   ------------   ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                                          (UNAUDITED)                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                       <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>               <C>
United States                $(2,595)        $4,221        $(6,626)         $(1,085)           $(399)            $ --
  (benefit)............
International..........        4,768          4,910          1,605              263              352              222
State and local
  (benefit)............         (328)           813         (1,006)            (165)             (55)              --
                             -------         ------        -------          -------            -----             ----
                             $ 1,845         $9,944        $(6,027)         $  (987)           $(102)            $222
                             =======         ======        =======          =======            =====             ====
</TABLE>

     In the year 2000, the Malaysian taxing authority will convert its income
tax system to a self-assessment system. The new self-assessment system will
require Malaysian corporate taxpayers to begin making estimated tax payments in
year 2000 based on year 2000 estimated taxable income. Currently, Malaysian
corporate taxpayers submit tax payments following the year of assessment. In
1999, the Semiconductor Business made Malaysian taxing payments based on 1998's
taxable income. As a result of the change in the Malaysian taxing system, the
Semiconductor Business will not be required to make tax payments on its 1999
Malaysian taxable income, and therefore has not provided a tax provision for
Malaysian taxes in 1999, which would have amounted to approximately $15.1
million.

     The components of International deferred income tax assets (liabilities)
are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        (PREDECESSOR)                                    (SUCCESSOR)
                        ---------------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------------
                            JULY 3, 1998            JULY 2, 1999           AUGUST 14, 1999         OCTOBER 1, 1999
                        ---------------------   ---------------------   ---------------------   ---------------------
                        CURRENT   NON-CURRENT   CURRENT   NON-CURRENT   CURRENT   NON-CURRENT   CURRENT   NON-CURRENT
                        -------   -----------   -------   -----------   -------   -----------   -------   -----------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                     <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>
Receivables..........    $(663)     $    --     $   --      $    --     $   --     $     --     $   --     $     --
Fixed Assets.........       --           --         --           --         --           --         --       13,296
NOL Carryforward.....       --           --         --           --         --           --         --        3,217
Credit Carryforward..       --           --         --           --         --           --         --        4,700
Depreciation.........       --       (5,126)        --       (7,022)        --      (12,953)        --      (12,899)
All other--net.......      537           --      3,476           --         --        4,754         --           --
Valuation Allowance..       --           --         --           --         --           --         --      (16,513)
                         -----      -------     ------      -------     ------     --------     ------     --------
                         $(126)     $(5,126)    $3,476      $(7,022)    $   --     $ (8,199)    $   --     $ (8,199)
                         =====      =======     ======      =======     ======     ========     ======     ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

             YEARS ENDED JUNE 27, 1997, JULY 3, 1998, JULY 2, 1999,
                         6 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999,
           UNAUDITED 13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998 AND THE UNAUDITED
                         7 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999

NOTE M--INCOME TAXES--(CONTINUED)

     A reconciliation of the statutory United States income tax rate to the
effective income tax rate follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       (PREDECESSOR)                            (PREDECESSOR)               (SUCCESSOR)
                        -------------------------------------------   ---------------------------------   ---------------
                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED                13 WEEKS ENDED     6 WEEKS ENDED     7 WEEKS ENDED
                        -------------------------------------------   ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
                        JUNE 27, 1997   JULY 3, 1998   JULY 2, 1999   OCTOBER 2, 1998   AUGUST 13, 1999   OCTOBER 1, 1999
                        -------------   ------------   ------------   ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                                        (UNAUDITED)                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                     <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>               <C>
Statutory U.S. income        35.0%          35.0%          35.0%            35.0%             35.0%             35.0%
  tax rate...........
State taxes..........        (1.6)           2.3           (3.1)            (3.1)              1.1               1.5
International
  income.............       (21.4)           5.2          (61.9)           (61.9)            (29.7)              5.0
Research credits.....        (4.8)          (2.9)          (2.7)            (2.7)              2.2               1.8
In-Process R&D.......          --             --             --               --                --             (25.4)
Subpart F............          --             --             --               --                --              (2.4)
Valuation Allowance..          --             --             --               --                --             (16.2)
Goodwill
  amortization.......         6.1            3.5            4.0              4.0              (4.9)               --
Other items..........          .8             .4            0.5              0.5              (0.5)             (0.4)
                            -----          -----          -----            -----             -----             -----
Effective income tax
  rate...............        14.1%          43.5%         (28.2)%          (28.2)%             3.2%             (1.1)%
                            =====          =====          =====            =====             =====             =====
</TABLE>

     United States income taxes have not been provided on undistributed earnings
of international subsidiaries because of Intersil Holding's intention to
reinvest these earnings. The determination of unrecognized deferred U.S. tax
liability for the undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries is not
practicable.

     Pretax income (loss) of international subsidiaries was $21.1 million in
1997, $10.2 million in 1998, $41.9 million in 1999, $.6 million for the 13 weeks
ended October 2, 1998, $(1.6) million for the 6 weeks ended August 13, 1999 and
$1.1 million for the 7 weeks ended October 1, 1999.

     Income taxes paid (received) were $2.4 million in 1997, $14.8 million in
1998, $3.4 million in 1999, $2.0 million for the 13 weeks ended October 2, 1998,
$.2 million for the 6 weeks ended August 13, 1999 and $.2 million for the 7
weeks ended October 1, 1999.

NOTE N--GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

     Intersil Holding operates exclusively in the semiconductor industry.
Substantially all revenues result from the sale of semiconductor products. All
intercompany revenues and balances have been eliminated.

     A summary of the operations by geographic area is summarized below (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         (PREDECESSOR)                            (PREDECESSOR)               (SUCCESSOR)
                          -------------------------------------------   ---------------------------------   ---------------
                                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED                13 WEEKS ENDED     6 WEEKS ENDED     7 WEEKS ENDED
                          -------------------------------------------   ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
                          JUNE 27, 1997   JULY 3, 1998   JULY 2, 1999   OCTOBER 2, 1998   AUGUST 13, 1999   OCTOBER 1, 1999
                          -------------   ------------   ------------   ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                                          (UNAUDITED)                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                       <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>               <C>
United States
  operations
  Net sales............     $531,246        $563,180       $519,555        $121,966          $ 54,664          $ 74,094
  Long-lived assets....      380,143         386,333        371,448         369,985           366,386           331,406
International
  Net sales............       14,075          13,656         13,163             583             2,672             2,454
  Long-lived assets....      102,683         122,397        121,330         148,863           118,277           123,388
</TABLE>

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

             YEARS ENDED JUNE 27, 1997, JULY 3, 1998, JULY 2, 1999,
                         6 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999,
           UNAUDITED 13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998 AND THE UNAUDITED
                         7 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999

NOTE N--GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION--(CONTINUED)

     Export sales included in U.S. Operations were, $234.6 million in 1997,
$258.4 million in 1998, $254.8 million in 1999, $72.1 million for the 13 weeks
ended October 2, 1998, $33.5 million for the 6 weeks ended August 13, 1999 and
$48.7 million for the 7 weeks ended October 1, 1999.

NOTE O--FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The carrying values of accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts
payable, short-term debt and long-term debt approximates fair value.

     Intersil Holding markets its products for sale to customers, including
distributors, primarily in the United States, Europe and Asia/Pacific. Credit is
extended based on an evaluation of the customer's financial condition, and
collateral is generally not required. Intersil Holding maintains an allowance
for losses based upon the expected collectibility of all accounts receivable.
Intersil Holding believes it is adequately reserved with regard to receivables
from its domestic and international customers.

     Intersil Holding uses foreign exchange contracts and options to hedge
intercompany accounts and off-balance-sheet foreign currency commitments.
Specifically, these foreign exchange contracts offset foreign currency
denominated inventory and purchase commitments from suppliers, accounts
receivable from and future committed sales to customers and firm committed
operating expenses. Management believes the use of foreign currency financial
instruments should reduce the risks that arise from doing business in
international markets. Contracts are generally one year or less. At July 2,
1999, August 13, 1999 and October 1, 1999, open foreign exchange contracts were
$22.0 million, $6.1 million and $14.0 million, respectively (as described
below), all of which were to hedge off-balance-sheet commitments. Additionally,
for the year ended July 2, 1999, the Semiconductor Business purchased and sold
$120.7 million of foreign exchange forward contracts.

     Deferred gains and losses are included on a net basis in the Consolidated
Balance Sheet as other assets and are recorded in income as part of the
underlying transaction when it is recognized. At July 2, 1999, Intersil Holding
had deferred foreign exchange contract losses on future commitments of
approximately $28.6 million. There were no deferred foreign exchange contract
losses at August 14, 1999.

     Total open foreign exchange contracts at July 2, 1999, August 14, 1999 and
October 1, 1999, are described in the table below:

JULY 2, 1999

COMMITMENTS TO BUY FOREIGN CURRENCIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    CONTRACT AMOUNT
                                               --------------------------                    MATURITIES
CURRENCY                                       FOREIGN CURRENCY    U.S.     DEFERRED GAINS   (IN MONTHS)
- - --------                                       ----------------   -------   --------------   -----------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>                <C>       <C>              <C>
Malaysian Ringgit...........................        80,589        $19,000       $2,208           1-2
</TABLE>

COMMITMENTS TO SELL FOREIGN CURRENCIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    CONTRACT AMOUNT
                                               --------------------------                    MATURITIES
CURRENCY                                       FOREIGN CURRENCY    U.S.     DEFERRED GAINS   (IN MONTHS)
- - --------                                       ----------------   -------   --------------   -----------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>                <C>       <C>              <C>
French Franc................................        10,900        $ 1,857        $138            1-2
British Pound...............................           691          1,094           2              1
</TABLE>

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

             YEARS ENDED JUNE 27, 1997, JULY 3, 1998, JULY 2, 1999,
                         6 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999,
           UNAUDITED 13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998 AND THE UNAUDITED
                         7 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999

NOTE O--FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS--(CONTINUED)

AUGUST 14, 1999

COMMITMENTS TO BUY FOREIGN CURRENCIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    CONTRACT AMOUNT
                                               --------------------------      DEFERRED      MATURITIES
CURRENCY                                       FOREIGN CURRENCY    U.S.     GAINS (LOSSES)   (IN MONTHS)
- - --------                                       ----------------   -------   --------------   -----------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>                <C>       <C>              <C>
Euro.........................................         808         $   865        $ (5)            1
French Franc.................................       5,300             865          (6)            1
British Pound................................         202             327          (2)            1
Malaysian Ringgit............................       8,504           2,000         238             1
</TABLE>

COMMITMENTS TO SELL FOREIGN CURRENCIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    CONTRACT AMOUNT
                                               --------------------------      DEFERRED      MATURITIES
CURRENCY                                       FOREIGN CURRENCY    U.S.     GAINS (LOSSES)   (IN MONTHS)
- - --------                                       ----------------   -------   --------------   -----------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>                <C>       <C>              <C>
Euro.........................................          808        $   865        $(5)             1
French Franc.................................        5,300            860         --              1
British Pound................................          202            321         (4)             1
</TABLE>

OCTOBER 1, 1999 (UNAUDITED)

COMMITMENTS TO BUY FOREIGN CURRENCIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    CONTRACT AMOUNT
                                               --------------------------      DEFERRED      MATURITIES
CURRENCY                                       FOREIGN CURRENCY    U.S.         GAINS        (IN MONTHS)
- - --------                                       ----------------   -------   --------------   -----------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>                <C>       <C>              <C>
Malaysian Ringgit............................       16,906        $ 4,000        $449             1
</TABLE>

COMMITMENTS TO SELL FOREIGN CURRENCIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    CONTRACT AMOUNT
                                               --------------------------      DEFERRED      MATURITIES
CURRENCY                                       FOREIGN CURRENCY    U.S.     GAINS (LOSSES)   (IN MONTHS)
- - --------                                       ----------------   -------   --------------   -----------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>                <C>       <C>              <C>
French Franc.................................       20,000        $ 3,212        $22            3-6
Deutsche Mark................................        8,000          4,306         27            3-6
British Pound................................        1,520          2,491        (12)           3-5
</TABLE>

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

             YEARS ENDED JUNE 27, 1997, JULY 3, 1998, JULY 2, 1999,
                         6 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999,
           UNAUDITED 13 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998 AND THE UNAUDITED
                         7 WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999

NOTE P--SUBSEQUENT EVENT--EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

     On November 5, 1999, to be effective August 14, 1999, Intersil Holding
adopted the 1999 Equity Compensation Plan (the "Plan") for salaried officers and
key employees. The Plan authorizes the grant of options for up to 3.0 million
shares of Intersil Holding Class A Common Stock and can include (i) options
intended to constitute incentive stock options ("ISOs") under the Internal
Revenue Code, (ii) non-qualified stock options, (iii) restricted stock, (iv)
stock appreciation rights, and (v) phantom share awards. The exercise price of
each option granted under the Plan shall be as determined by a committee of the
Board of Directors (the "Board"). The maximum term of any option shall be ten
years from the date of grant for incentive stock options and ten years and one
day from the date of grant for non-qualified stock options. Options granted
under the Plan are exercisable at the determination of the Board, currently
vesting ratably over approximately 5 years. Employees receiving options under
the Plan may not receive in any one year period options to purchase more than
1,000,000 shares of common stock. On November 5, 1999, Intersil Holding granted
approximately 2.3 million options to acquire Intersil Holding Class A Common
Stock at a price of $1.50 per share. The Company plans to account for its Equity
Compensation Plan in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees."

NOTE Q--FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR GUARANTOR AND NON-GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES

     Intersil Holding is a holding company for Intersil. All of the operations
are conducted through Intersil and its wholly-owned domestic and foreign
subsidiaries. On August 13, 1999, in connection with the Harris acquisition,
Intersil issued the Notes and Senior Credit Facilities (Note F), which are fully
and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by Intersil Holding
(Parent), Intersil and all of Intersil's wholly-owned current and future
domestic subsidiaries (the "Guarantor Subsidiaries"). Intersil's wholly-owned
foreign subsidiaries are not guarantors (the "Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries"). In
management's opinion, separate financial statements of the Guarantor
Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries are not material to investors.

     The condensed consolidating financial information presented below includes
the predecessor consolidated balance sheets as of July 3, 1998 and July 2, 1999
and the predecessor consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income and
cash flows for the fiscal years ended June 27, 1997, July 3, 1998, July 2, 1999,
the 13 weeks ended October 2, 1998 and the 6 weeks ended August 13, 1999 for the
Predecessor Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. The condensed consolidated
balance sheets as of August 14, 1999 and October 1, 1999 and the condensed
consolidated statement of income, comprehensive income and cash flows for the 7
weeks ended October 1, 1999 reflect the Parent, Guarantor Subsidiaries and
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

          SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                            YEAR ENDED JUNE 27, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PREDECESSOR
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  FOREIGN
                                                 GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   ELIMINATING
                                                SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ENTRIES     CONSOLIDATED
                                                ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
REVENUE
  Product sales...............................    $555,110       $398,745       $(408,534)     $545,321

COSTS AND EXPENSES
  Cost of product sales.......................     400,997        338,666        (393,590)      346,073
  Research and development....................      74,636            572              --        75,208
  Marketing...................................      62,138         19,252              --        81,390
  Administrative and general..................      16,927            997              --        17,924
  Harris corporate expense allocations........      10,854           (894)             --         9,960
  Goodwill amortization.......................       2,291             --              --         2,291
                                                  --------       --------       ---------      --------
Operating income (loss).......................     (12,733)        40,152         (14,944)       12,475
  Interest, net...............................      26,693         (5,174)        (22,114)         (595)
                                                  --------       --------       ---------      --------
  Income (loss) before income taxes...........     (39,426)        45,326           7,170        13,070
  Income taxes (benefit)......................     (11,658)         6,298           7,205         1,845
                                                  --------       --------       ---------      --------
  NET INCOME (LOSS)...........................    $(27,768)      $ 39,028       $     (35)     $ 11,225
                                                  ========       ========       =========      ========
</TABLE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

          SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                            YEAR ENDED JULY 3, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PREDECESSOR
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  FOREIGN
                                                 GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   ELIMINATING
                                                SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ENTRIES     CONSOLIDATED
                                                ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
REVENUE
  Product sales...............................    $609,136       $418,721       $(451,021)     $576,836

COSTS AND EXPENSES
  Cost of product sales.......................     402,892        388,729        (422,289)      369,332
  Research and development....................      74,466            659              --        75,125
  Marketing...................................      61,525         18,262              --        79,787
  Administrative and general..................      18,022            375              --        18,397
  Harris corporate expense allocations........      10,941           (979)             --         9,962
  Goodwill amortization.......................       2,292             --              --         2,292
                                                  --------       --------       ---------      --------
Operating income (loss).......................      38,998         11,675         (28,732)       21,941
  Interest net................................      40,793         (5,325)        (36,382)         (914)
                                                  --------       --------       ---------      --------
  Income (loss) before income taxes...........      (1,795)        17,000           7,650        22,855
  Income taxes (benefit)......................        (887)        (1,418)         12,249         9,944
                                                  --------       --------       ---------      --------
  NET INCOME (LOSS)...........................    $   (908)      $ 18,418       $  (4,599)     $ 12,911
                                                  ========       ========       =========      ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

          SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                            YEAR ENDED JULY 2, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PREDECESSOR
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  FOREIGN
                                                 GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   ELIMINATING
                                                SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ENTRIES     CONSOLIDATED
                                                ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
REVENUE
  Product sales...............................    $524,142       $480,981       $(472,405)     $532,718

COSTS AND EXPENSES
  Cost of product sales.......................     379,282        337,287        (366,793)      349,776
  Research and development....................      67,316           (237)             --        67,079
  Marketing...................................      47,429         19,444              --        66,873
  Administrative and general..................      18,437         (1,312)             --        17,125
  Harris corporate expense allocations........      10,115           (812)             --         9,303
  Goodwill amortization.......................       2,414             --              --         2,414
                                                  --------       --------       ---------      --------
Operating income (loss).......................        (851)       126,611        (105,612)       20,148
  Interest, net...............................      33,894         (4,975)        (30,150)       (1,231)
                                                  --------       --------       ---------      --------
  Income (loss) before income taxes...........     (34,745)       131,586         (75,462)       21,379
  Income taxes (benefit)......................     (39,176)        10,313          22,836        (6,027)
                                                  --------       --------       ---------      --------
  NET INCOME (LOSS)...........................    $  4,431       $121,273       $ (98,298)     $ 27,406
                                                  ========       ========       =========      ========
</TABLE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

          SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                      THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PREDECESSOR
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  FOREIGN
                                                 GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   ELIMINATING
                                                SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ENTRIES     CONSOLIDATED
                                                ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
REVENUE
  Product sales...............................    $124,194        $94,542       $(96,187)      $122,549

COSTS AND EXPENSES
  Cost of product sales.......................     100,986         90,330       (110,805)        80,511
  Research and development....................      18,585             34         (3,840)        14,779
  Marketing...................................      12,362          4,354           (642)        16,074
  Administrative and general..................       3,644           (344)         1,894          5,194
  Harris corporate expense allocations........       2,915           (197)          (585)         2,133
  Goodwill amortization.......................         573             --             --            573
                                                  --------        -------       --------       --------
Operating income (loss).......................     (14,871)           365         17,791          3,285
  Interest, net...............................        (211)          (242)           236           (217)
                                                  --------        -------       --------       --------
  Income (loss) before income taxes...........     (14,660)           607         17,555          3,502
  Income taxes (benefit)......................      (8,133)         1,153          5,993           (987)
                                                  --------        -------       --------       --------
  NET INCOME (LOSS)...........................    $ (6,527)       $  (546)      $ 11,562       $  4,489
                                                  ========        =======       ========       ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

          SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                        SIX WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PREDECESSOR
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  FOREIGN
                                                 GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   ELIMINATING
                                                SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ENTRIES     CONSOLIDATED
                                                ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
REVENUE
  Product sales...............................    $ 39,470       $129,546       $(111,680)     $57,336
COSTS AND EXPENSES
  Cost of product sales.......................      37,484        139,292        (137,095)      39,681
  Research and development....................       8,511            (12)                       8,499
  Marketing...................................       6,288          1,920                        8,208
  Administrative and general..................       2,698           (142)            144        2,700
  Harris corporate expense allocations........       1,393            (85)           (144)       1,164
  Intangible amortization.....................         326             --              --          326
                                                  --------       --------       ---------      -------
Operating income (loss).......................     (17,230)       (11,427)         25,415       (3,242)
  Interest, net...............................        (161)            50              --         (111)
                                                  --------       --------       ---------      -------
  Income (loss) before income taxes...........     (17,069)       (11,477)         25,415       (3,131)
  Income taxes (benefit)......................      (4,943)           (15)          4,856         (102)
                                                  --------       --------       ---------      -------
  NET INCOME (LOSS)...........................    $(12,126)      $(11,462)      $  20,559      $(3,029)
                                                  ========       ========       =========      =======
</TABLE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

          SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                       SEVEN WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    SUCCESSOR
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   FOREIGN
                                                  GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   ELIMINATING
                                       PARENT    SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ENTRIES     CONSOLIDATED
                                       -------   ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                    <C>       <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
REVENUE
  Product sales......................  $    --     $ 82,848        $68,979       $(75,279)      $ 76,548
COSTS AND EXPENSES
  Cost of product sales..............       --       51,197         63,903        (68,546)        46,554
  Research and development...........       --        8,398             --             --          8,398
  Marketing..........................       --        4,277          4,144             --          8,421
  Administrative and general.........       --        2,186             --             --          2,186
  Harris corporate expense
     allocations.....................       --           --             --             --             --
  Intangible amortization............       --        7,322        (15,996)        10,092          1,418
  In-process R&D charge..............       --       20,796             --             --         20,796
                                       -------     --------        -------       --------       --------
Operating income (loss)..............       --      (11,328)        16,928        (16,825)       (11,225)
  Interest, net......................    1,889        8,605          2,267         (4,096)         8,665
                                       -------     --------        -------       --------       --------
  Income (loss) before income
     taxes...........................   (1,889)     (19,933)        14,661        (12,729)       (19,890)
  Income taxes (benefit).............       --          268          1,801         (1,847)           222
                                       -------     --------        -------       --------       --------
  NET INCOME (LOSS)..................   (1,889)     (20,201)        12,860        (10,882)       (20,112)
                                       -------     --------        -------       --------       --------
  Preferred dividends................    1,369        1,369             --         (1,369)         1,369
                                       -------     --------        -------       --------       --------
  Net income (loss) to common
     shareholders....................  $(3,258)    $(21,570)       $12,860       $ (9,513)      $(21,481)
                                       =======     ========        =======       ========       ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

               SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

                                  JULY 3, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PREDECESSOR
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  FOREIGN
                                                 GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   ELIMINATING
                                                SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ENTRIES     CONSOLIDATED
                                                ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
ASSETS
  Trade receivables, net......................    $108,895       $  1,780              --      $110,675
  Intercompany balances.......................      51,685        (26,498)      $ (25,187)           --
  Inventories.................................      60,370        158,702         (38,840)      180,232
  Other current assets........................       4,630            671              --         5,301
  Property, plant and equipment, net..........     327,098        122,986              --       450,084
  Intangibles, net............................      44,219             --              --        44,219
  Investment in subsidiaries..................      21,383         65,881         (87,264)           --
  Other non-current assets....................      10,350          9,409              --        19,759
                                                  --------       --------       ---------      --------
     Total Assets.............................    $628,630       $332,931       $(151,291)     $810,270
                                                  ========       ========       =========      ========
LIABILITIES AND BUSINESS EQUITY
  Accounts payable............................    $ 21,362       $ 11,943              --      $ 33,305
  Compensation and benefits...................      39,599          4,871              --        44,470
  Other current liabilities...................      35,701          2,310       $ (13,621)       24,390
  Other non-current liabilities...............       9,028             --              --         9,028
  Business Equity.............................     522,940        313,807        (137,670)      699,077
                                                  --------       --------       ---------      --------
     Total Liabilities and Business Equity....    $628,630       $332,931       $(151,291)     $810,270
                                                  ========       ========       =========      ========
</TABLE>


                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

               SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

                                  JULY 2, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PREDECESSOR
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  FOREIGN
                                                 GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   ELIMINATING
                                                SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ENTRIES     CONSOLIDATED
                                                ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
ASSETS
  Trade receivables, net......................    $ 97,043       $  3,631             --       $100,674
  Intercompany balances.......................    (139,993)        19,554       $120,439             --
  Inventories.................................      86,986         86,049        (19,213)       153,822
  Other current assets........................       7,782            946             --          8,728
  Property, plant and equipment, net..........     291,645        118,885             --        410,530
  Intangibles, net............................      45,368             --             --         45,368
  Investment in subsidiaries..................      10,907         72,195        (83,102)            --
  Other non-current assets....................      39,721          2,336             --         42,057
                                                  --------       --------       --------       --------
     Total Assets.............................    $439,459       $303,596       $ 18,124       $761,179
                                                  ========       ========       ========       ========
LIABILITIES AND BUSINESS EQUITY
  Accounts payable............................    $ 21,503       $  9,565             --       $ 31,068
  Compensation and benefits...................      26,120          6,803             --         32,923
  Other current liabilities...................      42,778         (8,254)      $ (7,444)        27,080
  Other non-current liabilities...............      11,229             --             --         11,229
  Business Equity.............................     337,829        295,482         25,568        658,879
                                                  --------       --------       --------       --------
     Total Liabilities and Business Equity....    $439,459       $303,596       $ 18,124       $761,179
                                                  ========       ========       ========       ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

               SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

                                AUGUST 14, 1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SUCCESSOR
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     FOREIGN
                                                    GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   ELIMINATING
                                         PARENT    SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ENTRIES     CONSOLIDATED
                                        --------   ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                     <C>        <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
ASSETS
  Cash................................  $     --     $  5,932       $  1,445       $      --      $  7,377
  Trade receivables, net..............        --       79,242          3,800              --        83,042
  Intercompany balances...............        --     (155,306)       (29,102)        184,408            --
  Inventories.........................        --      147,441          5,643             (40)      153,044
  Other current assets................        --        9,898           (903)         (5,371)        3,624
  Property, plant and equipment,
    net...............................        --      252,796         95,718              --       348,514
  Intangibles, net....................        --      111,511             --              --       111,511
  Investment in subsidiaries..........   210,011       23,240             68        (233,319)           --
  Other non-current assets............        --       20,086            752             625        21,463
                                        --------     --------       --------       ---------      --------
    Total Assets......................  $210,011     $494,840       $ 77,421       $ (53,697)     $728,575
                                        ========     ========       ========       =========      ========
LIABILITIES AND BUSINESS EQUITY
  Accounts payable....................  $     --     $ 16,532       $ 11,390       $   1,443      $ 29,365
  Compensation and benefits...........        --       13,164          5,186             (63)       18,287
  Other current liabilities...........        --       41,774         (1,593)            407        40,588
  Long-term debt......................   119,700      421,825             --              --       541,525
  Other non-current liabilities.......        --       (7,370)         5,933           9,636         8,199
  Preferred stock.....................    85,000           --             --              --        85,000
  Common Stock........................     1,000           --             --              --         1,000
  Additional paid in capital..........     4,311          300             --              --         4,611
  Retained deficit....................        --        8,615         56,505         (65,120)           --
                                        --------     --------       --------       ---------      --------
    Total Liabilities and
       Stockholders' Equity...........  $210,011     $494,840       $ 77,421       $ (53,697)     $728,575
                                        ========     ========       ========       =========      ========
</TABLE>
                           INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

               SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET

                                OCTOBER 1, 1999
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 <TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SUCCESSOR
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     FOREIGN
                                                    GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   ELIMINATING
                                         PARENT    SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ENTRIES     CONSOLIDATED
                                        --------   ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                     <C>        <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
ASSETS
  Cash................................  $     --     $ 26,734          7,086       $      --      $ 33,820
  Trade receivables, net..............        --       82,211          2,566              --        84,777
  Intercompany balances...............        --       29,655        (22,162)         (7,493)           --
  Inventories.........................        --      133,535         33,330         (10,481)      156,384
  Other current assets................        --       14,309         (2,757)         (3,666)        7,886
  Property, plant and equipment,
    net...............................        --      243,719         98,479              --       342,198
  Intangibles, net....................        --       89,297             --              --        89,297
  Investment in subsidiaries..........   211,900      306,502         95,613        (614,015)           --
  Other non-current assets............        --       20,153          1,475             730        22,358
                                        --------     --------       --------       ---------      --------
    Total Assets......................  $211,900     $946,115       $213,630       $(634,925)     $736,720
                                        ========     ========       ========       =========      ========
LIABILITIES AND BUSINESS EQUITY
  Accounts payable....................  $     --     $ 21,856       $ 10,763       $      --      $ 32,619
  Compensation and benefits...........        --       22,882          6,554              --        29,436
  Other current liabilities...........        --       52,930           (738)             --        52,192
  Long-term debt......................   121,589      421,760             --              --       543,349
  Other non-current liabilities.......        --        8,199             --              --         8,199
  Preferred stock.....................    86,369           --             --              --        86,369
  Common stock........................     1,000           --             --              --         1,000
  Additional paid in capital..........     2,942          300             --              --         3,242
  Retained deficit....................        --      418,188        197,051        (634,925)      (19,686)
                                        --------     --------       --------       ---------      --------
    Total Liabilities and
       Stockholders' Equity...........  $211,900     $946,115       $213,630       $(634,925)     $736,720
                                        ========     ========       ========       =========      ========
</TABLE>
                                       F-26
<PAGE>
                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

          SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                            YEAR ENDED JUNE 27, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PREDECESSOR
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  FOREIGN
                                                 GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   ELIMINATING
                                                SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ENTRIES     CONSOLIDATED
                                                ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net income (loss)...........................    $(27,768)      $ 39,028        $   (35)      $ 11,225
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
  net cash provided by operating activities
  Depreciation and amortization...............      36,857         15,656             --         52,513
  Changes in working capital..................      31,934         16,339        (57,435)        (9,162)
                                                  --------       --------        -------       --------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating
       activities.............................      41,023         71,023        (57,470)        54,576
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Plant and equipment...........................    (134,875)       (38,429)            --       (173,304)
                                                  --------       --------        -------       --------
     Net cash used in investing activities....    (134,875)       (38,429)            --       (173,304)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from borrowings....................       1,450             --             --          1,450
  Payments of borrowings......................         (48)            --             --            (48)
                                                  --------       --------        -------       --------
     Net cash provided by financing
       activities.............................       1,402             --             --          1,402
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash
  equivalents.................................          --          1,221             --          1,221
                                                  --------       --------        -------       --------
     Net cash transfer and billings from (to)
       parent.................................    $ 92,450       $(33,815)       $57,470       $116,105
                                                  ========       ========        =======       ========
</TABLE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

          SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                            YEAR ENDED JULY 3, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PREDECESSOR
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  FOREIGN
                                                 GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   ELIMINATING
                                                SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ENTRIES     CONSOLIDATED
                                                ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss)...........................    $   (908)       $18,418       $  (4,599)     $ 12,911
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
  net cash provided by operating activities
  Depreciation and amortization...............      51,295         16,036              --        67,331
  Changes in working capital..................    (154,815)        12,669         110,235       (31,911)
                                                  --------        -------       ---------      --------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating
       activities.............................    (104,428)        47,123         105,636        48,331
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Plant and equipment...........................     (49,762)       (40,422)             --       (90,184)
                                                  --------        -------       ---------      --------
     Net cash used in investing activities....     (49,762)       (40,422)             --       (90,184)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from borrowings....................       2,750             --              --         2,750
  Payments of borrowings......................         (83)            --              --           (83)
                                                  --------        -------       ---------      --------
     Net cash provided by financing
       activities.............................       2,667             --              --         2,667
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash
  equivalents.................................          --         (2,658)             --        (2,658)
                                                  --------        -------       ---------      --------
     Net cash transfer and billings from (to)
       parent.................................    $151,523        $(4,043)      $(105,636)     $ 41,844
                                                  ========        =======       =========      ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

          SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                            YEAR ENDED JULY 2, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PREDECESSOR
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  FOREIGN
                                                 GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   ELIMINATING
                                                SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ENTRIES     CONSOLIDATED
                                                ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss)...........................   $   4,431       $ 121,273      $(98,298)      $ 27,406
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
  net cash provided by operating activities
  Depreciation and amortization...............      59,615          21,016            --         80,631
  Changes in working capital..................     147,981          19,084      (163,853)         3,212
                                                 ---------       ---------      --------       --------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating
       activities.............................     212,027         161,373      (262,151)       111,249
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Cash paid for acquired business...............      (1,335)             --            --         (1,335)
Plant and equipment...........................     (21,648)        (16,915)           --        (38,563)
                                                 ---------       ---------      --------       --------
     Net cash used in investing activities....     (22,983)        (16,915)           --        (39,898)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from borrowings....................         800              --            --            800
  Payments of borrowings......................        (302)             --            --           (302)
                                                 ---------       ---------      --------       --------
     Net cash provided by financing
       activities.............................         498              --            --            498
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash
  equivalents.................................          --          (4,819)           --         (4,819)
                                                 ---------       ---------      --------       --------
     Net cash transfer and billings from (to)
       parent.................................   $(189,542)      $(139,639)     $262,151       $(67,030)
                                                 =========       =========      ========       ========
</TABLE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

          SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                      THIRTEEN WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 2, 1998
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PREDECESSOR
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  FOREIGN
                                                 GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   ELIMINATING
                                                SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ENTRIES     CONSOLIDATED
                                                ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss)...........................    $ (6,528)       $  (545)      $  11,562      $  4,489
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
  net cash provided by operating activities
  Depreciation and amortization...............      14,832          4,755              --        19,587
  Non-current deferred income taxes...........     (56,952)            --          58,367         1,415
  Changes in working capital..................    (154,375)       (41,274)        182,897       (12,752)
                                                  --------        -------       ---------      --------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating
       activities.............................    (203,023)       (37,064)        252,826        12,739
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Plant and equipment...........................      (9,469)        (3,632)             --       (13,101)
                                                  --------        -------       ---------      --------
     Net cash used in investing activities....      (9,469)        (3,632)             --       (13,101)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from borrowings....................          --             --              --            --
  Payments of borrowings......................      (4,069)            --           4,028           (41)
                                                  --------        -------       ---------      --------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing
       activities.............................      (4,069)            --           4,028           (41)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash
  equivalents.................................          --            (40)             --           (40)
                                                  --------        -------       ---------      --------
     Net cash transfer and billings from (to)
       parent.................................    $216,561        $40,736       $(256,854)     $    443
                                                  ========        =======       =========      ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

          SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                        SIX WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 13, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PREDECESSOR
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    FOREIGN
                                                   GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   ELIMINATING
                                                  SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ENTRIES     CONSOLIDATED
                                                  ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss).............................   $ (11,462)      $ (12,126)     $  20,559      $(3,029)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
  net cash provided by operating activities
  Depreciation and amortization.................       2,380           6,693             --        9,073
  Non-current deferred income taxes.............          --           4,815         (9,571)      (4,756)
  Changes in working capital....................     210,864         128,451       (337,221)       2,094
                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      -------
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating
       activities...............................     201,782         127,833       (326,233)       3,382
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Plant and equipment.............................      (1,020)           (867)            --       (1,887)
                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      -------
    Net cash used in investing activities.......      (1,020)           (867)            --       (1,887)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Payments of borrowings........................          --           4,535         (4,567)         (32)
                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      -------
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing
       activities...............................          --           4,535         (4,567)         (32)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash
  equivalents...................................       1,177              --             --        1,177
Net cash transfer and billings from (to)
  parent........................................    (200,497)       (131,501)       330,800       (1,198)
                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      -------
Net increase in cash............................          --              --             --        1,442
Cash at the beginning of the period.............          --              --             --           --
                                                   ---------       ---------      ---------      -------
Cash at the end of the period...................   $   1,442       $      --      $      --      $ 1,442
                                                   =========       =========      =========      =======
</TABLE>

                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

          SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                       SEVEN WEEKS ENDED OCTOBER 1, 1999
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SUCCESSOR
                                        --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     FOREIGN
                                                    GUARANTOR     NON-GUARANTOR   ELIMINATING
                                         PARENT    SUBSIDIARIES   SUBSIDIARIES      ENTRIES     CONSOLIDATED
                                        --------   ------------   -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                     <C>        <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss)...................  $ (1,889)    $(20,201)       $12,860       $ (10,882)     $(20,112)
Adjustments to reconcile net income
  (loss) to net cash provided by
  operating activities
  Depreciation and amortization.......        --        7,628          2,530              --        10,158
  Changes in working capital..........     1,889       30,573         (5,675)         10,882        37,669
                                        --------     --------        -------       ---------      --------
    Net cash provided by (used in)
       operating activities...........        --       18,000          9,715              --        27,715
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Plant and equipment...................        --        2,867         (5,291)             --        (2,424)
                                        --------     --------        -------       ---------      --------
    Net cash used in investing
       activities.....................        --        2,867         (5,291)             --        (2,424)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from borrowings............        --           --             --              --            --
  Payments of borrowings..............        --          (65)            --              --           (65)
                                        --------     --------        -------       ---------      --------
    Net cash provided by financing
       activities.....................        --          (65)            --              --           (65)
Effect of exchange rates on cash and
  cash equivalents....................        --           --          1,217              --         1,217
Net cash transfer and billings from
  (to) parent.........................        --           --             --              --            --
                                        --------     --------        -------       ---------      --------
Net increase in cash..................        --       20,802          5,641              --        26,443
Cash at the beginning of the period...        --        5,932          1,445              --         7,377
                                        --------     --------        -------       ---------      --------
Cash at the end of the period.........  $     --     $ 26,734        $ 7,086       $      --      $ 33,820
                                        ========     ========        =======       =========      ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-29
<PAGE>

                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Certificate of
Incorporation of each Issuer provides that directors of such Issuer shall not be
personally liable to such Issuer or its stockholders for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach
of the director's duty of loyalty to such Issuer or its stockholders, (ii) for
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, relating to prohibited dividends or distributions or the
repurchase or redemption of stock, or (iv) for any transaction from which the
director derives an improper personal benefit. In addition, the By-laws of each
Issuer provide for indemnification of such Issuer's officers and directors to
the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Section 145 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify any persons,
including officers and directors, who were or are, or are threatened to be made,
parties to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than
an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that
such person was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or
is or was serving at the request of such corporation as an officer, director,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding,
provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed
to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests and, for criminal
proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A
Delaware corporation may indemnify officers and directors in an action by or in
the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no
indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or
director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or
director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action
referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses that
such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred. Insofar as
indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be
permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling an Issuer pursuant to
the foregoing provisions, the Issuers have been informed that in the opinion of
the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

     The directors and officers of the Registrants are insured against certain
liabilities under the Registrants' directors' and officers' liability insurance.

     The foregoing summary of the Delaware General Corporation Law and of the
Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of each Issuer is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the relevant provisions of the Delaware General
Corporation Law and of each Issuer's Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws,
which are filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement.

ITEM 21.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     (a) Exhibits:

          Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit Index following page II-9
     hereto.

     (b) Financial Statement Schedules:

                                      II-1

<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE II
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                (IN THOUSANDS $)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            ADDITIONS
                                                             CHARGED    ADDITIONS
                                               BALANCE AT   TO COSTS     CHARGED    DEDUCTION    BALANCE
                                               BEGINNING       AND      TO OTHER      FROM      AT END OF
                                               OF PERIOD    EXPENSES    ACCOUNTS    RESERVES     PERIOD
                                               ----------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Valuation and qualifying accounts deducted
  from the assets to which they apply:

ALLOWANCE FOR UNCOLLECTIBLE ACCOUNTS
  1999.......................................   $   571      $   487      $ --       $   476     $   582
  1998.......................................   $ 1,336      $   324      $ --       $ 1,089     $   571
  1997.......................................   $   757      $   336      $300       $    57     $ 1,336

INVENTORY RESERVE
  1999.......................................   $24,482      $ 8,373      $257       $14,995     $18,117
  1998.......................................   $31,736      $ 9,846      $120       $17,220     $24,482
  1997.......................................   $25,385      $10,007      $ 46       $ 3,702     $31,736

DISTRIBUTOR RESERVES
  1999.......................................   $ 6,189      $52,965      $ --       $52,612     $ 6,542
  1998.......................................   $11,278      $66,062      $ --       $71,151     $ 6,189
  1997.......................................   $ 7,520      $65,374      $ --       $61,616     $11,278
</TABLE>

ITEM 22.  UNDERTAKINGS

     (a) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes:

          (1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
     made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

             (i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
        Securities Act of 1933;

             (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
        the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
        post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
        aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
        in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
        increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total
        dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
        registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
        maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed
        with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the
        changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the
        maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of
        Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and

             (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan
        of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement
        or any material change to such information in the registration
        statement;

          (2) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
     Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
     to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
     therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed
     to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and

          (3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
     any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
     termination of the offering.

     (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
each registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or

                                      II-2

<PAGE>

otherwise, each registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a
claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by
the registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person
in connection with the securities being registered, each registrant will, unless
in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

     (c) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to respond to
requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus
pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form, within one business day of
receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class
mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in
documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement
through the date of responding to the request.

     (d) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to supply by
means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction,
and the corporation being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of
and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

                                      II-3

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
above-named Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm
Bay, State of Florida, on the 10th day of November, 1999.

                                          INTERSIL CORPORATION

                                          By: GREGORY L. WILLIAMS
                                             -----------------------------------
                                              Gregory L. Williams
                                              Chief Executive Officer

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     Each person whose signature appears below appoints Gregory L. Williams and
Daniel J. Heneghan, either of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as
his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution
and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power
and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could
do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact
and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue thereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in
the capacities indicated on November 10, 1999.

                SIGNATURE                               TITLE
                ---------                               -----

GREGORY L. WILLIAMS                     Chief Executive Officer and Director
- - ------------------------------------    (principal executive officer)
Gregory L. Williams

DANIEL J. HENEGHAN                      Secretary, Controller and Vice President
- - ------------------------------------    (principal accounting officer)
Daniel J. Heneghan

JAMES A. URRY                           Director
- - ------------------------------------
James A. Urry

GARY E. GIST                            Director
- - ------------------------------------
Gary E. Gist

                                      II-4

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
above-named Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm
Bay, State of Florida, on the 10th day of November, 1999.

                                          INTERSIL HOLDING CORPORATION

                                          By: GREGORY L. WILLIAMS
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Gregory L. Williams
                                              Chief Executive Officer

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     Each person whose signature appears below appoints Gregory L. Williams and
Daniel J. Heneghan, either of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as
his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution
and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power
and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could
do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact
and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue thereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in
the capacities indicated on November 10, 1999.

            SIGNATURE                               TITLE
            ---------                               -----

GREGORY L. WILLIAMS                     Chief Executive Officer and Director
- - ------------------------------------    (principal executive officer)
Gregory L. Williams

DANIEL J. HENEGHAN                      Secretary, Controller and Vice President
- - ------------------------------------    (principal accounting officer)
Daniel J. Heneghan

JAMES A. URRY                           Director
- - ------------------------------------
James A. Urry

GARY E. GIST                            Director
- - ------------------------------------
Gary E. Gist

                                      II-5

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
above-named Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm
Bay, State of Florida, on the 10th day of November, 1999.

                                          INTERSIL (FL), LLC

                                          By: GREGORY L. WILLIAMS
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Gregory L. Williams
                                              Chief Executive Officer

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     Each person whose signature appears below appoints Gregory L. Williams and
Daniel J. Heneghan, either of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as
his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution
and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power
and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could
do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact
and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue thereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in
the capacities indicated on November 10, 1999.

            SIGNATURE                               TITLE
            ---------                               -----

GREGORY L. WILLIAMS                     Chief Executive Officer
- - ------------------------------------    (principal executive officer)
Gregory L. Williams

DANIEL J. HENEGHAN                      Secretary, Vice President and Controller
- - ------------------------------------    (principal accounting officer)
Daniel J. Heneghan

INTERSIL (FL), LLC
By: GREGORY L. WILLIAMS
    --------------------------------
    Gregory L. Williams
    Chief Executive Officer

                                      II-6

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
above-named Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm
Bay, State of Florida, on the 10th day of November, 1999.

                                          INTERSIL (PA), LLC

                                          By: GREGORY L. WILLIAMS
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Gregory L. Williams
                                              Chief Executive Officer

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     Each person whose signature appears below appoints Gregory L. Williams and
Daniel J. Heneghan, either of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as
his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution
and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power
and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could
do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact
and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue thereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in
the capacities indicated on November 10, 1999.

            SIGNATURE                               TITLE
            ---------                               -----

GREGORY L. WILLIAMS                     Chief Executive Officer
- - ------------------------------------    (principal executive officer)
Gregory L. Williams

DANIEL J. HENEGHAN                      Secretary, Vice President and Controller
- - ------------------------------------    (principal accounting officer)
Daniel J. Heneghan

INTERSIL (PA), LLC
By: GREGORY L. WILLIAMS
    --------------------------------
    Gregory L. Williams
    Chief Executive Officer

                                      II-7

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
above-named Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm
Bay, State of Florida, on the 10th day of November, 1999.

                                          INTERSIL (OH), LLC

                                          By: GREGORY L. WILLIAMS
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Gregory L. Williams
                                              Chief Executive Officer

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     Each person whose signature appears below appoints Gregory L. Williams and
Daniel J. Heneghan, either of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as
his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution
and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power
and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could
do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact
and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue thereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in
the capacities indicated on November 10, 1999.



            SIGNATURE                               TITLE
            ---------                               -----

GREGORY L. WILLIAMS                     Chief Executive Officer
- - ------------------------------------    (principal executive officer)
Gregory L. Williams

DANIEL J. HENEGHAN                      Secretary, Vice President and Controller
- - ------------------------------------    (principal accounting officer)
Daniel J. Heneghan

INTERSIL (OH), LLC
By: GREGORY L. WILLIAMS
    --------------------------------
    Gregory L. Williams
    Chief Executive Officer

                                      II-8

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
above-named Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm
Bay, State of Florida, on the 10th day of November, 1999.

                                          CHOICE-INTERSIL MICROSYSTEMS, INC.

                                          By: GREGORY L. WILLIAMS
                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Gregory L. Williams
                                              Chief Executive Officer

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     Each person whose signature appears below appoints Gregory L. Williams and
Daniel J. Heneghan, either of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as
his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution
and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power
and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could
do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact
and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue thereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in
the capacities indicated on November 10, 1999.



            SIGNATURE                               TITLE
            ---------                               -----

GREGORY L. WILLIAMS                     Chief Executive Officer and Director
- - ------------------------------------    (principal executive officer)
Gregory L. Williams

DANIEL J. HENEGHAN                      Secretary, Vice President, Controller
- - ------------------------------------    and Director
Daniel J. Heneghan                      (principal accounting officer)

                                      II-9

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

EXHIBIT
  NO.                            DESCRIPTION
- - -------                          -----------

 2.01*   Amended and Restated Master Transaction Agreement dated as of June 2,
         1999, by and among Intersil Holding Corporation ("Holding"), Intersil
         Corporation ("Intersil") and Harris Corporation ("Harris")
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.01 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1 previously filed by Intersil Holding Corporation
         on November 10, 1999 ("Registration Statement on Form S-1")).

 2.02*   Agreement Concerning Deferred Closings dated as of August 13, 1999, by
         and among Harris and Intersil (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
         2.02 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 2.03*   Transition Services Agreement dated as of August 13, 1999, by and among
         Intersil and Harris (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.03 to the
         Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 2.04*   Share Sale Agreement dated August 13, 1999, between Harris Airport
         Systems (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd., Harris Solid State (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
         and Sapphire Worldwide Investments, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
         Exhibit 2.04 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 2.05*   Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of the Business and Assets of
         Harris Semiconductor Limited dated as of August 13, 1999, between
         Harris Semiconductor Limited and Intersil Limited (incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 2.05 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 2.06*   Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 20, 1999, between Harris
         Semiconductor Design & Sales Pte. Ltd. and Intersil Pte. Ltd.
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.06 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

 2.07*   Purchase Agreement of Corporate Quotas of a Limited Liability Company,
         dated as of August 13, 1999, between Harris Semiconductor BV, Harris
         Semiconductor Limited and Intersil (incorporated by reference to
         Exhibit 2.07 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 2.08*   Assignment of Shares, dated as of August 13, 1999, between Intersil and
         Harris for the transfer by Harris of all of its shares of Harris
         Semiconducteurs, Sarl to Intersil (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
         2.08 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 2.09*   Share Transfer Agreement, dated as of August 1, 1999, between Harris
         and Intersil for the transfer of stock of Harris Semiconductor Y.H.
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.09 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

 2.10*   Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1999, between Harris
         Advanced Technology (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Harris Airport Systems (M)
         Sdn. Bhd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.10 to the
         Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 2.11*   Agreement Re: China Subsidiaries, dated as of August 13, 1999, between
         Harris and Intersil (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.11 to the
         Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 2.12*   Agreement Re: Anshan Joint Venture, dated as of August 13, 1999,
         between Harris Advanced Technology (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Harris
         Airport Systems (M) Sdn. Bhd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
         2.12 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 2.13*   Agreement Re: Guangzhou Joint Venture, dated as of August 13, 1999,
         between Harris Advanced Technology (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Harris
         Airport Systems (M) Sdn. Bhd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
         2.13 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 2.14*   Agreement Re: Suzhou Harris, dated as of August 13, 1999, between
         Harris Advanced Technology (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Harris Airport
         Systems (M) Sdn. Bhd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.14 to the
         Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 2.15*   Intellectual Property Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1999, among
         Harris, Harris Semiconductor Patents, Inc. and Holding (incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 2.15 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT
  NO.                            DESCRIPTION
- - -------                          -----------

 2.16*   Patent Assignment and Services Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1999,
         among Harris, Harris Semiconductor Patents, Inc. and Holding
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.16 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

 2.17*   License Assignment Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1999, among
         Harris, Harris Semiconductor Patents, Inc. and Holding (incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 2.17 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 2.18*   Harris Trademark License Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1999, among
         Harris, HAL Technologies, Inc. and Holding (incorporated by reference
         to Exhibit 2.18 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 2.19*   Secondary Trademark Assignment and License Agreement, dated as of
         August 13, 1999, between Harris and Holding (incorporated by reference
         to Exhibit 2.19 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 2.20*   PRISM(Registered) Intellectual Property Assignment, dated August 13,
         1999, between Holding and Intersil (incorporated by reference to
         Exhibit 2.20 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 2.21*   Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1999, among Holding,
         Intersil and Choice Microsystems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
         Exhibit 2.21 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 2.22*   Royalty Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1999, among Harris and
         Intersil (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.22 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

 2.23*   Option Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1999, among Intersil and
         Intersil PRISM, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.23 to the
         Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 3.01    Certificate of Incorporation of Intersil, as amended.

 3.02    Bylaws of Intersil.

 3.03    Certificate of Incorporation of Holding, as amended (incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 3.01 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 3.04    Bylaws of Holding (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.02 to the
         Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 3.05    Certificate of Formation of Intersil (FL), LLC, as amended.

 3.06    Certificate of Formation of Intersil (OH), LLC, as amended.

 3.07    Certificate of Formation of Intersil (PA), LLC, as amended.

 3.08    Certificate of Incorporation of Choice-Intersil Microsystems, Inc., as
         amended.

 3.09    Bylaws of Choice-Intersil Microsystems, Inc.

 4.01    Indenture, dated as of August 13, 1999, among Intersil, Holding, Harris
         Semiconductor, LLC, Harris Semiconductor (Ohio), LLC, Harris
         Semiconductor (Pennsylvania), LLC, Choice Microsystems, Inc. and United
         States Trust Company of New York for 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
         due 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the
         Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 4.02    Form of 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (included in Exhibit
         4.01).

 4.03    Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 6, 1999, between Intersil,
         Holding, Harris Semiconductor, LLC, Harris Semiconductor (Ohio), LLC,
         Harris Semiconductor (Pennsylvania), LLC, Choice Microsystems, Inc.,
         Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, J. P. Morgan Securities Inc.
         and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
         4.02 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 4.04    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 6, 1999, between
         Intersil, Holding, Harris Semiconductor, LLC, Harris Semiconductor
         (Ohio), LLC, Harris Semiconductor (Pennsylvania), LLC, Choice
         Microsystems, Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, J. P.
         Morgan Securities Inc. and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. (incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 4.03 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 5.01**  Opinion of Dechert Price & Rhoads.

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT
  NO.                            DESCRIPTION
- - -------                          -----------

10.01    Warrant Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1999, between Holding and
         United States Trust Company of New York (incorporated by reference to
         Exhibit 4.01 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.02    Credit Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1999, among Intersil, the
         Lender Parties thereto, Credit Suisse First Boston, as the
         Administrative Agent, Salomon Smith Barney, as Syndication Agent, and
         Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Documentation Agent
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.03 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

10.03    Subordinated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1999, among
         Holding and Citicorp Mezzanine Partners, L.P. for 13 1/2% Subordinated
         Pay-In-Kind Note due 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.04
         to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.04    Form of 13 1/2% Subordinated Pay-In-Kind Note due 2010 (included in
         Exhibit 10.03).

10.05    Indenture, dated as of August 13, 1999, among Holding and United States
         Trust Company of New York for 11.13% Subordinated Pay-In-Kind Notes due
         2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.06 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

10.06    Form of 11.13% Subordinated Pay-In-Kind Note due 2010 (included in
         Exhibit 10.05).

10.07    Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 13, 1999, among Holding,
         Sterling Holding Company, LLC, Manatee Investment Corporation, Citicorp
         Mezzanine Partners, L.P. and the management investors named therein
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.08 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

10.08    Securities Purchase and Holders Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1999,
         among Holding, Sterling Holding Company, LLC, Manatee Investment
         Corporation, Intersil Prism LLC, Citicorp Mezzanine Partners, L.P.,
         William N. Stout and the management investors named therein
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.09 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

10.09    Option Award Agreement, dated as of August 13, 1999 (incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.10    Employment Agreement, dated as of August 9, between Intersil and
         Gregory L. Williams (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the
         Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.11    Agreement between Harris and Local Union No. 1907 International
         Brotherhood of Electrical Workers, AFL-CIO (Findlay, OH Facility),
         effective as of July 1, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
         10.12 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.12    Agreement between Harris and Local Union 177 International Union of
         Electronic, Electrical, Salaried, Machine and Furniture Workers,
         AFL-CIO (Mountaintop, PA Facility), effective December 1, 1998
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

10.13    Machinery and Equipment Loan Agreement, dated September 9, 1996,
         between Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Community and
         Economic Development and Harris (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
         10.14 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.14    Machinery and Equipment Loan Agreement, dated as of November 3, 1998,
         between Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of Community and
         Economic Development and Harris (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
         10.15 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.15    Master Agreement, dated as of December 2, 1997, between Harris
         Semiconductor and Optum Software (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
         10.16 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.16    Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 14, 1997, between Harris
         Semiconductor and Praxair, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
         10.17 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.17    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 2, 1999, by and among
         Align-Rite International, Inc., Align-Rite, Inc. and Harris
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

10.18    Bill of Sale and Assignment, dated as of July 2, 1999, by Harris in
         favor of Align-Rite International, Inc. and Align-Rite, Inc.
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT
  NO.                            DESCRIPTION
- - -------                          -----------

10.19    Lease Agreement, dated as of July 2, 1999, by and among Harris
         Corporation Semiconductor Business Unit and Align-Rite, Inc.
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

10.20    Photomask Supply and Strategic Alliance Agreement, dated as of July 2,
         1999, by and among Harris, Align-Rite International, Inc. and
         Align-Rite, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the
         Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.21    Site Services Agreement, dated as of July 2, 1999, by and among Harris
         Corporation Semiconductor Business Unit and Align-Rite, Inc.
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

10.22    Software License Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1984, between Harris
         and Consilium Associates, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
         10.23 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.23    Addendum Software License and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of
         October 27, 1995, between Harris and Consilium, Inc. (incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.24    Specialty Gas Supply Agreement, dated as of October 15, 1996, between
         Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and Harris (incorporated by reference
         to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.25    Silicon Wafer Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1997, between
         Mitsubishi Silicon America Corporation and Harris (incorporated by
         reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.26    Nitrogen Supply Agreement, dated as of September 22, 1992, between
         Harris Corporation Semiconductor Sector and Liquid Air Corporation
         Merchant Gases Division (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to
         the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.27    Nitrogen Supply System Agreement, Amendment Number 1, dated as of
         September 15, 1996, between Air Liquide America Corporation and Harris
         Corporation Semiconductor Sector (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
         10.28 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.28    Site Subscription Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1993, between Harris
         Semiconductor Sector of Harris and Cadence Design Systems, Inc.
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

10.29    Site Subscription Addendum, dated December 19, 1997, between Harris
         Semiconductor Sector of Harris and Cadence Design Systems, Inc.
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

10.30    HMCD--HSS Memorandum of Agreement, dated March 26, 1999, between Harris
         Microwave Communication Division and Harris Semiconductor Sector
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

10.31    Investment Agency Appointment and Participation Authorization, dated
         September 3, 1999, between Intersil, Intersil Corporation Master Trust
         and T. Rowe Price Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
         10.32 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.32    Investment Agency Appointment and Participation Authority, dated
         September 3, 1999, between Intersil Corporation Master Trust and T.
         Rowe Price Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to
         the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.33    Investment Advisory Agreement (Equity Growth Fund), dated September 3,
         1999, between T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and Intersil Corporation
         Retirement Committee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the
         Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.34    Investment Advisory Agreement (Equity Income Fund), dated September 3,
         1999, between T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and Intersil Corporation
         Retirement Committee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the
         Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.35    Intersil Corporation Retirement Plan (Non-Union), dated September 3,
         1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT
  NO.                            DESCRIPTION
- - -------                          -----------

10.36    Intersil Corporation Retirement Plan (Union), dated September 3, 1999
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

10.37    Commercial Supply Agreement, dated December 3, 1998, by and between
         Texas Instruments Incorporated and Harris (incorporated by reference to
         Exhibit 10.38 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.38    Military Supply Agreement, dated December 3, 1998, by and between Texas
         Instruments Incorporated and Harris (incorporated by reference to
         Exhibit 10.39 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.39    Intellectual Property Agreement, dated December 3, 1998, by and between
         Texas Instruments Incorporated, Harris, Harris Advanced Technology
         (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Harris Southwest Properties, Inc.
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

10.40    Asset Transfer Agreement, dated December 3, 1998, by and between Texas
         Instruments Incorporated and Harris Advanced Technology (Malaysia) Sdn.
         Bhd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

10.41    Military Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 23, 1998, by and
         between Texas Instruments Incorporated, Harris, Harris Advanced
         Technology (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Harris Southwest Properties, Inc.
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

10.42    Commercial Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 23, 1998, by and
         between Texas Instruments Incorporated, Harris, Harris Advanced
         Technology (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. and Harris Southwest Properties, Inc.
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

10.43    Certificate of Leasehold Property for Land Office No. 7668 by Harris
         Advanced Technology (M) Sdn. Bhd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
         10.44 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.44    State Lease for Lot No. 7716 by Harris Advanced Technology (Malaysia)
         Sdn. Bhd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the
         Registration Statement on Form S-1).

10.45    Certificate of Leasehold Property for Land Office No. 7666 by Harris
         Advanced Technology (M) Sdn. Bhd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
         10.46 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

12.01    Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
         (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 12.01 to the Registration
         Statement on Form S-1).

21.01    Subsidiaries of Intersil and the Additional Registrants.

23.01    Consent of Dechert Price & Rhoads (included in Exhibit 5.01).

23.02    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

25.01    Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of United States Trust
         Company of New York on Form T-1.

27.01    Financial Data Schedule (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 27.01 to
         the Registration Statement on Form S-1).

99.01    Form of Letter of Transmittal.

99.02    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

99.03    Letter to Holders of 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009
         Concerning Offer For All Outstanding 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
         Due 2009 in Exchange for 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009 of
         Intersil Corporation Which Have Been Registered Under the Securities
         Act of 1933, as amended.

99.04    Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other
         Nominees Concerning Offer For All Outstanding 13 1/4% Senior
         Subordinated Notes Due 2009 in Exchange for 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated
         Notes Due 2009 of Intersil Corporation Which Have Been Registered Under
         the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

99.05    Letter to Clients Concerning Offer For All Outstanding 31 1/4% Senior
         Subordinated Notes Due 2009 in Exchange for 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated
         Notes Due 2009 of Intersil Corporation Which Have Been Registered Under
         the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

99.06    Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on
         Substitute Form W-9.

- - ------------------
 * Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, the schedules to this Exhibit
   are omitted. The Exhibit contains a list identifying the contents of all
   schedules and the Registrants agree to furnish supplementally copies of such
   schedules to the Commission upon request.
** To be supplied by amendment.




                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.01


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                            HSS OPERATING CORPORATION

                      (Before Receipt of Payment for Stock)

                             -----------------------

            HSS Holding Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under
and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
"Company"), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

            FIRST: That by written consent of a majority of the directors, a
            resolution was duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to
            the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. The resolution
            setting forth the amendment is as follows:

                  RESOLVED, that Article 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation
                  of the Company be amended so that the same as amended would
                  read as follows:

                  1. Name. The name of the Corporation is Intersil Corporation.

            SECOND: That the Company has not received any payment for any of its
            stock.

            THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the
            provisions of Section 241 of the General Corporation Law of the
            State of Delaware.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be
executed by James A. Urry, its Vice President, this 15th day of July, 1999.

                                    HSS OPERATING CORPORATION


                                    By: James A. Urry
                                        -------------
                                        James A. Urry
                                        Vice President
<PAGE>

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                            HSS OPERATING CORPORATION

            1. Name. The name of the Corporation is HSS Operating Corporation.

            2. Registered Office and Agent. The address of the Corporation's
registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of
Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the Corporation's registered agent
at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

            3. Purpose. The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to
engage in any lawful act or activity, including, without limitation, forming
and/or acquiring foreign subsidiaries, for which corporations may be organized
under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware ("DGCL") and to
possess and exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by such law and
any other law of Delaware.

            4. Authorized Capital. The aggregate number of shares of stock which
the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) shares,
all of which are of one class and are designated as Common Stock, par value $.01
per share.

            5. Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the incorporator
are Marian T. Ryan, 4000 Bell Atlantic Tower, 1717 Arch Street, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania 19103-2793.

            6. Bylaws. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers
conferred by law, the board of directors of the Corporation is authorized to
adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation, except as otherwise
specifically provided therein, subject to the powers of the stockholders of the
Corporation to amend or repeal any bylaws adopted by the board of directors.

            7. Elections of Directors. Elections of directors need not be by
written ballot unless and except to the extent the bylaws of the Corporation
shall so provide.

            8. Right to Amend. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or
repeal any provision contained in this Certificate as the same may from time to
time be in effect in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all
rights, preferences and privileges conferred on stockholders, directors or
others hereunder are subject to such reservation.

            9. Unanimous Written Consent Required. If any action is to be taken
by stockholders without a meeting, such action must be authorized by unanimous
written consent signed by all of the holders of outstanding voting stock.

            10. Limitation on Liability. The directors of the Corporation shall
be entitled to the benefits of all limitations on the liability of directors
generally that are now or hereafter become available under the DGCL. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the
<PAGE>

fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it exists on the date hereof or as it
may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be personally
liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts
or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any
repeal or modification of this Section 10 or any adoption of any provision of
this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Section 10 shall be
prospective only, and shall not affect, to the detriment of any director, any
limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing
at the time of such repeal, modification or adoption.

Dated:  June 2, 1999

                                          /s/ Marian T. Ryan
                                          ----------------------------
                                          Marian T. Ryan, Incorporator


                                       2



                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.02

                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                              INTERSIL CORPORATION


                                    ARTICLE I

                                  STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Meetings.

      1.1.1 Place. Meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place as
may be designated by the board of directors.

      1.1.2 Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the stockholders for the
election of directors and for other business shall be held on such date and at
such time as may be fixed by the board of directors.

      1.1.3 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called
at any time by the chief executive officer, or the board of directors, or the
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled
to vote at the meeting.

      1.1.4 Quorum. The presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a
majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote on a
particular matter shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of considering such
matter.

      1.1.5 Voting Rights. Except as otherwise provided herein, in the
certificate of incorporation or by law, every stockholder shall have the right
at every meeting of stockholders to one vote for every share standing in the
name of such stockholder on the books of the Company which is entitled to vote
at such meeting. Every stockholder may vote either in person or by proxy.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    DIRECTORS

2.1 Number. The board of directors shall have authority to determine the number
of directors to constitute the board.

2.2 Meetings.

      2.2.1 Place. Meetings of the board of directors shall be held at such
place as may be designated by the board or in the notice of the meeting.
<PAGE>

      2.2.2 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board of directors shall
be held at such times as the board may designate. Notice of regular meetings
need not be given.

      2.2.3 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by
direction of the chief executive officer or any two members of the board on
three days' written notice to each director, either personally or by mail,
telegram or facsimile transmission, containing a description of the subject of
the special meeting.

      2.2.4 Quorum. A majority of all the directors in office shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting.

      2.2.5 Voting. Except as otherwise provided herein, in the certificate of
incorporation or by law, the vote of a majority of the directors present at any
meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute the act of the board of
directors.

      2.2.6 Committees. The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a
majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to
consist of one or more directors and such alternate members (also directors) as
may be designated by the board. Unless otherwise provided herein, in the absence
or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof
present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such
member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another director
to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
Except as otherwise provided herein, in the certificate of incorporation or by
law, any such committee shall have and may exercise the powers of the full board
of directors to the extent provided in the resolution of the board directing the
committee.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                    OFFICERS

3.1 Election. At its first meeting after each annual meeting of the
stockholders, the board of directors shall elect a chief executive officer or
president, treasurer, secretary and such other officers as it deems advisable.

3.2 Authority, Duties and Compensation. The officers shall have such authority,
perform such duties and serve for such compensation as may be determined by
resolution of the board of directors. Except as otherwise provided by board
resolution, (i) the chief executive officer shall be the president of the
Company, shall have general supervision over the business and operations of the
Company, may perform any act and execute any instrument for the conduct of such
business and operations and shall preside at all meetings of the board and
stockholders, (ii) the other officers shall have the duties customarily related
to their respective offices, and (iii) any vice president, or vice presidents in
the order determined by the board, shall in the absence of the chief executive
officer, have the authority and perform the duties of the chief executive
officer.


                                       2
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

4.1 Right to Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or
is party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that such person is or was
a director or officer of the Company or a constituent corporation absorbed in a
consolidation or merger, or is or was serving at the request of the Company or a
constituent corporation absorbed in a consolidation or merger, as a director or
officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at its
request as an administrator, trustee or other fiduciary of one or more of the
employee benefit plans of the Company or other enterprise, against expenses
(including attorneys' fees), liability and loss actually and reasonably incurred
or suffered by such person in connection with such proceeding, whether or not
the indemnified liability arises or arose from any threatened, pending or
completed proceeding by or in the right of the Company, except to the extent
that such indemnification is prohibited by applicable law.

4.2 Advance of Expenses. Expenses incurred by a director or officer of the
Company in defending a proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the
final disposition of such proceeding subject to the provisions of any applicable
statute.

4.3 Procedure for Determining Permissibility. To determine whether any
indemnification or advance of expenses under this Article IV is permissible, the
board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors not
parties to such proceeding may, and on request of any person seeking
indemnification or advance of expenses shall be required to, determine in each
case whether the applicable standards in any applicable statute have been met,
or such determination shall be made by independent legal counsel if such quorum
is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, a majority vote of a quorum of
disinterested directors so directs, provided that, if there has been a change in
control of the Company between the time of the action or failure to act giving
rise to the claim for indemnification or advance of expenses and the time such
claim is made, at the option of the person seeking indemnification or advance of
expenses, the permissibility of indemnification or advance of expenses shall be
determined by independent legal counsel. The reasonable expenses of any director
or officer in prosecuting a successful claim for indemnification, and the fees
and expenses of any special legal counsel engaged to determine permissibility of
indemnification or advance of expenses, shall be borne by the Company.

4.4 Contractual Obligation. The obligations of the Company to indemnify a
director or officer under this Article IV, including the duty to advance
expenses, shall be considered a contract between the Company and such director
or officer, and no modification or repeal of any provision of this Article IV
shall affect, to the detriment of the director or officer, such obligations of
the Company in connection with a claim based on any act or failure to act
occurring before such modification or repeal.

4.5 Indemnification Not Exclusive; Inuring of Benefit. The indemnification and
advance of expenses provided by this Article IV shall not be deemed exclusive of
any other right to which


                                       3
<PAGE>

one indemnified may be entitled under any statute, provision of the Certificate
of Incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person's official capacity and
as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall inure to
the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of any such person.

4.6 Insurance and Other Indemnification. The board of directors shall have the
power to (i) authorize the Company to purchase and maintain, at the Company's
expense, insurance on behalf of the Company and on behalf of others to the
extent that power to do so has not been prohibited by statute, (ii) create any
fund of any nature, whether or not under the control of a trustee, or otherwise
secure any of its indemnification obligations, and (iii) give other
indemnification to the extent permitted by statute.

                                    ARTICLE V

                         TRANSFER OF SHARE CERTIFICATES

      Transfers of share certificates and the shares represented thereby shall
be made on the books of the Company only by the registered holder or by duly
authorized attorney. Transfers shall be made only on surrender of the share
certificate or certificates.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   AMENDMENTS

      These bylaws may be amended or repealed at any regular or special meeting
of the board of directors by vote of a majority of all directors in office or at
any annual or special meeting of stockholders by vote of holders of a majority
of the outstanding stock entitled to vote. Notice of any such annual or special
meeting of stockholders shall set forth the proposed change or a summary
thereof.


                                       4



                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.05


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

             CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION OF A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

      The undersigned, being the sole member of HARRIS SEMICONDUCTOR, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company ("the Company"), does hereby consent to the
amendment of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the following
resolution of the Board of Managers:

      RESOLVED, that subject to obtaining approval of the sole member of the
      Company, that the Certificate of Formation of this Company be amended by
      changing the First Article thereof so that, as amended, said Article shall
      be and read in its entirety as follows:

                       "First, The name of the Company is

                               INTERSIL (FL), LLC"

This action taken as of the 13th day of August, 1999.

                                             INTERSIL CORPORATION


                                             By: /s/ Gregory L. Williams
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Gregory L. Williams, President
                                                 and Chief Executive Officer
<PAGE>

           CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION FROM A CORPORATION TO A LIMITED
            LIABILITY COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 266 OF THE GENERAL
                    CORPORATION LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

1.)   The name of the Corporation immediately prior to filing this Certificate
      of Conversion is Harris Semiconductor, Inc.

2.)   The jurisdiction where the Corporation first formed is Delaware.

3.)   The jurisdiction immediately prior to filing this Certificate of
      Conversion is Delaware.

4.)   The date of filing of the Corporation's original certificate of
      incorporation with the Secretary of State, December 5, 1973.

5.)   The original name as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation is
      Harris Semiconductor, Inc.

6.)   The name of the limited liability company as set forth in the Formation is
      Harris Semiconductor, LLC.

7.)   This Conversion has been approved in accordance with the provisions of
      Section 266 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


                                          HARRIS SEMICONDUCTOR, INC.


                                          By: /s/ D.S. Wasserman
                                             --------------------------------
                                          Name:  D.S. Wasserman
                                          Title: Vice President - Treasurer
<PAGE>

                          CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION OF

                            HARRIS SEMICONDUCTOR, LLC

      1. The name of the limited liability company is Harris Semiconductor, LLC.

      2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209
Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its
registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of
Formation of Harris Semiconductor, LLC this 12th day of August, 1999.


                                       By: /s/ D.S. Wasserman
                                          ---------------------------
                                               D.S. Wasserman
                                               Authorized Person




                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.06

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

             CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION OF A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

      The undersigned, being the sole member of HARRIS SEMICONDUCTOR (OHIO),
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company"), does hereby consent
to the amendment of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the following
resolution of the Board of Managers:

      RESOLVED, that subject to obtaining approval of the sole member of the
      Company, that the Certificate of Formation of this Company be amended by
      changing the First Article thereof so that, as amended, said Article shall
      be read in its entirety as follows:

                       "First, The name of the Company is

                               INTERSIL (OH), LLC"

This action taken as of the 13th day of August, 1999.


                                              INTERSIL CORPORATION


                                              By: /s/ Gregory L. Williams
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                  Gregory L. Williams, President
                                                  and Chief Executive Officer
<PAGE>

           CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION FROM A CORPORATION TO A LIMITED
            LIABILITY COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 266 OF THE GENERAL
                    CORPORATION LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

      1) The name of the Corporation immediately prior to filing this
Certificate of Conversion is Harris Semiconductor (Ohio), Inc.

      2) The jurisdiction where the Corporation first formed is Delaware.

      3) The jurisdiction immediately prior to filing this Certificate of
Conversion is Delaware.

      4) The date of filing of the Corporation's original certificate of
incorporation with the Secretary of State, May 8, 1986.

      5) The original name as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation is
GE Subsidiary, Inc. 50.

      6) The name of the limited liability company as set forth in the Formation
is Harris Semiconductor (Ohio), LLC.

      7) This conversion has been approved in accordance with the provisions of
Section 266 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


                                HARRIS SEMICONDUCTOR (OHIO), INC.


                                By: /s/ D.S. Wasserman
                                   -------------------------------------
                                Name:  D.S. Wasserman
                                Title: Vice President - Treasurer
<PAGE>

                          CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION OF

                        HARRIS SEMICONDUCTOR (OHIO), LLC

      1. The name of the limited liability company is Harris Semiconductor
(Ohio), LLC.

      2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209
Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its
registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of
Formation of Harris Semiconductor (Ohio), LLC this 12th day of August, 1999.


                                        By: /s/ D.S. Wasserman
                                           -----------------------------
                                                D.S. Wasserman
                                                Authorized Person




                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.07


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

             CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION OF A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

      The undersigned, being the sole member of HARRIS SEMICONDUCTOR
(PENNSYLVANIA), LLC. a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company"), does
hereby consent to the amendment of the Certificate of Formation as provided in
the following resolution of the Board of Managers:

      RESOLVED, that subject to obtaining approval of the sole member of the
      Company, that the Certificate of Formation of this Company be amended by
      changing the First Article thereof so that, as amended, said Article shall
      be and read in its entirety as follows:

                       "First, The name of the Company is

                               INTERSIL (PA), LLC"

This action taken as of the 13th day of August, 1999.


                                             INTERSIL CORPORATION


                                             By: /s/ Gregory L. Williams
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Gregory L. Williams, President
                                                 and Chief Executive Officer
<PAGE>

                             CERTIFICATE OF MERGER
                                       OF
                    HARRIS SEMICONDUCTOR (PENNSYLVANIA), INC.
                                      INTO
                                    HSPI, LLC

Pursuant to Section 18-209 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the
"Act"), the undersigned surviving limited liability company submits the
following Certificate of Merger for filing and certifies that:

1.    The name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of each of the
      limited liability companies or other business entities which are to merge
      are:

                            Name                           Jurisdiction
                            ----                           ------------
           HSPI, LLC                                         Delaware
           Harris Semiconductor (Pennsylvania), Inc.         Delaware

2.    An Agreement of Merger has been approved and executed by each of the
      domestic limited liability companies or other business entities which are
      to merge.

3.    The name of the surviving limited liability company is HSPI, LLC, which
      shall change its name to Harris Semiconductor (Pennsylvania), LLC.

4.    The Certificate of Formation of HSPI, LLC shall be amended as follows:

      "1. The name of the limited liability company is Harris Semiconductor
      (Pennsylvania), LLC."

5.    A copy of the agreement of merger will be furnished by the surviving
      limited liability company, on request and without cost, to any member of
      any domestic limited liability company or any person holding an interest
      in any other business entity which is to merge.

6.    The agreement of merger is on file at a place of business of the surviving
      limited liability company which is located at 2401 Palm Bay Road, N.E.,
      Palm Bay, Florida.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Merger has been duly executed as
of the 12th day of August, 1999, and is being filed in accordance with Section
18-209 of the Act by an authorized person of the surviving limited company in
the merger.


                                          HSPI, LLC


                                          By: /s/ D.S. Wasserman
                                              ------------------------
                                                  D.S. Wasserman
                                                  Authorized Person
<PAGE>

                          CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION OF

                                    HSPI, LLC

      1. The name of the limited liability company is HSPI, LLC.

      2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209
Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its
registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

      3. Harris Semiconductor (Pennsylvania), Inc. shall be admitted as the sole
member of HSPI, LLC.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of
Formation of HSPI, LLC this 12th day of August, 1999.


                              HARRIS SEMICONDUCTOR (Pennsylvania), Inc.
                              Sole Member

                              By: /s/ D. S. Wasserman
                                  -------------------------------

                                  D. S. Wasserman
                                  Vice President - Treasurer



                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.08


             CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                            CHOICE MICROSYSTEMS, INC.

      We, Gregory L. Williams, President, and Daniel J. Heneghan, Secretary, of
Choice Microsystems, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws
of the State of Kansas, and whose registered office is at c/o The Corporation
Company, Inc., 515 So. Kansas Avenue, in the city of Topeka, county of Shawnee,
66603, Kansas, do hereby certify that at the by Written Consent to Action of the
Directors on the 13th day of August, 1999, said board adopted a resolution
setting forth the following amendment to the Articles of Incorporation and
declaring its advisability:

      RESOLVED, that subject to obtaining approval of the stockholders of the
      Corporation, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation be
      amended by changing the First Article thereof so that, as amended, said
      Article shall be and read in its entirety as follows:

                     "First, The name of the Corporation is

                       CHOICE-INTERSIL MICROSYSTEMS, INC."

      We further certify that thereafter, pursuant to said resolution, and in
accordance with the by-laws of the corporation and the laws of the State of
Kansas, the Board of Directors called a meeting of stockholders for
consideration of the proposed amendment, and thereafter, pursuant to notice and
in accordance with the statutes of the State of Kansas, on the 13th day of
August, 1999, said stockholders convened and considered the proposed amendment.

      We further certify that at said meeting a majority of the stockholders
entitled to vote voted in favor of the proposed amendment, and that the votes
were 80,000 common (Written Consent of Sole Stockholder) shares in favor of the
proposed amendment and no shares against the amendment.
<PAGE>

      We further certify that the amendment was duly adopted in accordance with
the provisions of K.S.A. 17-6602, as amended.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF we have hereupon set our hands and affixed the
            seal of said corporation this 5th day of October 1999.

                                          By: /s/ Gregory L. Williams
                                             ---------------------------------
                                             Gregory L. Williams, President


                                          By: /s/ Daniel J. Heneghan
                                             ---------------------------------
                                             Daniel J. Heneghan, Secretary


State of Florida

County of Brevard

      Be it remembered that before me, a Notary Public in and for the aforesaid
county and state, personally appeared: Gregory L. Williams, President and Daniel
J. Heneghan, Secretary of Choice Microsystems, Inc., a corporation, who are
known to me to be the same persons who executed the foregoing Certificate of
Amendment to Articles of Incorporation, and duly acknowledged the execution of
the same this 5th day of October, 1999.

                                         By: /s/ Shirley A. Kaufman
                                             ---------------------------------
                                             Shirley A. Kaufman, Notary Public

My appointment or commission expires April 12th, 2003.
<PAGE>

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                             CHOICE Technology, Inc.

      The undersigned natural person of full age, for the purpose of forming a
corporation under Kansas Statutes, Chapter 17, Article 60 as amended, hereby
adopts the following Articles of Incorporation:

                                 ARTICLE FIRST

      Name. The name of the corporation shall be

                             CHOICE Technology, Inc.

                                 ARTICLE SECOND

      Registered Office. The address of the corporation's registered office is:

                  6800 College Boulevard, Suite 610
                  Overland Park, Johnson County, Kansas 66211

      The name of the corporation's registered agent at such address is Norma
Dowd.

                                 ARTICLE THIRD

      Purpose. The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which corporations may be organized under the Kansas General
Corporation Code.

                                 ARTICLE FOURTH

      Existence. The corporate existence shall be perpetual.
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE FIFTH

      Incorporator. The name and post office address of the incorporator is

                    Bernard P. Friel
                    First National Bank Building, Suite 2200
                    322 Minnesota Street
                    St. Paul, Minnesota 55101

                                  ARTICLE SIXTH

      Board of Directors. The affairs of the corporation shall be managed by a
Board of Directors consisting of one or more members who need not be residents
of the State of Kansas all as from time to time provided in the Bylaws. The
first Board of Directors shall be elected by the incorporator following the
filing with the Secretary of State of Kansas of these Articles of Incorporation.
The directors need not be elected by written ballot unless required by the
By1aws of the corporation.

                                ARTICLE SEVENTH

      Amendment of Bylaws. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers
conferred by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make,
alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.

                                 ARTICLE EIGHTH

      Amendment of Articles. The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter,
change or repeal any provision contained in these articles of incorporation, in
the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon
stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE NINTH

      Capital Stock. The total number of shares of stock that this corporation
shall be authorized to issue is 100,000 shares of common stock without par
value. The holders of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share
held by them with respect to each matter for which shareholders have the right
to vote. Cumulative voting is not permitted. Except as may otherwise be provided
by statute the exclusive voting power for all voting purposes shall be vested in
the holders of the common stock of the corporation.

                                  ARTICLE TENTH

      Director's Liability. A director of the corporation shall not be
personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages
for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any
breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders,
(ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) liability under the provisions
of K.S.A.17-6424 and amendments thereto; or (iv) for any transaction from which
the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Kansas General
Corporation Code is amended after the filing of the Articles of Incorporation of
which the article is a part to authorize corporate action further eliminating or
limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director
of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent
permitted by the Kansas General Corporation Code, as so amended.

      Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders
of the corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a
director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 5th day
of January, 1998

                                        /s/ Bernard P. Friel
                                        ------------------------------------
                                        Bernard P. Friel
                                        Incorporator


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
                        THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
                             CHOICE TECHNOLOGY, INC.

      We, Richard C. Hawk and Alden K. Shields, respectively the Chairman and
Secretary of Choice Technology, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of
the State of Kansas (the "Corporation") do hereby certify that the Board of
Directors of said Corporation did on the 3rd day of February, 1998, duly adopt a
resolution proposing an amendment to Article First of the Articles of
Incorporation of said Corporation and a declaration of advisability with respect
thereto, and did then cause said resolution and proposed amendment to be
submitted to the sole stockholder of the Corporation and the sole stockholder of
said Corporation did by consent action effective on the 3rd day of February,
1998, adopt a resolution amending Article First of the Articles of Incorporation
of said Corporation so that said Article First provides in its entirety as
follows:

      "Name, The name of the Corporation shall be Choice Microsystems, Inc."

      We further certify that said Amendment was duly adopted in accordance with
K.S.A. 17-6602.

      The Secretary of the Corporation is authorized to cause this Certificate
of Amendment to be filed and recorded as required by the laws of the State of
Kansas.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have set out hands, the Corporation having no seal,
this 3rd day of February, 1998.


                                        /s/ Richard C. Hawk
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Richard C. Hawk, Chairman


                                        /s/ Alden K. Shields
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Alden K. Shields, Secretary


                                      -5-


                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.09

                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                      INTERSIL - CHOICE MICROSYSTEMS, Inc.

                                    ARTICLE I
                                     OFFICES

      Section 1. Registered Office - The registered office of this corporation
is 6800 College Boulevard, Suite 610, Overland Park, Johnson County, Kansas
66211.

      Section 2. Other Offices - The corporation may also have offices at such
other places both within and without the State of Kansas as the board of
directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may
require.

                                   ARTICLE II
                            MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

      Section 1. In General - All meetings of the stockholders for the election
of directors shall be held at the registered office of the corporation or at
such other place either within or without the State of Kansas as shall be
designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice
of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at
such time and place, within or without the State of Kansas, as shall be stated
in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed consent of all shareholders
entitled to a vote at such meeting.

      Section 2. Annual Meetings - Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held
at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the board of
directors and stated in the notice of meeting, at which directors shall be
elected and they shall transact such other business as may properly be brought
before the meeting.

      Section 3. Notice of Annual Meeting - Written notice of the annual meeting
stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each
stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than
sixty days before the date of the meeting.

      Section 4. Stock Ledger - The officer who has charge of the stock ledger
of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every
meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at
the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.
Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose
germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least
ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the
meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the
meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.
The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting
during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is
present.

<PAGE>

      Section 5. Special Meetings - Special meetings of the stockholders, for
any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the
articles of incorporation, may be called by the chairman of the board of
directors and shall be called by the chairman or secretary at the request in
writing of a majority of the board of directors, or at the request in writing of
stockholders owning ten percent (10%) or more of the capital stock of the
corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall
state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

      Section 6. Notice of Special Meetings - Written notice of a special
meeting, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or
purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten nor
more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled
to vote at such meeting.

      Section 7. Business at Special Meetings - Business transacted at any
special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the
notice.

      Section 8. Record Date - In order that the corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or
any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date
which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of
such meeting nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination
of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided however,
that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

      Section 9. Quorum and Adjournments - The holders of a majority of the
stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or
represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the
stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by
statute or by the articles of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not
be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders
entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have
power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than
announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At
such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any
business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as
originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days or if, after
the adjournment, a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice
of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled
to vote at the meeting.

      Section 10. Votes Required - When a quorum is present at any meeting, the
vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in
person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such
meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of statute
of the articles of incorporation or of these bylaws, a different vote is


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the
decision of such question.

      Section 11. Voting Power - Each stockholder shall at every meeting of the
stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the
capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder.

      Section 12. Registered Stockholders - The corporation shall be entitled to
recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner
of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound
to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares
on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other
notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by statute.

      Section 13. Consent Action - Any action required to be taken at any annual
or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any
annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting,
without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents, in writing,
setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all the holders of
outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon.

      Section 14. Organization of Stockholders Meetings - At all meetings of the
stockholders the chairman of the board shall act as chairman, and in his absence
any person appointed by the chairman of the board shall act as chairman, and the
secretary, or in his absence any person appointed by the chairman, shall act as
secretary.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                    DIRECTORS

      Section 1. Powers - The business, and affairs of the corporation shall be
managed by its board of directors, which may exercise all such powers of the
corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by
the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be
exercised or done by the stockholders.

      Section 2. Number and Election - The board of directors of the corporation
shall consist of not less than one and nor more than seven directors as
determined by the stockholders at each annual meeting of stockholders, except
that in the absence of any such designation, such number shall be the number
last fixed by the stockholders. Each director shall hold office for the term for
which he is elected and until his successor is elected and qualified, or until
his earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal, with or without
cause.

      Section 3. Vacancies - If the office of any director becomes vacant by
reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause, any
successor shall be elected by the stockholders, which successor shall serve for
the unexpired term and until his successor is elected and qualified.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>

      Section 4. Place of Meeting - The board of directors of the corporation
may hold meetings either within or without the State of Kansas.

      Section 5. First Meeting - The first meeting of each newly elected board
of directors shall be held on the day of the annual meeting of the stockholders
immediately after the adjournment thereof, at the place where said stockholders
meeting is held, or at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the
stockholders at the annual meeting, and no notice of such meeting shall be
necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the
meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event such meeting is not so
held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a
notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of
directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the
directors. In addition to such other business as may be conducted at the first
meeting, the board shall elect a chairman from among its members.

      Section 6. Special Meetings - Special meetings of the board may be called
by the chairman on forty-eight hours' notice to each director, either personally
or by mail, fax or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the
president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request
of two directors. The Chairman of the Board shall be the Chief Executive Officer
of the Corporation if a Chief Executive Officer is not elected by the Board of
Directors.

      Section 7. Waiver of Notice - Notice of any meeting of the board of
directors may be waived by any director either before, at, or after such meeting
orally or in a writing signed by such director. A director, by his attendance at
any meeting of the board of directors, shall be deemed to have waived notice of
such meeting, except where the director objects at the beginning of the meeting
to the transaction of business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened and does not participate thereafter in the meeting.

      Section 8. Quorum, Action by the Board and Adjournments - At all meetings
of the board the presence in person of a majority of all directors then in
office shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. The vote of the majority of
the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act
of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by
statute, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws. If a quorum shall not be
present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat
may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than
announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

      Section 9. Consent Action - Unless otherwise restricted by the articles of
incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at
any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken
without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be,
consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

      Section 10. Committees - The board of directors may, by resolution passed
by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each
committee to consist of


                                      -4-
<PAGE>

one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or
more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent
or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to
the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors, shall have and
may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the
management of the business and affairs of the corporation; but no such committee
shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the certificate of
incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to
the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
corporation's property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a
dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the
bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution expressly so provides, no
such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to
authorize the issuance of stock. In the absence or disqualification of any
member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at
any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they
constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of
directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified
member. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be
determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors.

      Section 11. Minutes and Reports of Committees - Each committee shall keep
regular minutes of its meetings which shall be reported to and made part of the
minutes of the board of directors.

      Section 12. Electronic Meetings - Members of the board of directors, or
any committee designated by the board, may participate in a meeting of such
board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications
equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear
each other, and participation in such a meeting as aforesaid shall constitute
presence in person at the meeting.

      Section 13. Removal - Any and all of the directors may be removed from
office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the
stockholders holding a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of
directors except, as otherwise provided by K.S.A. 17-6301(k), as amended.

      Section 14. Resignations - Any director of the corporation may resign at
any time by giving written notice to the secretary of the corporation. Such
resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice, or at
any later time specified therein, and, unless otherwise specified therein, the
acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

      Section 15. Compensation of Directors - By resolution of the board of
directors, each director may be paid his expenses, if any, of attendance at each
meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a stated amount as director or
a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors, or both.
No such payment shall preclude a director from serving the corporation in any
other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of committees may be
allowed, pursuant to resolution by the board of directors, like compensation for
attending committee meetings.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                     NOTICES

      Section 1. In General - Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever,
under the provisions of the statutes of the articles of incorporation or of
these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it
shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in
writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder at his address as it
appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and
such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be
deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by
telegram or fax.

      Section 2. Waiver - Except as may be otherwise provided by these bylaws,
whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes
or of the articles of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in
writing signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before
or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                    OFFICERS

      Section 1. Officers Required or Permitted - The officers of the
corporation shall be elected by the board of directors at its first meeting
after each annual meeting of stockholders and shall consist of a chairman of the
board, a chief executive officer, a president, a secretary and a treasurer. The
board of directors may also elect one or more vice-presidents otherwise
designated, one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers and it
may elect or appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary.
Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the articles of
incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

      Section 2. Tenure, Removal or Vacancy - Each officer of the corporation
shall hold office until his successor is elected and has qualified, or until his
earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal. Any officer may be
removed at any time by the board of directors with or without cause. Such
removal, however, shall be without prejudice to the contract rights of the
person so removed. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall
be filled by the board of directors. Any officer may resign at any time upon
written notice to the corporation.

      Section 3. Salaries - The salaries of all officers of the corporation
shall be determined by the board of directors.

      Section 4. The Chairman of the Board - The chairman of the board, shall
preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors. He shall execute and
deliver, in the name of the corporation, any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts
or other instruments pertaining to the business of the corporation unless the
authority to execute and deliver is required by law to be exercised by another
person or is expressly delegated by the articles or bylaws or by the board of
directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation, and shall have such
other duties as may be prescribed, from time to time, by the board of directors.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

      Section 5. President - In the absence of the chairman of the board, the
president shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and directors and
shall have such other duties as may be prescribed, from time to time, by the
board of directors or chairman of the board.

      Section 6. Chief Executive Officer - The chief executive officer shall
have general active management of the business of the corporation. He may
execute and deliver, in the name of the corporation, any contracts or other
instruments pertaining to the business of the corporation unless the authority
to execute and deliver is required by law to be exercised by another person or
is expressly delegated by the articles or bylaws or by the board of directors to
some other officer or agent of the corporation, provided however, with respect
to the purchase of goods and services, except salaries of the corporation's
regular employees, the corporation's liability by reason thereof does not exceed
$25,000 per transaction, and is necessary for the normal operation of the
corporation. He shall in general, perform all duties usually incident to the
office of the chief executive officer and shall have such other duties as may,
from time to time be prescribed by the chairman of the board or board of
directors. The chairman of the board shall be the chief executive officer of the
corporation if a chief executive officer is not elected by the board of
directors.

      Section 7. Vice President - Each vice president shall have such powers and
shall perform such duties as may be specified in the bylaws or prescribed by the
board of directors, chairman of the board, or chief executive officer. In the
event of the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the
president, or in his absence or disability, a vice president designated by the
chairman of the board or chief executive officer, shall succeed to the power and
duties of the chief executive officer.

      Section 8. Secretary - The secretary shall be secretary of and attend all
meetings of the shareholders and board of directors and shall record all
proceedings of such meetings in the minute book of the corporation. He shall
give proper notice of meetings of shareholders and directors. He shall maintain
records of and, whenever necessary, certify all proceedings of the board of
directors and the shareholders. He shall perform such other duties as may, from
time to time, be prescribed by the board of directors and chairman of the board.

      Section 9. Assistant Secretary - The assistant secretary, if any, or if
there be more than one (1), the assistant secretaries in the order determined by
the chairman of the board or secretary shall in the absence or disability of the
secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall
perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors,
chairman of the board, or secretary, may from time to time prescribe.

      Section 10. Treasurer - The treasurer shall be the chief financial officer
and shall keep accurate financial records for the corporation. He shall deposit
all moneys, drafts and checks in the name of, and to the credit of, the
corporation in such banks and depositories as the board of directors shall, from
time to time, designate. he shall have power to endorse, for deposit, all notes,
checks and drafts received by the corporation. He shall disburse the funds of
the corporation, as ordered by the board of directors, making proper vouchers
therefor. He shall render to the chairman of the board, vice chairman of the
board, president, chief executive officer


                                      -7-
<PAGE>

and the directors, whenever requested, an account of all his transactions as
treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall perform
such other duties as may, from time to time, be prescribed by the board of
directors, chairman of the board, or chief executive officer.

      Section 11. Assistant Treasurer - The assistant treasurer, if any, or if
there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurer in the order determined by
the chairman of the board, treasurer or chief executive officer shall, in the
absence or disability of the treasurer, perform the duties and have such powers
as the chairman of the board, treasurer or chief executive officer may from time
to time prescribe.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                              CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

      Section 1. Certificates - Every holder of stock in the corporation shall
be entitled to have a certificate, signed by or in the name of the corporation
by the chairman of the board of directors or the president or vice-president and
the treasurer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or an assistant
secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in
the corporation.

      Section 2. Issuance of Shares - The board of directors is authorized to
cause to be issued shares of the corporation up to the full amount authorized by
the articles of incorporation in such amounts as may be determined by the board
of directors and as may be permitted by law. No shares shall be allotted except
in consideration of cash or other property, tangible or intangible, received or
to be received by the corporation under a written agreement, of services
rendered or to be rendered to the corporation under a written agreement, or of
an amount transferred from surplus to stated capital upon a share dividend. At
the time of such allotment of shares, the board of directors making such
allotments shall state, by resolution, their determination of the fair value to
the corporation in monetary terms of any consideration other than cash for which
shares are allotted.

      Section 3. Facsimile Signatures - Where a certificate is countersigned (1)
by a transfer agent other than the corporation or its employee, or (2) by a
registrar other than the corporation or its employee, any other signature on the
certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar
who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate
shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such
certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect
as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

      Section 4. New Certificates - The board of directors may direct a new
certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or
certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost,
stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person
claiming the certificate or stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When
authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of
directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance
thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or
certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

such manner as it shall require and/or give the corporation a bond in such sum
as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the
corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed.

      Section 5. Transfer - Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer
agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or
accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to
transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to
the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the
transaction upon its books. Transfers of fractional shares shall not be made nor
shall certificates for fractional shares be issued.

      Section 6. Share Register - The board of directors of the corporation
shall cause to be kept at its principal executive office, or at another place or
places within the United States determined by the board:

            (1) a share register containing the names and addresses of the
      shareholders and the number and classes of shares held by each
      shareholder; and

            (2) a record of the dates on which certificates or transaction
      statements representing shares were issued.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                          LOANS, GUARANTEES, SURETYSHIP

      Section 1. The corporation may lend money to, guarantee an obligation of,
become a surety for, or otherwise financially assist a person if the
transaction, or a class of transactions to which the transaction belongs, is
approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present and:

            (1) is in the usual and regular course of business of the
      corporation;

            (2) is with, or for the benefit of, a related corporation, an
      organization in which the corporation has a financial interest, an
      organization with which the corporation has a business relationship, or an
      organization to which the corporation has the power to make donations;

            (3) is with, or for the benefit of, an officer or other employee of
      the corporation or a subsidiary, including an officer or employee who is a
      director of the corporation or a subsidiary, and may reasonably be
      expected, in the judgment of the board, to benefit the corporation; or

            (4) has been approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of
      two-thirds of the outstanding shares.


                                      -9-
<PAGE>

The loan, guarantee, surety contract or other financial assistance may be with
or without interest, and may be unsecured, or may be secured in the manner a
majority of the directors approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of or
other security interest in shares of the corporation. Nothing in this section
shall be deemed to deny, limit, or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty
of the corporation at common law or under Kansas law.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

      Section 1. Manner of Amendment - These bylaws may be altered, amended or
repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the board of
directors at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the board of
directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the board of
directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new
bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting.

      Section 2. Dividends - Dividends upon the capital stock of the
corporation, subject to the provisions of the article of incorporation, if any,
may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting.
Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock,
subject to the provisions of the articles of incorporation.

      Section 3. Record Date - Subject to any provisions of the articles of
incorporation, and Kansas statutes, the board of directors may fix a date not
exceeding 60 days preceding the date fixed for the payment of any dividend
(which date may not be earlier than the date of the action fixing the record
date) as of the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled
to receive payment of the dividend and, in such case, only shareholders of
record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to receive payment of such
dividend notwithstanding any transfer of shares on the books of the corporation
after the record date. The board of directors may close the books of the
corporation against the transfer of shares during the whole or any part of such
period.

      Section 4. Annual Statement - The board of directors shall present at any
regular or special meeting of the shareholders when called for by one vote of
the shareholders, a full and clear statement of the business condition of the
corporation.

      Section 5. Checks - All checks or demands for money and notes of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

      Section 6. Fiscal year - The fiscal year of the corporation shall be July
1 through June 30 unless a different period is fixed by resolution of the board
of directors.

      Section 7. Seal - The corporation shall have no corporate seal.

      Section 8. Voting of Stock of Other Corporation - The stock of any other
corporation owned by this corporation, the membership of any other corporation
or the voting rights of this


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

corporation in any partnership or limited liability corporation may be voted at
any meeting of the stockholders, members or partners, as the case may be, of
such other entity by such proxy as the board of directors of this corporation
may appoint or, if no such appointment be made, by the chairman of the board.

      Section 9. Indemnification of Directors and Officers - The corporation
shall indemnify and may, in the discretion on the board of directors advance
expenses and insure directors, officers, agents and employees in the manner and
to the full extent provided by law.

      Section 10. Meanings of Pronouns; Singular and Plural Words- All pronouns
used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine,
neuter, singular and plural, as the identity of the person to which or to whom
reference is made may require. Unless the context in which it is used shall
clearly indicate to the contrary, words used in the singular shall include the
plural, and words used in the plural shall include the singular.

      Section 11. Construction - These bylaws are governed by and shall be
construed in accordance with the laws of Kansas. In the event any provision of
these bylaws shall be inconsistent with the laws of Kansas in effect as of the
date of adoption of these bylaws or hereafter enacted said laws shall supersede
such provisions of the bylaws.


                                      -11-




                                                                   EXHIBIT 21.01

Subsidiaries of Intersil and the Additional Registrants

Name of Subsidiary                                State or Other Jurisdiction of
                                                  Incorporation or Organization
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Intersil (FL), LLC                                Delaware
Intersil (OH), LLC                                Delaware
Intersil (PA), LLC                                Delaware
Choice-Intersil Microsystems, Inc.                Kansas
Intersil (Cayman) Corporation                     British West Indies
Sapphire Worldwide Investments, Inc.              British Virgin Islands
Harris Semiconductor (Suzhou) Co. Ltd.            China
Anshan Harris Broadcast Equipment Co. Ltd.        China
Guangzhou Harris Telecommunications Company Ltd.  China
Intersil China Limited                            Hong Kong
Intersil KK                                       Japan
Intersil YH                                       Korea
Intersil Technology Sdn Bhd                       Malaysia
Intersil Advanced Technology (Labuan) Sdn Bhd     Malaysia
Intersil Pte. Ltd.                                Singapore
Intersil Ltd.                                     Taiwan
Intersil S.A.                                     Belgium
Intersil S.A.R.L.                                 France
Intersil GmbH                                     Germany
Intersil Srl                                      Italy
Intersil Limited                                  UK


                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.02

               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to
the use of our report dated November 3, 1999, included in the Registration
Statement (Form S-4 No. _________) and related Prospectus of Intersil
Corporation for the registration of $200 million in 13-1/4% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2009.

                                                           /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Jacksonville, FL
November 5, 1999



                                                                   EXHIBIT 25.01


                                    FORM T-1
                 ==============================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                               ------------------

                            STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
                    UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF
                   A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
                               ------------------

                      CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
                      ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
                                SECTION 305(B)(2)
                               ------------------

                     UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
               (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)


              New York                                13-3818954
   (Jurisdiction of incorporation                  (I.R.S. employer
    if not a U.S. national bank)                  identification No.)


        114 West 47th Street                          10036-1532
            New York, NY                              (Zip Code)
        (Address of principal
         executive offices)

                               ------------------
                              Intersil Corporation
               (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)


              Delaware                                59-3586843
  (State or other jurisdiction of                  (I.R.S. employer
   incorporation or organization)                 identification No.)


        2401 Palm Bay Road NE
         Palm Bay, Florida                               32905
(Address of principal executive offices)              (Zip Code)

                               ------------------
                   13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009
                       (Title of the indenture securities)

                 ==============================================

<PAGE>

                                     GENERAL


1.    General Information

      Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

      (a)   Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which
            it is subject.

                  Federal Reserve Bank of New York (2nd District), New York, New
                  York
                        (Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System)
                  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.
                  New York State Banking Department, Albany, New York

      (b)   Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

            The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

2.    Affiliations with the Obligor

      If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such
      affiliation.

            None

3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15:

      Intersil Corporation Inc. currently is not in default under any of its
      outstanding securities for which United States Trust Company of New York
      is Trustee. Accordingly, responses to Items 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
      12, 13, 14 and 15 of Form T-1 are not required under General Instruction
      B.

16.   List of Exhibits

      T-1.1  --   Organization Certificate, as amended, issued by the State of
                  New York Banking Department to transact business as a Trust
                  Company, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit T-1.1 to Form
                  T-1 filed on September 15, 1995 with the Commission pursuant
                  to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust
                  Indenture Reform Act of 1990 (Registration No. 33-97056).

      T-1.2  --   Included in Exhibit T-1.1.

      T-1.3  --   Included in Exhibit T-1.1.

<PAGE>

      T-1.4  --   The By-Laws of United States Trust Company of New York, as
                  amended, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit T-1.4 to Form
                  T-1 filed on September 15, 1995 with the Commission pursuant
                  to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust
                  Indenture Reform Act of 1990 (Registration No. 33-97056).

      T-1.6  --   The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the
                  Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Indenture
                  Reform Act of 1990.

      T-1.7  --   A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee
                  pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or
                  examining authority.


NOTE

As of October 1, 1999, the trustee had 2,999,020 shares of Common Stock
outstanding, all of which are owned by its parent company, U.S. Trust
Corporation. The term "trustee" in Item 2, refers to each of United States Trust
Company of New York and its parent company, U. S. Trust Corporation.

In answering Item 2 in this statement of eligibility as to matters peculiarly
within the knowledge of the obligor or its directors, the trustee has relied
upon information furnished to it by the obligor and will rely on information to
be furnished by the obligor and the trustee disclaims responsibility for the
accuracy or completeness of such information.

                               ------------------

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the trustee,
United States Trust Company of New York, a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of
eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, all in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 1st day
of October, 1999.

UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY
      OF NEW YORK, Trustee

By:  /s/ Gerard F. Ganey
     --------------------------
     Gerard F. Ganey

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit T-1.6

        The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.

                     United States Trust Company of New York
                              114 West 47th Street
                               New York, NY 10036


November 10, 1999


Securities and Exchange Commission
450 5th Street, N.W.
Washington, DC  20549

Gentlemen:

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990, and subject to the
limitations set forth therein, United States Trust Company of New York ("U.S.
Trust") hereby consents that reports of examinations of U.S. Trust by Federal,
State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities
to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefor.


Very truly yours,

UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY
      OF NEW YORK


By:  /s/ Gerard F. Ganey
     ---------------------------
     Gerard F. Ganey
     Senior Vice President

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT T-1.7

                     UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONDITION
                                  JUNE 30, 1999
                                ($ IN THOUSANDS)

ASSETS
Cash and Due from Banks                                             $   237,532
Short-Term Investments                                                  155,678

Securities, Available for Sale                                          505,561

Loans                                                                 2,312,569
Less:  Allowance for Credit Losses                                       17,486
                                                                    -----------
    Net Loans                                                         2,295,083
Premises and Equipment                                                   56,119
Other Assets                                                            128,087
                                                                    -----------
    Total Assets                                                    $ 3,378,060
                                                                    ===========

LIABILITIES
Deposits:
    Non-Interest Bearing                                            $   815,644
    Interest Bearing                                                  1,931,882
                                                                    -----------
       Total Deposits                                                 2,747,526

Short-Term Credit Facilities                                            310,113
Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities                                131,638
                                                                    -----------
    Total Liabilities                                               $ 3,189,277
                                                                    ===========

STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Common Stock                                                             14,995
Capital Surplus                                                          53,041
Retained Earnings                                                       121,974
Unrealized Loss on Securities
     Available for Sale (Net of Taxes)                                   (1,227)
                                                                    -----------

Total Stockholder's Equity                                              188,783
                                                                    -----------
    Total Liabilities and
     Stockholder's Equity                                           $ 3,378,060
                                                                    ===========

I, Richard E. Brinkmann, Managing Director & Comptroller of the named bank do
hereby declare that this Statement of Condition has been prepared in conformance
with the instructions issued by the appropriate regulatory authority and is true
to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Richard E. Brinkmann, Managing Director & Controller

August 23, 1999



                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.01


       THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON
       _________________, ___, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE").
             TENDERS OF EXISTING NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME
                   PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M. ON THE EXPIRATION DATE

                              INTERSIL CORPORATION

                              LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

                   13 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2009

                   TO: UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                               THE EXCHANGE AGENT

                  By Mail:                        By Hand before 4:30 p.m.
  United States Trust Company of New York    United States Trust Company of New
        P.O. Box 844 Cooper Station                         York
       New York, New York 10276-0844                    111 Broadway
    Attention: Corporate Trust Services                  Lower Level
                                                  New York, New York 10006
       By Overnight Courier and on the       Attention: Corporate Trust Services
             Expiration Date
        only by Hand after 4:30 p.m.:                   By Facsimile:
  United States Trust Company of New York              (212) 420-6211
          770 Broadway, 13th Floor
          New York, New York 10003                  Confirm by Telephone:
    Attention: Corporate Trust Services                (800) 548-6565

   DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR
     TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE
       LISTED ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS
          ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CARE-
              FULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.

 HOLDERS WHO WISH TO BE ELIGIBLE TO RECEIVE NEW NOTES FOR THEIR EXISTING NOTES
   PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER MUST VALIDLY TENDER (AND NOT WITHDRAW) THEIR
       EXISTING NOTES TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

      The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated _________ ,
____ (the "Prospectus") of Intersil Corporation (the "Company") and this Letter
of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which together constitute the
Company's Offer to Exchange (the "Exchange Offer") $200,000,000 principal amount
of its 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (the "Exchange Notes"), which
have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), pursuant to a Registration Statement of which the Prospectus
is a part, for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 13 1/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2009 (the "Existing Notes"), of which $200,000,000
principal amount is outstanding, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the
Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal. Other capitalized terms used but not
defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.


      For each Existing Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Existing
Note will receive an Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that of
the surrendered Existing Note. Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue from
the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Existing Notes
surrendered in exchange therefor. Holders of Existing Notes accepted for
exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive any other payments
or accrued interest on the Existing Notes. The Company reserves the right, at
any time or from time to time, to extend the Exchange

<PAGE>

Offer at its discretion, in which event the term "Expiration Date" shall mean
the latest time and date to which the Exchange Offer is extended. The Company
shall notify holders of the Existing Notes of any extension by means of a press
release or other public announcement prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, on
the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.

      This Letter of Transmittal is to be used by Holders if: (i) certificates
representing Existing Notes are to be physically delivered to the Exchange Agent
herewith by Holders; (ii) tender of Existing Notes is to be made by book-entry
transfer to the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company
("DTC"), pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under "The
Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering Existing Notes" by any financial
institution that is a participant in DTC and whose name appears on a security
position listing as the owner of Existing Notes or (iii) tender of Existing
Notes is to be made according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in
the Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO DTC DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

      The term "Holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person: (i)
in whose name Existing Notes are registered on the books of the Company or any
other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the
registered Holder, or (ii) whose Existing Notes are held of record by DTC (or
its nominee) who desires to deliver such Existing Notes by book-entry transfer
at DTC. The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this Letter of
Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect
to the Exchange Offer.

      Holders of Existing Notes that are tendering by book-entry transfer to the
Exchange Agent's account at DTC can execute the tender through the DTC Automated
Tender Offer Program ("ATOP"), for which the transaction will be eligible. DTC
participants that are accepting the Exchange Offer must transmit their
acceptance to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry
delivery to the Exchange Agent's DTC account. DTC will then send an Agent's
Message to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance. DTC participants may also
accept the Exchange Offer prior to the Expiration Date by submitting a Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery or Agent's Message relating thereto as described herein
under Instruction 1, "Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."

      The instructions included with this Letter of Transmittal must be
followed. Questions and requests for assistance or for additional copies of the
Prospectus, this Letter of Transmittal or the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may
be directed to the Exchange Agent. See Instruction 11 herein.

<PAGE>

         HOLDERS WHO WISH TO ACCEPT THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND TENDER THEIR
         EXISTING NOTES MUST COMPLETE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IN ITS
             ENTIRETY. PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
                     CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW


- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   DESCRIPTION OF 13 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2009 (EXISTING NOTES)
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Aggregate
                                                 Principal      Principal Amount
Name(s) and Address(es) of      Certificate        Amount          Tendered (If
  Registered Holder(s)          Number(s)*    Represented by    Less Than All)**
(Please fill in, if blank)                    Certificate(s)
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   *  Need not be completed by Holders tendering by book-entry transfer.

   ** Unless indicated in the column labeled "Principal Amount Tendered," any
      tendering Holder of Existing Notes will be deemed to have tendered the
      entire aggregate principal amount represented by the column labeled
      "Aggregate Principal Amount Represented by Certificate(s)." If the space
      provided above is inadequate, list the certificate numbers and principal
      amounts on a separate signed schedule and affix the list to this Letter of
      Transmittal.
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  The minimum permitted tender is $1,000 in principal amount of Existing Notes.
            All other tenders must be integral multiples of $1,000.

<PAGE>

- - -----------------------------------          -----------------------------------
   SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS                SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
  (See Instructions 4, 5, and 6)               (See Instructions 1, 5, 6 and 7)

     To be completed ONLY if                       To be completed ONLY if
certificates for Exchange Notes              certificates for Existing Notes in
issued in exchange for Existing              a principal amount not tendered or
Notes accepted for exchange, or              not accepted for exchange, are to
Existing Notes not tendered or not           be sent to someone other than the
accepted for exchange, are to be             undersigned, or to the undersigned
issued in the name of someone other          at an address other than that shown
than the undersigned or, if such             above.
Existing Notes are being tendered
by book-entry transfer, to someone
other than DTC or to another
account maintained by DTC.

Issue certificate(s) to:                     Mail certificate(s) to:

Name__________________________               Name__________________________

Address_______________________               Address_______________________

       _______________________                      _______________________
         (Include Zip Code)                            (Include Zip Code)

       _______________________                      _______________________
      (Taxpayer Identification                     (Taxpayer Identification
       or Social Security No.)                      or Social Security No.)

DTC Acct. No._________________

- - -----------------------------------          -----------------------------------

|_|   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED EXISTING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY
      TRANSFER TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT'S ACCOUNT AT DTC AND COMPLETE THE
      FOLLOWING:

      Name of Tendering Institution_____________________________________________

      DTC Book-Entry Account No._____________  Transaction Code No._____________

|_|   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED EXISTING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A
      NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND
      COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

      Name(s) of Registered Holder(s)___________________________________________

      Window Ticket Number (if any)_____________________________________________

      Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery________________________

<PAGE>

IF DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER, PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Account Number _________________     Transaction Code Number ___________________

|_|   CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND ARE RECEIVING NEW NOTES FOR YOUR
      OWN ACCOUNT IN EXCHANGE FOR EXISTING NOTES THAT WERE ACQUIRED AS A RESULT
      OF MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES.

      Name:_________________________________________________________________

      Address:______________________________________________________________


      Ladies and Gentlemen:

      Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned
hereby tenders to the Company the principal amount of Existing Notes indicated
above. Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of the
principal amount of Existing Notes tendered in accordance with this Letter of
Transmittal, the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order
of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to the Existing Notes
tendered hereby. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the
Exchange Agent its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the
Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Company and as Trustee under the
Indenture for the Existing Notes and Exchange Notes) with respect to the
tendered Existing Notes with full power of substitution to (i) deliver
certificates for such Existing Notes to the Company, or transfer ownership of
such Existing Notes on the account books maintained by DTC and deliver all
accompanying evidence of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the
Company and (ii) present such Existing Notes for transfer on the books of the
Company and receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial
ownership of such Existing Notes, all in accordance with the terms and subject
to the conditions of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted in this
paragraph shall be deemed irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

      The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has
full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Existing Notes
tendered hereby and that the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title
thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and
not subject to any adverse claim, when the same are acquired by the Company. The
undersigned hereby further represents that any Exchange Notes acquired in
exchange for Existing Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in the
ordinary course of business of the Holder receiving such Exchange Notes, whether
or not such person is the Holder, that neither the Holder nor any such other
person has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in
the distribution of such Exchange Notes and that neither the Holder nor any such
other person is an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act,
of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

      The undersigned also acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made
in reliance on an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "SEC") that the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the
Existing Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold
and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any such holder that is
an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus
delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are
acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such holders have
no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the
distribution of such Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer,
the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to
engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a
broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange
for Existing Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a

<PAGE>

prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed
to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

      The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional
documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or
desirable to complete the assignment, transfer and purchase of the Existing
Notes tendered hereby. All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this
Letter of Transmittal shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the
undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned under this Letter of
Transmittal shall be binding upon the undersigned's heirs, personal
representatives, successors and assigns, trustees in bankruptcy or other legal
representatives of the undersigned. This tender may be withdrawn only in
accordance with the procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer -- Withdrawal
Rights" section of the Prospectus.

      For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have
accepted validly tendered Existing Notes when, as and if the Company has given
oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.

      If any tendered Existing Notes are not accepted for exchange pursuant to
the Exchange Offer for any reason, certificates for any such unaccepted Existing
Notes will be returned (except as noted below with respect to tenders through
DTC), without expense, to the undersigned at the address shown below or at such
different address as may be indicated under "Special Delivery Instructions" as
promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date.

      The undersigned understands that tenders of Existing Notes pursuant to the
procedures described under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for
Tendering Existing Notes" in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto will
constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Company upon the
terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.

      Unless otherwise indicated under "Special Issuance Instructions," please
issue the certificates representing the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for
the Existing Notes accepted for exchange and return any Existing Notes not
tendered or not accepted for exchange in the name(s) of the undersigned (or in
either such event in the case of the Existing Notes tendered through DTC, by
credit to the undersigned's account at DTC). Similarly, unless otherwise
indicated under "Special Delivery Instructions," please send the certificates
representing the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Existing Notes
accepted for exchange and any certificates for Existing Notes not tendered or
not accepted for exchange (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the
undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned's signature(s), unless,
in either event, tender is being made through DTC. In the event that both
"Special Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" are
completed, please issue the certificates representing the Exchange Notes issued
in exchange for the Existing Notes accepted for exchange and return any Existing
Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and send said
certificates to, the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the
Company has no obligation pursuant to the "Special Issuance Instructions" and
"Special Delivery Instructions" to transfer any Existing Notes from the name of
the registered Holder(s) thereof if the Company does not accept for exchange any
of the Existing Notes so tendered.

      Holders of Existing Notes who wish to tender their Existing Notes and (i)
whose Existing Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver
their Existing Notes, this Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required
hereby to the Exchange Agent, or cannot complete the procedure for book-entry
transfer, prior to the Expiration Date, may tender their Existing Notes
according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus
under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." See
Instruction 1 regarding the completion of the Letter of Transmittal printed
below.

<PAGE>

                                 SIGNATURE PAGE

                         PLEASE SIGN HERE WHETHER OR NOT
               EXISTING NOTES ARE BEING PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY


X______________________________________________    _____________________, ____
                                                            Date


X______________________________________________    _____________________, ____
     Signature(s) of Registered Holder(s)                   Date
          or Authorized Signatory



Area Code and Telephone Number:________________

      The above lines must be signed by the registered Holder(s) of Existing
Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on the Existing Notes or, if the Existing Notes
are tendered by a participant in DTC, as such participant's name appears on a
security position listing as the owner of Existing Notes, or by a person or
persons authorized to become registered Holder(s) by a properly completed bond
power from the registered Holder(s), a copy of which must be transmitted with
this Letter of Transmittal. If Existing Notes to which this Letter of
Transmittal relates are held of record by two or more joint Holders, then all
such holders must sign this Letter of Transmittal. If signature is by a trustee,
executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or
other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must
(i) set forth his or her full title below and (ii) unless waived by the Company,
submit evidence satisfactory to the Company of such person's authority to act.
See Instruction 4 regarding the completion of this Letter of Transmittal printed
below.

Name(s):________________________________________________________________________
                                 (Please Print)

Capacity:_______________________________________________________________________
                                     (Title)

Address:________________________________________________________________________
                               (Include Zip Code)

Signature(s) Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (if required by
Instruction 4):

              ___________________________________________________
                             (Authorized Signature)

              ___________________________________________________
                                     (Title)

              ___________________________________________________
                                 (Name of Firm)


Dated: _________________, ____

<PAGE>

                                  INSTRUCTIONS

         Forming Part of the Terms and Conditions of the Exchange Offer

      1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Existing Notes; Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by Holders,
either if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders are to be made
pursuant to the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer set forth in "The
Exchange Offer --Book-Entry Transfer" section of the Prospectus. Certificates
for all physically tendered Existing Notes, or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the
case may be, as well as a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile hereof) and any other documents
required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent
at one of the addresses set forth herein on or prior to the Expiration Date, or
the tendering Holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set
forth below. Existing Notes tendered hereby must be in denominations of
principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

      Holders whose certificates for Existing Notes are not immediately
available or who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required
documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or who
cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may
tender their Existing Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set
forth in "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the
Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedures, (i) such tender must be made through an
Eligible Institution (as defined in Instruction 4 below), (ii) prior to the
Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must receive from such Eligible Institution
a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile
thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or
hand delivery), substantially in the form provided by the Company, setting forth
the name and address of the Holder of Existing Notes and the amount of Existing
Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing
that, within five New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") trading days after the date
of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates for all
physically tendered Existing Notes, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, and any other
documents required by this Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the
Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (iii) the certificates for all
physically tendered Existing Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry
Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by this
Letter of Transmittal, are received by the Exchange Agent within five NYSE
trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

      THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, THE EXISTING NOTES
AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE TENDERING
HOLDERS, BUT THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED OR
CONFIRMED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. IF EXISTING NOTES ARE SENT BY MAIL, IT IS
SUGGESTED THAT THE MAILING BE MADE SUFFICIENTLY IN ADVANCE OF THE EXPIRATION
DATE TO PERMIT THE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK
CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

      See "The Exchange Offer" section in the Prospectus.

      2. Tender by Holder. Only a Holder of Existing Notes may tender such
Existing Notes in the Exchange Offer. Any beneficial holder of Existing Notes
who is not the registered Holder and who wishes to tender should arrange with
the registered Holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his
or her behalf or must, prior to completing and executing this Letter of
Transmittal and delivering his or her Existing Notes, either make appropriate
arrangements to register ownership of the Existing Notes in such holder's name
or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered Holder.

<PAGE>

      3. Partial Tenders. Tenders of Existing Notes will be accepted only in
integral multiples of $1,000. If less than the entire principal amount of any
Existing Notes is tendered, the tendering Holder should fill in the principal
amount tendered in the fourth column of the box entitled "Description of 13 1/4%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (Existing Notes)" above. The entire principal
amount of Existing Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have
been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of a
Holder's Existing Notes is not tendered, then Existing Notes for the principal
amount of Existing Notes not tendered and a certificate or certificates
representing Exchange Notes issued in exchange for any Existing Notes accepted
for exchange will be sent to the Holder at his or her registered address (unless
a different address is provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of
Transmittal) promptly after the Existing Notes are accepted for exchange.

      4. Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal; Endorsements and Powers of
Attorney; Guarantee of Signatures. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by
the registered Holder of the Existing Notes tendered hereby, the signature must
correspond exactly with the name as written on the face of the certificates
without any change whatsoever.

      If any tendered Existing Notes are owned of record by two or more joint
owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

      If any tendered Existing Notes are registered in different names on
several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many
separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal as there are different
registrations of certificates.

      When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered Holder(s) of
the Existing Notes specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of
certificates or separate bond powers are required. If, however, the Exchange
Notes are to be issued, or any Existing Notes not tendered or not accepted for
exchange are to be reissued, to a person or persons other than the registered
Holder(s), then endorsements of any certificate(s) transmitted hereby or
separate bond powers are required. Signatures on such certificate(s) or power(s)
must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

      If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered Holder(s) of any certificate(s) specified herein, such certificate(s)
must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers or powers of
attorney, in each case signed exactly as the name or names on the registered
Holder(s) appear(s) on the certificate(s) and signatures on such certificate(s)
or power(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

      If this Letter of Transmittal or any certificates, bond powers or powers
of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and,
unless waived by the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of
their authority to so act must be submitted.

      Endorsements on certificates for Existing Notes or signatures on bond
powers or powers of attorney required by this Instruction 4 must be guaranteed
by a firm which is a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion
program (an "Eligible Institution").

      Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution unless the Existing Notes are tendered (i) by a registered Holder of
Existing Notes (which term, for purposes of the Exchange Offer, includes any DTC
participant whose name appears on a security position listing as the Holder of
such Existing Notes) who has not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance
Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal,
or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution.

<PAGE>

      5. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions. Tendering Holders should
indicate, in the applicable box or boxes, the name and address to which Exchange
Notes or substitute Existing Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange are
to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the person
signing this Letter of Transmittal (or in the case of a tender of Existing Notes
through DTC, if different from DTC). In the case of issuance in a different
name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the person named
must also be indicated. Holders tendering Existing Notes by book-entry transfer
may request that Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Existing Notes accepted
for exchange or Existing Notes not tendered or accepted for exchange be credited
to such account maintained at DTC as such Holder may designate hereon. If no
such instructions are given, such Exchange Notes or Existing Notes not exchanged
will be returned to the name and address of the person signing this Letter of
Transmittal.

      6. Tax Identification Number. Federal income tax law requires that a
Holder whose Existing Notes are accepted for exchange must provide the Company
(as payer) with his, her or its correct Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN"),
which, in the case of an exchanging Holder who is an individual, is his or her
social security number. If the Company is not provided with the correct TIN or
an adequate basis for exemption, such Holder may be subject to a $50 penalty
imposed by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"), and payments made with
respect to the Exchange Notes or Exchange Offer may be subject to backup
withholding at a 31% rate. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a
refund may be obtained. Exempt Holders (including, among others, all
corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup
withholding and reporting requirements. See the enclosed "Guidelines for
Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9."

      To prevent backup withholding, each exchanging Holder must provide his,
her or its correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 included below in
this Letter of Transmittal, certifying that the TIN provided is correct (or that
such Holder is awaiting a TIN) and that the Holder is exempt from backup
withholding because (i) the Holder has not been notified by the IRS that he, she
or it is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all
interest or dividends, or (ii) the IRS has notified the Holder that he, she or
it is no longer subject to backup withholding. In order to satisfy the Company
that a foreign individual qualifies as an exempt recipient, such Holder must
submit a statement signed under penalty of perjury attesting to such exempt
status. Such statements may be obtained from the Exchange Agent. If the Existing
Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner,
consult the substitute Form W-9 for information on which TIN to report. If you
do not provide your TIN to the Company within 60 days, backup withholding may
begin and continue until you furnish your TIN to the Company.

      7. Transfer Taxes. The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any,
applicable to the exchange of Existing Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If,
however, certificates representing Exchange Notes or Existing Notes not tendered
or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or
issued in the name of, any person(s) other than the registered Holder(s) of the
Existing Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Existing Notes are registered in
the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter of Transmittal,
or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of
Existing Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such
transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered Holder(s) or on any other
person(s)) will be payable by the tendering Holder(s). If satisfactory evidence
of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the
amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering
Holder(s).

      Except as provided in this Instruction 7, it will not be necessary for
transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Existing Notes listed in this Letter of
Transmittal.

      8. Waiver of Conditions. The Company reserves the absolute right to amend,
waive or modify conditions to the Exchange Offer in the case of any Existing
Notes tendered (and to refuse to do so).

<PAGE>

      9. No Conditional Transfers. No alternative, conditional, irregular or
contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering Holders of Existing Notes, by
execution of this Letter of Transmittal, shall waive any right to receive notice
of the acceptance of their Existing Notes for exchange.

      Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is obligated
to give notice of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of
Existing Notes, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give
any such notice.

      10. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Existing Notes. Any tendering
Holder whose Existing Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed
should contact the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses indicated herein for
further instructions.

      11. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Questions and requests
for assistance for additional copies of the Prospectus, this Letter of
Transmittal, the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or the "Guidelines for
Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number" on Substitute Form W-9 may be
directed to the Exchange Agent at one of the addresses specified in the
Prospectus

                        (DO NOT WRITE IN THE SPACE BELOW)

Account Number:___________________   Transaction Code Number:___________________


     Certificate                   Existing                     Existing
     Surrendered                Notes Tendered               Notes Accepted
     -----------                --------------               --------------


- - -----------------------   ---------------------------   ------------------------

- - -----------------------   ---------------------------   ------------------------

- - -----------------------   ---------------------------   ------------------------

Delivery Prepared by:___________________________________________________________

Checked by:_____________________________________________________________________

Date:___________________________________________________________________________

<PAGE>

                       PAYER'S NAME: INTERSIL CORPORATION

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBSTITUTE              Name (if joint names, list first and circle the name of
                        the person or entity whose number you enter in Part 1
                        below. See instructions if your name has changed.)

FORM  W-9               --------------------------------------------------------
Department of the
Treasury Internal       Address______________________________________________
Revenue Service         City, state and ZIP code_____________________________
Payer's Request         List account number(s) here (optional)_______________
for TIN
                       --------------------------------------------------------

                       Part 1  PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR        Social Security number
                       TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
                       ("TIN") IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND
                       CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING      or TIN_____________
                       BELOW.

                       --------------------------------------------------------

                       Part 2 Check the box if you are not subject to backup
                       withholding under the provisions of section 3408(a)(1)(c)
                       of the Internal Revenue Code because (1) you have not
                       been notified that you are subject to backup withholding
                       as a result of failure to report all interest or
                       dividends or (2) the Internal Revenue Service has
                       notified you that you are no longer subject to back
                       withholding |_|.

                       --------------------------------------------------------

                       CERTIFICATION -- UNDER THE PENALTIES         Part 3
                       OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT THE
                       INFORMATION PROVIDED ON THIS FORM        AWAITING TIN |_|
                       IS TRUE, CORRECT AND COMPLETE.

                       Signature__________________  Date__________

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING
      OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER. PLEASE
      REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER
      IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.



                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.02

                          NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
                                       FOR
                   13 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2009
                                       OF
                              INTERSIL CORPORATION

      As set forth in the Prospectus dated ___________, ____ (the "Prospectus")
of Intersil Corporation (the "Company") and in the accompanying Letter of
Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), this form or one substantially
equivalent hereto must be used to accept the Company's offer to exchange (the
"Exchange Offer") all of its outstanding 131/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2009 (the "Existing Notes") for its Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 which
have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, if
certificates for the Existing Notes are not immediately available or if the
Existing Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required
thereby cannot be delivered to the Exchange Agent, or the procedure for
book-entry transfer cannot be completed, prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time,
on the Expiration Date (as defined below). This form may be delivered by an
Eligible Institution by hand or transmitted by facsimile transmission, overnight
courier or mail to the Exchange Agent as set forth below. Capitalized terms used
but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.

      THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON
_________________, ____, UNLESS THE OFFER IS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION
DATE"). TENDERS OF EXISTING NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00
P.M. ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.


                   To: United States Trust Company of New York
                               The Exchange Agent

                 By Mail:                        By Hand before 4:30 p.m.:
 United States Trust Company of New York    United States Trust Company of New
       P.O. Box 844 Cooper Station                         York
      New York, New York 10276-0844                    111 Broadway
   Attention: Corporate Trust Services                  Lower Level
                                                 New York, New York 10006

       By Overnight Courier and by                     By Facsimile:
           Hand after 4:30 p.m.                       (212) 420-6211
       on the Expiration Date only:
       United States Trust Company                 Confirm by Telephone:
               of New York                            (800) 548-6565
         770 Broadway, 13th Floor
         New York, New York 10003
   Attention: Corporate Trust Services

      DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS, OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS
VIA FACSIMILE, OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID
DELIVERY.

      This form is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on the
Letter of Transmittal to be used to tender Existing Notes is required to be
guaranteed by an "Eligible Institution" under the instructions thereto, such
signature guarantee must appear in the space provided therefor in the Letter of
Transmittal.

<PAGE>

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company, upon the terms and subject
to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal
(which together constitute the "Exchange Offer"), receipt of which are hereby
acknowledged, __________________________________ (fill in number of Existing
Notes) Existing Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth
in the Prospectus and Instruction 1 of the Letter of Transmittal.

      The undersigned understands that tenders of Existing Notes will be
accepted only in principal amounts equal to $1,000 or integral multiples
thereof. The undersigned understands that tenders of Existing Notes pursuant to
the Exchange Offer may not be withdrawn after 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration Date.

      All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the
undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned under this Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives,
executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other
legal representatives of the undersigned.


            NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED WHERE INDICATED BELOW.

Certificate No(s). for Existing Notes      Name(s) of Record Holder(s):
(if available):

_____________________________________      _____________________________________

_____________________________________      _____________________________________

Principal Amount of Exiting Notes:         PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE

_____________________________________      Address:

                                           _____________________________________

                                           _____________________________________

If Existing Notes will be delivered
by book-entry transfer at the
Depository Trust Company, Depository
Account No.:

_____________________________________

                                           Area code and Tel. No._______________


                                           Signature(s):

                                           _____________________________________

                                           _____________________________________


                                           Dated:________________________ , ____


<PAGE>

      This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the registered
holder(s) of Existing Notes exactly as its (their) name(s) appear(s) on the
certificate(s) for Existing Notes covered hereby or on a DTC security position
listing naming it (them) as the owner of such Existing Notes, or by person(s)
authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents
transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a
trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other
person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person(s) must
provide the following information:


                 PLEASE PRINT NAME(S), TITLE(S) AND ADDRESS(ES)


Name(s):________________________________________________________________________

Capacity(ies):__________________________________________________________________

Address(es):____________________________________________________________________

<PAGE>

                                    GUARANTEE
                    (NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)

      The undersigned, a member firm of a registered national securities
exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a
commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United
States or an "Eligible Guarantor Institution" as defined in Rule 17Ad-15 under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), hereby (a)
represents that the tender of Existing Notes effected hereby complies with Rule
14e-4 under the Exchange Act and (b) guarantees to deliver to the Exchange Agent
a certificate or certificates representing the Existing Notes tendered hereby,
in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of the book-entry transfer of
such Existing Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC, pursuant to the
procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus), and a properly
completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile
thereof) together with any required signatures and any other required documents,
at one of the Exchange Agent's addresses set forth above, within five New York
Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of this Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery.

      THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT MUST DELIVER THE LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL AND EXISTING NOTES TENDERED HEREBY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITHIN THE
TIME PERIOD SPECIFIED ABOVE AND THAT ANY FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN
FINANCIAL LOSS TO THE UNDERSIGNED.

Name of Firm:______________________________    _________________________________
                                                     Authorized Signature

Address:___________________________________    Name:____________________________
                                                        Please Print or Type


___________________________________________    Title:___________________________
                                  Zip Code
Area Code
and Tel. No.:______________________________    Date:______________________, ____

NOTE: DO NOT SEND EXISTING NOTES WITH THIS FORM; EXISTING NOTES SHOULD BE SENT
      WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SO THAT THEY ARE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE
      AGENT WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD SET FORTH ABOVE.



                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.03

TO HOLDERS OF 13 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2009

     Intersil Corporation is offering to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") up to
$200,000,000 of its newly registered 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009
("New Notes") for its outstanding 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009
("Existing Notes").

     Briefly, you may either:

          a. Tender all or some of your Existing Notes, along with a completed
     and executed Letter of Transmittal, and receive registered New Notes in
     exchange; or

          b. Retain your Existing Notes.

     All tendered Existing Notes must be received on or prior to
_______________, _____ at 5:00 p.m., New York City Time, (the "Expiration
Date"), as shown in the accompanying Prospectus.

     Please review the enclosed Letter of Transmittal and Prospectus carefully.
If you have any questions on the terms of the Exchange Offer or questions
regarding the appropriate procedures for tendering your Existing Notes and the
Letter of Transmittal, please call 1-800-548-6565 or write United States Trust
Company of New York, P.O. Box 844, Cooper Station, New York, New York 10276,
Attention: Corporate Trust Services.



                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.04
                              Intersil Corporation

                            Offer for all Outstanding

                   13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009

                                 in Exchange for

                   13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009

                        which Have Been Registered Under

                           the Securities Act of 1933,

                                   As Amended

To: Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks,
    Trust Companies and Other Nominees.

     Intersil Corporation (the "Company") is offering upon and subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus, dated _______________,
_____ (the "Prospectus"), and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal"), to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") its 13 1/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes Due 2009 which have been registered under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, for its outstanding 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due
2009 (the "Existing Notes"). The Exchange Offer is being made in order to
satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the Registration Rights
Agreement dated August 6, 1999, by and among the Company, Intersil Holding
Corporation, as Guarantor, Harris Semiconductor, LLC, as Guarantor, Harris
Semiconductor (Ohio), LLC, as Guarantor, Harris Semiconductor (Pennsylvania),
LLC, as Guarantor, Choice Microsystems, Inc., as Guarantor, Credit Suisse First
Boston Corporation, J. P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

   We are requesting that you contact your clients for whom you hold Existing
Notes regarding the Exchange Offer. For your information and for forwarding to
your clients for whom you hold Existing Notes registered in your name or in the
name of your nominee, or who hold Existing Notes registered in their own names,
we are enclosing the following documents:

          1. Prospectus dated __________________, _____,

          2. The Letter of Transmittal for your use and for the information of
     your clients,

          3. A Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to be used to accept the Exchange
     Offer if certificates for Existing Notes are not immediately available or
     time will not permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent
     prior to the Expiration Date (as defined below) or if the procedure for
     book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis,

          4. A form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose
     account you hold Existing Notes registered in your name or the name of your
     nominee, with space provided for obtaining such clients' instructions with
     regard to the Exchange Offer, and


<PAGE>


          5. Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on
     Substitute Form W-9.

     Your prompt action is requested. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00
p.m., New York City time on ____________, _____, unless extended by the Company
(the "Expiration Date"). Existing Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer
may be withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date.

     To participate in the Exchange Offer, a duly executed and properly
completed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required
signature guarantees and any other required documents, should be sent to the
Exchange Agent and certificates representing the Existing Notes should be
delivered to the Exchange Agent, all in accordance with the instructions set
forth in the Letter of Transmittal and the Prospectus.

     If holders of Existing Notes wish to tender, but it is impracticable for
them to forward their certificates for Existing Notes prior to the expiration of
the Exchange Offer or to comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a
timely basis, a tender may be effected by following the guaranteed delivery
procedures described in the Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer - Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures."

     The Company will, upon request, reimburse brokers, dealers, commercial
banks and trust companies for reasonable and necessary costs and expenses
incurred by them in forwarding the Prospectus and the related documents to the
beneficial owners of Existing Notes held by them as nominee or in a fiduciary
capacity. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all stock transfer taxes
applicable to the exchange of Existing Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer,
except as set forth in Instruction 7 of the Letter of Transmittal.

     Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer, or requests
for additional copies of the enclosed materials, should be directed to United
States Trust Company of New York, the Exchange Agent for the Existing Notes, at
its address and telephone number set forth on the front of the Letter of
Transmittal.

                                               Very truly yours,

                                               Intersil Corporation

     NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY
PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY
OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF
THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN
THE PROSPECTUS OR THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

Enclosures



                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.05

                            Offer for all Outstanding
                   13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009
                                 in Exchange for
                   13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009
                             of Intersil Corporation
                        which Have Been Registered Under
                           the Securities Act of 1933,
                                   As Amended

To Our Clients:

     Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus, dated ______________,
_____ (the "Prospectus"), and the related Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal"), relating to the offer (the "Exchange Offer") of Intersil
Corporation (the "Company") to exchange its 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
Due 2009, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "New Notes"), for its outstanding 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
Due 2009 (the "Existing Notes"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions
described in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. The Exchange Offer is
being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in
the Registration Rights Agreement dated August 6, 1999, by and among the
Company, Intersil Holding Corporation, as Guarantor, Harris Semiconductor, LLC,
as Guarantor, Harris Semiconductor (Ohio), LLC, as Guarantor, Harris
Semiconductor (Pennsylvania), LLC, as Guarantor, Choice Microsystems, Inc., as
Guarantor, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, J. P. Morgan Securities Inc.
and Salomon Smith Barney Inc.

     This material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the
Existing Notes carried by us in your account but not registered in your name. A
tender of such Existing Notes may only be made by us as the holder of record and
pursuant to your instructions.

     Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender on
your behalf the Existing Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the
terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of
Transmittal.

     Your instructions should be forwarded to us as promptly as possible in
order to permit us to tender the Existing Notes on your behalf in accordance
with the provisions of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will expire at
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on _______________, _____, unless extended by the
Company (the "Expiration Date"). Any Existing Notes tendered pursuant to the
Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date.

     Your attention is directed to the following:

          1. The Exchange Offer is for any and all Existing Notes.

          2. The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions set forth in
     the Prospectus in the section captioned "The Exchange Offer - Conditions of
     the Exchange Offer".

          3. Any transfer taxes incident to the transfer of Existing Notes from
     the holder to the Company will be paid by the Company, except as otherwise
     provided in the Instructions in the Letter of Transmittal.

          4. The Exchange Offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
     ____________, _____, unless extended by the Company.

     If you wish to have us tender your Existing Notes, please so instruct us by
completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form on the back of
this letter. The Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for information only
and may not be used directly by you to tender Existing Notes.

<PAGE>

                          INSTRUCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed
material referred to therein relating to the Exchange Offer made by Intersil
Corporation with respect to its Existing Notes.

     This will instruct you to tender the Existing Notes held by you for the
account of the undersigned, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set
forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal.

     Please tender the Existing Notes held by you for any account as indicated
below:

                                                    Aggregate Principal Amount
                                                         of Existing Notes
                                                    --------------------------

13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2009 .....

|_|  Please do not tender any Existing Notes
     held by you for my account.

Dated:_________________________________, _____      ____________________________
                                                          Signature(s)

                                                    ____________________________
                                                    ____________________________
                                                     Please print name(s) here

                                                    ____________________________
                                                    ____________________________
                                                             Address(es)

                                                    ____________________________
                                                            Area Code and
                                                          Telephone Number

                                                    ____________________________
                                                        Tax Identification or
                                                     Social Security Number(s)

     None of the Existing Notes held by us for your account will be tendered
unless we receive written instructions from you to do so. Unless specific
contrary instructions are given in the space provided, your signature(s) hereon
shall constitute an instruction to us to tender all the Existing Notes held by
us for your account.



                                                                   EXHIBIT 99.06

             GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
                          NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number to Give the
Payer.-- Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e.
000-00-0000.  Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only
one hyphen: i.e.  00-0000000.  The table below will help determine the number to
give the payer.

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Give the
For this type of account:                 SOCIAL
                                          SECURITY
                                          number of --
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.   An individual's account              The individual

2.   Two or more individuals              The actual owner of the
     (joint account)                      account or, if combined
                                          funds, any one of the
                                          individuals (1)

3.   Husband and wife                     The actual owner of the
     (joint account)                      account or, if joint funds,
                                          either person (1)

4.   Custodian account of a               The minor (2)
     minor (Uniform Gift to
     Minors Act)

5.   Adult and minor (joint               The adult or, if the minor
     account)                             is the only contributor, the
                                          minor (1)

6.   Account in the name of               The ward, minor or
     guardian or committee for a          incompetent person (3)
     designated ward, minor or
     incompetent person

7.   a. The usual revocable               The grantor-trustee (1)
        savings trust account
        (grantor is also trustee)

     b. So-called trust account           The actual owner (1)
        that is not a legal or
        valid trust under State
        law

8.   Sole proprietorship account          The Owner (4)

9.   A valid trust, estate or             The legal entity
     pension trust                        (Do not furnish the
                                          identifying number of the
                                          personal representative or
                                          trustee unless the legal
                                          entity itself is not
                                          designated in the account
                                          title.) (5)

10.  Corporate account                    The corporation

11.  Religious, charitable, or            The organization
     educational organization
     account

12.  Partnership account held in          The partnership
     the name of the business

13.  Association, club or other           The organization
     tax-exempt organization

14.  A broker or registered               The broker or nominee
     nominee

15.  Account with the                     The public entity
     Department of Agriculture
     in the name of a public
     entity (such as a state or
     local government, school
     district, or prison) that
     receives agricultural
     program payments


- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose  number you furnish.
(2) Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's social security number.
(3) Circle the ward's,  minor's or  incompetent  person's  name and furnish such
    person's social security number.
(4) Show the name of the owner.
(5) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate or pension trust.

Note: If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number
      will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

<PAGE>

             GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
                          NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
                                     PAGE 2


Obtaining a Number

     If you do not have a taxpayer identification number or you do not know your
number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Number Card (for
individuals), or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number (for
businesses and all other entities), at the local office of the Social Security
Administration or the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and apply for a
number.

Payee and Payments Exempt from Backup Withholding

The following is a list of payees exempt from backup withholding and for which
no information reporting is required. For interest and dividends, all listed
payees are exempt except item (9). For broker transactions, payees listed in
items (1) through (13) and a person registered under the Investment Advisors Act
of 1940 who regularly acts as a broker are exempt. Payments subject to reporting
under sections 6401 and 6041A are generally exempt from backup withholding only
if made to payees described in items (1) through (7), except a corporation
(other than certain hospitals described in Regulations section 1.6041-3(c)) that
provides medical and health care services or bills and collects payments for
such services is not exempt from backup withholding or information reporting.
Only payees described in items (1) through (5) are exempt from backup
withholding for barter exchange transactions and patronage dividends.

(1)  An  organization  exempt  from tax under  section  501(a),  or an IRA, or a
     custodial  account under section  403(b)(7),  if the account  satisfies the
     requirements of section 401(f)(2).

(2)  The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.

(3)  A state,  the District of Columbia,  a possession of the United States,  or
     any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities.

(4)  A foreign  government  or any of its  political  subdivisions,  agencies or
     instrumentalities.

(5)  An international organization or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.

(6)  A corporation.

(7)  A foreign central bank of issue.

(8)  A dealer in securities or commodities  required to register in the United
     States, the District of Columbia or a possession of the United States.

(9)  A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading
     Commission.

(10) A real estate  investment  trust.

(11) An entity  registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment
     Company Act of 1940.

(12) A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a).

(13) A financial institution.

(14) A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or listed in
     the most recent publication of the American Society of Corporate
     Secretaries, Inc., Nominee List.

(15) A trust exempt from tax under  section 664 or  described  in section  4947.
     Payments of dividends and  patronage  dividends  that  generally are exempt
     from backup withholding include the following:

o    Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under section 1441.

o    Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. and
     which have at least one nonresident alien partner.

o    Payments of patronage dividends where the amount is not paid in money.

o    Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

o    Payments made to a nominee.

     Payments  of  interest  are exempt  from  backup  withholding  include  the
following:

o    Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals.
     Note: You may be subject to backup  withholding if this interest is $600 or
     more and is paid in the course of the  payer's  trade or  business  and you
     have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payer.

o    Payments of tax-exempt interest (including  exempt-interest dividends under
     section 852).

o    Payments described in section 6049(b)(5) to non-resident aliens.

o    Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under section 1451.

o    Payments made by certain foreign organizations. o Payments made to nominee.

Exempt payees described above should file substitute Form W-9 to avoid
possible erroneous backup  withholding.  FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER,  FURNISH
YOUR TAXPAYER  IDENTIFICATION  NUMBER,  WRITE  "EXEMPT" ON THE FACE OF THE FORM,
SIGN AND DATE THE FORM AND  RETURN IT TO THE  PAYER.  IF YOU ARE A  NON-RESIDENT
ALIEN OR A FOREIGN ENTITY NOT SUBJECT TO BACKUP  WITHHOLDING,  FILE WITH PAYER A
COMPLETED INTERNAL REVENUE FORM W-8 (CERTIFICATE OF FOREIGN STATUS).

     Certain payments other than interest, dividends and patronage dividends
that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup
withholding. For details, see sections 6041, 6041A, 6042, 6044, 6045, 6049 and
6050A.

Privacy Act Notice. -- Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividend,
interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payors
who must report the payments to the IRS. The IRS uses the numbers for
identification purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not
recipients are required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold 31%
of taxable interest, dividend and certain other payments to the payee who does
not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain penalties may
also apply.

Penalties

(1) Penalty for Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number. -- If you
fail to furnish your correct taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are
subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to
reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(2) Civil Penalty for False Information With Respect to Withholding. -- If you
make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no imposition
of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.

(3) Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information. -- Willfully falsifying
certifications of affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including
fines and/or imprisonment.

             FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT
                        OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission